All posts by Palsar

INDIAN PENAL CODE, 1860

INDIAN PENAL CODE, 1860:

IPC, 1860 came into force on 6th October 1860. IPC is drafted by Lord Macaulay.

Jurisdiction and its Kinds: Jurisdiction:  Under IPC the term Jurisdiction means the power of a criminal court to try a person for an offence. Under IPC we have 03 kinds Jurisdiction They are: 1) Personal 2) Extra Territorial 3) Admiralty.

   Personal Jurisdiction(S.2 IPC)ExtraTerritorial Jurisdiction:      Admiralty Jurisdiction
S.2 IPC: Every person shall be liable to be punished for every offence committed within India. However based on public policy consideration few persons are exempted from personal jurisdiction: President, Governors, judges, Ambassadors etc., S.3 IPC: An Indian citizen if committed offence outside India he is deemed to have committed an offence in India, even if he has committed the offence outside the limits of Indian Territory.It is irrelevant whether the same is offence in that foreign territory. S.4: High seas or certain other places are no man’s territory. The jurisdiction to try offences committed on those places or high seas is known as Admiralty Jurisdiction. The ship sailing on the high seas is considered to be a floating in the land of that nation whose national flag it is flying. So, if the offence is committed on the high seas, if the ship is flying with Indian National Flag, he will be tried in India under admiralty Jurisdiction.Any person in any place without and beyond India committing offense targeting a computer resource located in India.

The Expression computer resource shall have same meaning assigned to it in s.2(1)(k) of Information Technology Act,2000

 

Which court has jurisdiction in case of an offense committed outside India?The court in whose jurisdiction accused is found. In order to prosecute such person previous sanction of the Central Government is required.
An offender is found in his jurisdiction by a magistrate. But he can’t try him. In such case what magistrate can do?As per S.187 the magistrate may inquire into the offence as it had been committed within such local jurisdiction and compel such person to appear before him. Magistrate shall send such person to the magistrate having jurisdiction to inquire into or try such offence.If such offence is not punishable with death or imprisonment for life and such person is ready and willing to give bail the same can be granted.If there are more Magistrates than one having such jurisdiction and the Magistrate is not clear to whom it must be sent, the case shall be reported to the High court for its orders.

 

Mensrea under IPC and other laws: The four essentials to constitute offence are:

i) A Human Being        ii) Guilty intention      (iii) Actus reus, illegal act or omission and      (iv) injury to another human being.

Actus non facit reum nisi mens sit rea’.The meaning of the term is that intent and act must both concur to constitute the crime. Physical element and mental elements are the two tests of criminality.  No act of the person was punishable unless the same is done with evil intent. Though the word mensrea is not expressly mentioned anywhere in the IPC, it is implied through various words. They are fraudulently, dishonestly, voluntarily, rashly, negligently, intentionally and knowingly.

Which stage of an offense is punishable under IPC?

Ans: For every crime there are four stages.

They are:    1) Intention       2) Preparation       3) Attempt      4) Actual commission.

Stage- I: Intention: This Stage alone is not punishable.

Stage-II: Preparation: This stage is punishable only in three circumstances.

The 03 offences provide punishments for the preparation are:

1) Preparation to wage war against the Government of India (s.122)

2) Preparations to commit depredations on territories which are in alliance with the government of India (s.126)

3) Preparation to commit Dacoity (s.399).

Stage-III: Attempt: The third stage or attempt is always punishable. The offences dealing with attempt are divided into three groups:

        i) Offences in which the commission & attempt to commit an offence are dealt with in the same section. Ex: Waging war (s.121), Sedition (s124-A) Dacoity (s.391) etc.

       ii) Offences in which separate specific punishments are prescribed.

Ex: Attempt to commit murder (s.307) Attempt to commit culpable homicide(s.308).

Attempt to commit to suicide (s.309)

     iii) All attempts which are not coming under the above two classes are made punishable as per section 511.

 

Important Explanations but not defined under IPC: 

Fear: an Unpleasant emotion caused by the threat of danger or pain.

Insult: Abuse in words or action.                  Annoy: Make slight angry.

Intimidate: Frighten into doing something.   Harm: Deliberate Injury.

Reputation: The opinion generally held about someone or something.

Modesty: Not showing off the body.   Motive: A person’s reason for doing something.

Deception:   The act of deceiving.

Deceive: Cause to believe something false or giving misleading impression.

 

Important Explanations – defined under IPC: 

Hurt: Causing bodily pain, disease or infirmity to any person is said to cause hurt (S.319).

Injury: Any harm whatever caused illegally to any person in body, mind reputation or property (S.44).  Intention:  The operation of motive into reality.

Knowledge: Possession information about anything.

Voluntarily: Intentionally or knowingly (S.39)

Dishonestly: Causing wrongful loss or gain (S.24)

Fraudulently: Deception + Injury (S.25).

Negligently: Not taking proper care and caution or precaution required by law.

Rashly: Doing an Act over hastily.

Good Faith: An act done with due care and caution (S.52).

Reason to believe: Sufficient cause to believe (S.26).

S.6: Every offence Under IPC must be read along exceptions mentioned under Chapter IV of IPC. It talks about general exceptions. Thus whenever we study an offence, if offence is committed under the conditions or situations mentioned under this chapter, such accused is exempted from criminal liability.   This rule applies not only every offence but also to every penal provision and every illustration.

S: 10: (i) Man: the word “man” denotes a male human being of any age.

(ii) Woman: The word “woman” denotes a female human being of any age.

 S: 11: Person: The word “person” includes any company or association or body of persons, whether incorporated or not.

 S: 14: Servant of Government: Any officer or servant continued, appointed or employed in India by or under the authority of Government.

 S: 17: Government: Central Government or the Government of a state.

 S: 18: India: India means the territory of India excluding the State of Jammu & Kashmir.

 S: 19: Judge:  The following any one can be called as Judge:

Any person who is officially designated as a judge   or

Any person, who is empowered by law to give, in any legal proceeding , civil or criminal,

a definitive judgement  or If such judgement which, if not appealed against, would be definitive or a judgement which, if confirmed by some other authority, would be definitive.

Ex: A Magistrate exercising jurisdiction in respect of a charge on which he has power to sentence to fine or imprisonment, with or without appeal is a judge.

A Magistrate exercising jurisdiction in respect of a charge on which he has power only to commit for trial to another court is not a judge.

S: 20: “Court of Justice”: A judge or body of Judges who is empowered by law to act judicially alone.

 S: 21: Public servant: The term public servant is defined in section 21. The following are public servants:-                          1.  Commissioned Officers in Military, Naval or Air force, Every Judge.                                                                                    2. Officer of a Court of justice.                                                                                                                                                              3. Arbitrator.                            4. People empowered to place or keep any person in confinement.                                        5. Peace officers.                     6. Miscellaneous Officers of Govt.                                      7. Officers of local bodies.             8. Persons connected with elections.             9. Persons in the service or pay of the Govt or local authority or corporation or govt companies

 S.22: Moveable Property: The words moveable property is intended to include corporeal property of every description, except land &things attached to the earth or permanently fastened to anything which is attached to the earth.

S: 29: Document: The substance used for expressing or describing anything by means of letters, figures, or marks, or by more than one of those means, intended to be used, or which may be used, as evidence of that matter.

S: 30: Valuable security: A document, in which any legal right is created, extended, transferred, restricted, extinguished or released or whereby any person acknowledges that he lies under legal disability or has not a certain legal right.

 S: 31: “A Will”: The words ‘a will’ denote any testamentary document.

 

Joint liability or constructive liability: This is discussed in S.34 to 38 IPC. In order to fix criminal liability of person connected with an offence, law basing on their physical or mental act or omission certain principles explained under these sections.   Under IPC the term Act includes illegal omission also.

 S.34 says: All persons are criminally liable even if the offence is committed by any one of them provided there is a prior meeting of mind. Thus, physical presence of all accused is not necessary to fix up criminal liability on all. Barender Kumar Gosh v. King Emperor

S.35 fix criminal liability on all persons equally though there can be no prior meeting of minds. However, it is necessary that all persons must present at the time of offence and does their act with same or similar criminal knowledge or intention.

S: 36: If certain effect is caused by an act or by omission, is an offence. It is also an offence if the effect is caused partly by act or partly by omission.

S.38 says if there is no such same or similar intention or knowledge each of the offender can be prosecuted to the extent of their criminal liability.

S.37 says if the offence is occurred due to co-operation and they also participated in the commission of the offence both are equally liable for the offence.

 S: 40: Offence: denotes a thing punishable by this code.

 S: 41: Special law: A special law is a law applicable to particular subject.

S: 42: Local Law: A local law is a law applicable only to a particular part of India.

 S: 43: Illegal: 1) Offence or 2) An act or omission which is prohibited by law or 3) Anything which furnishes ground for civil action. The term “legally bound to do” includes illegal on part of the person to omit.

 S: 44: Injury: The word injury denotes any harm whatever illegally caused to any person in body, mind, reputation or property.

 S: 45: Life: The word life denotes the life of a human being, unless the contrary appears from the context.

S.46: Death: Death denotes death of a human being.

S: 47: Animal: The word ‘animal’ denotes any living creature other than a human being.

S: 48: Vessel: The word vessel denotes anything made for the conveyance by water of human beings or of property.

S: 49: “Year “Month”: whenever the word “year” or the word “month” is used, it is to be understood that the year or the month is to be reckoned according to the British Calendar.

 S: 51:Oath: Any solemn affirmation made before a public servant to be used for the purpose of proof, whether in a court of justice or not.

S: 52A Harbour: Except in S.157 & in S 130 in the case in which the harbour is given by the wife or husband of the person harboured, the word “harbour” includes the supplying a person with shelter, food, drink, money, clothes, arms, ammunition or means of conveyance, or the assisting a person by any means, whether of the same kind as those enumerated in this section or not, to evade apprehension.

 

Write a note of General Exceptions? 

Name of the Defense Mode of Commission
Mistake of fact: S.76 & 79.Erroneous belief about a fact.
Judicial Acts: S.77 to 78Offence committed by a judge when acting judicially in the exercise of any power which he is, or which in good faith he believes to be given to him by law is excused. This benefit applies to persons who act under the court judgment or order of a court.
Accident: S.80Unintentional or unexpected Act but without any criminal intention or knowledge
Necessity: S.81Act is done voluntarily but in good faith and without any criminal intention to cause harm but for the purpose of preventing a greater evil.
Infancy: S.82 &83 (Doli Incapx)Person of below seven years. Person above seven years and below 12 years and if he doesn’t have sufficient maturity of understanding.
Unsoundness of mind:84At the time of committing offense due to unsoundness of mind, person is incapable of knowing the nature of act, which he is doing is either wrong or contrary to law
Intoxication: S.85&86Involuntarily Intoxicated and thereby lost the capacity of knowing the nature of the act which he is doing is either wrong or against the law.
Compulsion:S.94If harm is caused under compulsion i.e, due to threats.  However threat should be such it reasonably cause the apprehension that instant death would be the consequence. It must be noted that harm shall not extend to causing Murder or an offence punishable with death.
Trifling Acts: S.95If harm caused is so slight that no person of ordinary sense & temper would complain of such harm even though it is caused voluntarily.
Goodfaith Communication S.93If harm is caused due to communication but in good faith and for the benefit of that person.

 

Write a note of Law of consent as ground for exemption from Criminal Liability?

When Consent is IllegalIt is dealt under S.87 to 92:a) Given under fear or injury or under a misconception of fact.b) Consent by insane or intoxicated personc) Person below 12 year’s age.
Whether consent given to cause harm given by a person who is of 18 years age and above is legal?Rule-I Yes, it is legal.Rule-II: However, if it results grievous hurt or death he is liable.Rule-III: Even if it results grievous hurt or death person is exempted from criminal liability provided it is for the benefit of person who gave it. Further, it is mandatory that person who caused harm acted in good faith.
If causing harm is necessary for the benefit of a person but such person is below 12 years of age or unsound person. Who has to give consent? Parents or Guardian of such person. Person is exempted from liability even if it results grievous hurt or death provided it is for the benefit of such person of below 12 years of age or unsound person. Further, person who caused harm acted in good faith.
Whether harm extending death can be cause without consent but in good faith?Yes, as per S.92 IPC If a harm is caused in good faith to a person without his consent under the following circumstances:-a)If it is impossible to obtain that person’s consent. b)If that person is incapable of giving consent (being an infant or a lunatic). If no guardian or other person in lawful charge of him is present. Any harm caused to such a person for his benefit under the above circumstances is justified u/S.92IPC.

 

 

Write a Note on Right of Private Defence?

Ans: It is dealt under S.96 to 106:

Whether RPD is available against one’s own body and Property or others also?Yes, RPD is available not only against one’s own body and property but also against others body and property.
While exercising RPD harm can be caused to insane or child or intoxicated person?Yes, RPD can be exercised even if may cause any harm to insane or child or intoxicated person.
Whether RPD can be exercised at any time?No, There is no RPD if assistance of public authorities can be secured.
Whether RPD is available against all property offences? What are those property offences against which RPD is available?No, it is available against certain property offences. They are: Theft, Mischief or Criminal trespass.
Whether RPD is available against all bodily offences? How much harm can be caused in exercise of RPD?Yes. In exercise of RPD can’t cause more harm than necessary.
At what moment RPD against body commences and ends?The RPD against body commences as soon as reasonable apprehension of danger to body arises and RPD continues to exist as long as it exists.
While exercising RPD death can be caused?Yes, it may extend to causing death in certain. Circumstances. Assault which reasonably cause apprehension of death or grievous hurt or rape or unnatural offence or kidnapping or abduction or wrongful confinement.          .
For property offences when RPD can be exercised to cause death?1) Reasonably apprehension in mind that death or grievous hurt would be consequence if RPD is not exercised.2) Robbery, house-breaking by night, mischief by force to any building, tent or vessel used for the purpose of dwelling or custody of the property. In this category apprehension in the mind of person exercising RPD is not necessary.
At what moment RPD against property offence commences and ends?Theft: It continues and ceases till the offender retreat (move away) with the property. If assistance of public authorities is obtained it ceases. If the property is recovered.Robbery: It continues when the offender caused or attempts to cause any person death or hurt or wrongful restraint or as long as the fear of instant death or hurt or personal restraint continues.Criminal trespass or mischief: The right continues as the offender continues to be in the commission of criminal trespass or mischief.  

 

Write a short note on abetment?

Ans: It is dealt under S.107 to 120:

What is Abetment?S.107 defines abetment.A person is said to abet another to do a thing if he instigates him, or if he engages with one or more others in any conspiracy of if he intentionally aids by any act or illegal omission, the doing of that thing.  Thus offence of abetment can be committed by instigation, conspiracy or intentional aid.The abetment of abetment is also an offence.
Who is an abettor and abettee? A person who abets the commission of the offence is known as abettor.  Person who acts in accordance with direction of abettor is called abettee.
Whether Will-full representation or concealment of material fact is abetment by instigation?Yes.  Further, Doing anything in order to facilitating the commission prior or at the time of commission of the act is said to be abetment.
Whether abettor is liable even if the abetter didn’t commit offence?Yes.  The abetment of the illegal omission of an act may amount to an offence although is not bound to that act. Even though abettee is a minor or unsound person, abettor is said to commit the offence if abetment.
Whether abettor should participate to constitute offence of abetment by conspiracy?Not necessary. It is sufficient he is connected with such illegal act or connection. To Constitute abetment of conspiracy, the abettor need not concert (performance) the offence with the person who commits it. It is sufficient if he engage in the conspiracy in pursuance of which the offence is committed.
Whether it affects the liability if the is a variance between abettor intention and abetter intention?No, S.110 says if the intention or knowledge of the person abetted is changed, it doesn’t affect the liability of the abettor.
Whether abettor is liable in the event of abettee doing an act or omission not abetted by the abettor?S.111 says if the act is abetted and a different act is done, the abettor is liable provided that act done was a probable consequence of the abetment. S.112 says if additional act apart from the act abetted, the abettor is liable for both the offences.  S.113 says if one act is abetted but different act is resulted abettor is liable provided he knew that the act abetted was likely to cause that effect.
What if the abettor is present at the time of commission of offence?  S.114 says if the abettor is present at the scene where the offence is committed, he will be treated as principal offender. 

 

 Difference between Abetment by conspiracy and Criminal Conspiracy:

Abetment by ConspiracyCriminal Conspiracy:
Under Sec. 107 (2) combination of two or more persons is not enough, but some act or illegal omission must take place in doing of the thing conspired for.An agreement between two or more persons to commit an offence is the gist of the offence of conspiracy.
Sanction of competent authorities is not necessary to proceed against the Abettors, who merely abetted to commit a crime.Sanction of competent authorities is necessary to proceed against the conspirators who merely agreed to commit a crime provided offence is punishable with two years imprisonment.

 

 Distinguish between Common object & Common Intention?

Ans: S.149 & 34 IPC:

Common object (S.149)Common Intention (S.34)
To constitute common object it is necessary that the object should be common to the persons who compose the assembly i.e., that they should all be aware of it and concur it .It is immaterial whether the object is in their minds when they come together or whether it occurs to them afterwards.To constitute common intention it is necessary that the intention of each one of them be known to the rest of them and shared by them .The common intention ought to be determined from such known facts and circumstances which existed before the commencement of the criminal act as the criminal act itself is committed in furtherance of that common intention.
In common object there is no prior meeting of minds, unlike in common intention. However it may develop after people assembled together.There is a prior meeting of minds.
Member ship of unlawful assembly is the leading feature of section 149 of IPC.The actual participation in action is essential element of section 34 of IPC
Common object must be one of the objects mentioned in section 141 of IPC, which defines unlawful assembly.Common intention may be of any type
S.149 IPC creates specific offence.S.34 IPC declares a rule of criminal liability 
But for the applicability of section 149 IPC at least five persons are required.Atleast two persons are required to share the common intention under section 34 IPC,
Under section 149IPC a person is held liable not only act done in prosecution of the common object of the assembly but also for the acts which were likely to be committed in prosecution of that object.S.34 every person is equally liable for acts or omissions.

 

Write difference between Rioting and Affray:

Rioting (S.146)Affray (S.150)
If a member of Unlawful assembly uses violence in prosecution of the common object of such assembly it amounts to Riot.  Every member of such assembly is guilty of the offence of rioting.Two more persons fighting in a public place disturbing public peace and tranquillity.
Riot requires at least five persons and can be committed in a private place.An affray can’t be committed in a private place and doesn’t require five or more persons.
Riot is committed after premeditation. An affray is committed suddenly and not premeditated

 

 

OFFENCES RELATING TO HUMAN BODY:

Culpable homicide means killing a human being by another human being. All murders are culpable homicide but all culpable homicides are not necessarily murders.

There are two classes of culpable homicides:

   a) Culpable homicide amounting to murder. It is known as Murder.

   b) Culpable homicide not amounting to murder. The difference between both (a & b) lies in the degree of criminality as manifested by the act. In murder, there is greater intention or knowledge than culpable homicide not amounting murder. Culpable homicide not amounting to murder is dealt under S.299 of the IPC and under S.304 of the IPC.

There is a third form of culpable homicide where death follows from rash or negligent act as such as crushing a man to death by rash or negligent driving.

The landmark cases which explained the distinction between Culpable homicide and murder are: Reg. v. Govinda. Virsa Singh v. State of Punjab

The criterion to inflict death penalty is laid down in Bachan Singh v State of Punjab.

 

Write a note on exceptions laid down under S.300IPC?

Ans: Culpable Homicide not amounting to murder provided u/s 300 IPC

Exception I: Grave and sudden provocation: Culpable homicide is not murder if the offendor, whilst deprived of the power self-control by grave & sudden provocation, cause death of the person who gave the provocation or causes the death of any other person by mistake or accident. The above exception is subject to the following provisos:

First: that the provocation is not sought or voluntarily provoked by the offendor as an excuse for killing or doing harm to any person.

Secondly: That the provocation is not given by anything done in obedience to the law, or by a public servant in the lawful exercise of powers of such public servant.

Thirdly: That the provocation is not given by anything done in exercise the lawful exercise of the right of private defence.

Explanation: Whether the provocation was grave & sudden enough to present to prevent the offence from amounting to murder is a question of fact.

Exception II: Right of Private Defence: Culpable homicide is not murder if the offendor, in the exercise in good faith of the right of private defence of person or property, exceeds the power given to him by law and causes the death of the person against whom he is exercising such right of defence without premeditation and without any intention of doing more harm than necessary for the purpose of such defence.

Exception III: Culpable homicide is not murder if the offendor, being a public servant or aiding a public servant acting for the advancement of public justice exceeds the powers given to him by law, and causes death by doing an act which he in good faith, believes to be lawful and necessary for the due discharge of his duty such public servant and without ill-will towards the person whose death is caused.

Exception IV: Sudden Fight: Culpable homicide is not murder if it is committed without premeditation in a sudden fight in the heat of passion upon a sudden quarrel and without the offender’s having taken undue advantage or acted in a cruel or unusual manner.

Explanation: It is immaterial in such cases which party offers the provocation or commits the first assault.

Exception V: Consent: Culpable Homicide is not murder when the person whose death is caused, being above the age of 18 years, suffers death or takes the risk of death with his own consent.

 

 

Transfer of malice: The offence is complete as soon as any person is killed. It is immaterial if the person whose death has been caused is not the person whom the accused intended to kill. It is clear from Illustration (a) to S.299 of IPC. This is called as transfer of malice.

What is S.304 IPC?

Ans: S.304 IPC: S.304 IPC provides the punishment for culpable homicide not amounting murder. There are two parts to S.304 of the IPC.

  1. a) Where the act is done with intention of causing death or such bodily injury as is likely to cause death (Part-I); and
  2. b) Where the act is done with the knowledge that is likely to cause death without any intention to causing death (Part-II).

Write a short note on Dowry death?

Ans: Dowry death S.304B: If the death of a woman is caused by any burns or bodily injury or occurs otherwise than under normal circumstances within seven years of her marriage and it shown that soon before her death she was subjected to cruelty or harassment by her husband or any relative of her husband for, or in connection with, any demand for dowry, such death shall be called ‘dowry death’ and such husband or relative shall be deemed to have caused her death. This section is supplementary to S.498A.

 

Causing death by Rash or negligent Act: S.304A: Where the act is in its criminal nature the section has no application. Causing death of any person by doing any rash or negligently act, not amounting to culpable homicide is punishable with two years imprisonment or fine or both. S.304A punishes the cause of death by negligence. The provision of this section apply to cases where there is no intention to cause death and no knowledge that the act in all probability would cause death.

  1. Rash means over hasty act done without due deliberation and caution
  2. Negligently means party fails to comply with a legal obligation and breaks a positive duty and does not do an act which is his duty to do.
 Kidnapping (S.359) IPCAbduction (S.362):
Kidnapping means taking or enticing any minor (less than 16 years for a male and less than 18 years for a female) or any person of unsound mind, out of the keeping of, and without the consent of a lawful guardian.Abduction means compelling by force or inducing by any deceitful means any person to go from any place.

 

 Wrongful restraint: S.339 IPCWrongful confinement: S.340 IPC
Wrongfully Obstructing or preventing a person to move in a direction in which he has right to move.Wrongfully Obstructing or preventing a person to move  beyond certain circumscribed limits direction in which he has right to move.

 

What is Injury Any harm whatever illegally caused to any person in body, mind, reputation or property. 
What is Hurt? S.319:HURT: Whoever cause bodily pain, disease or infirmity to any person is said to cause hurt.
What is Grievous Hurt?Grievous Hurt: The following kinds of hurt only designated as grievous.First- EmasculationSecondly-Permanent privation of the sight of the either eyeThirdly- Permanent privation of the hearing of either ear

Fourthly- Privation of any member or joint, or

Fifthly- Destruction or permanent impairing of the powers, of any member or joint

Sixthly- Permanent disfiguration of the head or face

Seventhly- Fracture or dislocation of a bone or tooth

Eighthly-Any hurt which endangers life or which causes the sufferer to be during the space of 20 days in severe bodily pain, or unable to follow his ordinary pursuits.

 

Force (S.349)Criminal Force (350)Assault (S.351)
Changing State of thing or person from rest or motion or motion to rest in any of the ways:1) Bodily power  2) With aid of substance 3) By inducing any animal to move Intentionally using force against other without his consent with an intent to commit offence or cause injury, fear or annoyance to that person.Ex: Aneel incites a dog to spring upon Shekar, without Shekar’s consent. Here if Aneel intends to cause injury, fear or annoyance to Shekar, he uses criminal force to Shekar.If the accused made a gesture or preparation to use criminal force and same the same was made in the presence of the person in respect of whom the said gesture or preparation is made. And the accused by the use of such force or gesture intends that would cause that other person to apprehend that criminal force and it did cause in the mind of the other person, then offence assault is said to have been committed.Ex: Aneel begins to unloose the muzzle of a ferocious dog, intending or knowing it to be likely that he may thereby causes Shekar to believe that he is about to cause attack Shekar. Aneel has committed an assault upon Shekar.

 

Write a note on Property offences?

OffenceKind of Property State of Mind Mode of Commission
Theft (S.378) MovableDishonestlyFrom the Possession of the lawful possessor without his  consent
Extortion (S.383)PropertyIntentionally putting in Fear or injuryTo oneself or any person whom victim is interested and thereby dishonestly induces the person to deliver property or valuable security.
Criminal Misappropriation (S.403)MovableDishonestlyMisappropriates or converts or disposes
Criminal Breach of Trust (S.405)PropertyDishonestlyMisappropriates or converts or disposes   property over which custody or control is given.
Mischief (S.425)PropertyIntentionally causing wrongful loss
Cheating (S.415)PropertyEither fraudulently or  DishonestlyThere are two parts u/s.415.Part-I deals only property.Part-II deals injury. Thus it can be body, mind, reputation or property.
Criminal Trespass (S.441)PropertyTo commit offence or Insult or annoy or intimidateWhoever enters into or upon property in possession of another

 

 

Theft is Robbery Extortion is robbery
Theft is robbery if1) in committing theft or2) in carrying away or attempt to carry away property obtained by theft3) the offender voluntarily causes or attempts to cause to any person:

a) death, hurt, or wrongful restrain or

b) fear of instant death, instant hurt, instant wrongful restraint.

(Instant: immediate or sudden or on the spot).

Extortion is robbery if the offender at the time of committing extortion :1) Is in the presence of the person put in fear2) Commits extortion by putting that person in fear of instant death, instant hurt or instant wrongful restrain to that person or to some to the person.3) By so putting in fear induces that person then and there to deliver up the thing extorted.

 

When extortion is robbery? Difference between robbery based on theft and extortion:

Ans: In robbery based on extortion the entire menace (threat or danger) is precedes the delivery of property.  In robbery based on theft the use of violence may be before or after the delivery of property.

In sum: Robbery = Theft + violence or fear of instant violence.

Robbery: Extortion + Presence of offender + fear of instant violence + immediate delivery.

Violence: death, Instant (Sudden) Death or Wrongful restraint or hurt.

 

 

Difference between Robbery and Dacoity: Sections 390 and 391 IPC: All Dacoities are Robberies, but all Robberies are not Dacoties. When Robbery is committed or attempted to be committed by 05 or more persons then Robbery becomes Dacoity. Therefore Robbery can be committed even by single person, while for Dacoity at least 05 persons are required.

 

Stolen property: The property, the possession of which has been obtained by theft, extortion, robbery, dacoity or property which has been criminally misappropriated or in respect of which criminal breach of trust has been committed is termed as stolen property, if it comes into the possession of the person, who is legally entitled to the identity of stolen property should not lost after coming into the possession of the accused. So long as the article remains the same in substance though, it is altered doesn’t cease to be stolen property.

 

Cheating: S: 415: Whoever, by deceiving any person fraudulently or dishonestly induces the person so deceived to deliver any property to any person to consent that any person shall retain any property or intentionally inducing that person to do or omit to do anything which he would not do or omit if he were not so deceived an d which act or omission could likely to cause damage or harm to that person in body, mind, reputation or property.

Explanation: A dishonest concealment facts is a deception within the meaning of this section.

Comment: There are two parts u/s.415. Part-I deals only property. Part-II deals injury. Thus it can be body, mind, reputation or property. In the first part, loss of property is either due to dishonest or fraudulent action. In the second part the injury is sustained due to intentional inducement by act of deception.

Part-I: Whoever, by deceiving any person fraudulently or dishonestly induces the person so deceived to deliver any property to any person to consent that any person shall retain any property is called as an act of cheating.  It is punishable u/S.420 IPC.

Part-II: Whoever, intentionally induces another to do an act or omission and as a result of such deception, victim sustained damage, harm to mind, body or reputation or property is called cheating. It is punishable u/S.417 IPC.

 

Difference between Cheating & Extortion: S.415, 383 & 384 IPC: The primary object offence of cheating and extortion is wrongful gain of property. In both the cases property is removed with the consent of the owner. However in cheating the consent is obtained by fraud, whereas in extortion the consent is obtained by fear.

 

Mischief: S.425 IPC defines Mischief. It says  Whoever, with intent to cause, or knowing that he is likely to cause, wrongful  loss or damage to the public or to any person, causes the destruction of any property, or any such change in any property or in the situation thereof and thereby destroys or diminishes its value or utility or affects it injuriously commits mischief.

Explanation-I: It is not essential to the offence of mischief that the offender should intent to cause loss or damage to the owner of the property injury or destroyed. It is sufficient if he intends to cause or knows, that he is likely to cause, wrongful loss or damage to any person or not.

Explanation 2.- Mischief may be committed by an act affecting property belonging to the person who commits the act, or to that person and others jointly.

Example: Aneel voluntarily throws into a river a ring belonging to Shekar, with the intention of thereby causing wrongful loss to Shekar. Aneel has committed mischief.

 

Forgery: S: 463: Whoever makes a false document or part of a document, with intent to cause damage or injury, to the public or to any person, or to support any claim or title or to cause any person to part with property, or to enter into any express or implied contract, or with intent to commit fraud or that fraud may be committed commits forgery.

Forgery= False Document (Full or Part): Fraudulent intention + Damage or injury (or support any title or claim or part with property of any person) + to any person or public.

 

Criminal trespass (S.441): Whoever enters into or upon property in the possession of another with intent to commit an offence or to intimidate, insult or annoy any person in possession of such property or having lawfully entered into or upon such property, unlawfully remains there with intent thereby intimidate, insult or annoy any such person or with intent to commit an offence is said to commit C.T.

 

House trespass (S.442): Whoever commits C.T. by entering into or remaining in any building, tent or vessel used as a human dwelling, tent or any building used as a place of worship, or as a place for the custody of property, is said to commit H.T. The introduction of any part of the C.T’s body is sufficient to constitute H.T.  

 

Lurking House Trespass: S.443: If any person commits house-trespass having taken precautions to conceal such house-trespass from some person who has a right to exclude or eject the trespasser from the building, tent or vessel which is the subject of the trespass, is said to commit “lurking house-trespass”. If such Lurking house-trespass is committed after sunset and before sunrise it is called “lurking house-trespass by night” (S.444).

 

House Breaking: Section 445 IPC: A person is said to commit house breaking who commits house trespass, if he effects into the house or any part of it in any of the six ways hereinafter described; or if being in the house or any part of it for the purpose of committing an offence; or having committed an offence therein, he quits the house or any part of it in any of such six ways, that is to say:

  1. By entering and quitting through a passage made by himself
  2. By entering or quitting by opening any lock
  3. By entering and quitting by opening a passage by any means which the occupier has not intended.
  4. By entering and quitting through a passage not intended by any person other than the offender for human entrance or through any passage through which he gains access by scaling or climbing over any wall or building.
  5. By entering and quitting by using criminal force or committing an assault or threatening any person with assault.
  6. By entering and quitting any passage by unfastening the passage.

 

Perjury (False evidence) (S.191): To constitute offence under this section following conditions are required to be fulfilled: A person must be legally bound by an oath or by an express provision of law to state the truth or to make any declaration upon any subject but he makes a false statement, knowing or believing it to be false or does not believe to be true and he is said to be giving false evidence. Ex: Aneel in support of just claim which Shekar has against for one Rs100/-, falsely swears on a trial that he heard Shekar admitting the justice of Shekar’s claim. Aneel has given false evidence.

Fabricating False evidence: S: 192: A person is said to be fabricating false evidence if he  (i) Causes any circumstances to exist  (ii) Makes any false entry in any book or record (iii) Makes any documents containing a false statement intending such circumstances false entry or false statement may:(a)appear in evidence (b) judicial proceeding or (c) a proceeding taken by law before public servant or an arbitrator and causes in  such proceeding is to form an opinion upon evidence to entertain an erroneous opinion touching any point material to the result of such proceeding.

 S.201 IPC: To establish charge it prosecution establish that accused knowing or having reason to believe that such an offence had been committed, and with the intent to screen the offender from legal punishment and caused the evidence thereof to disappear.

S.153: Wantonly giving provocation with intent to cause riot.

S.153A: Promoting enmity between different groups on grounds of religion, race, place of birth, residence, language, etc., and doing acts prejudicial to maintenance of harmony.

 S.153AA: Punishment for knowingly carrying arms in any procession or organising or holding or raking pat in any mass drill or mass training with arms.

S.510 IPC:  Misconduct by a drunken person in public place. The punishment is one day.

S.303IPC: It is not declared unconstitutional. It is under eclipse: Mithu v. State of Punjab. This section says person who is under sentence of imprisonment for life, commits murder shall be punished with death.

S.511: Attempt to commit offence: The punishment is for a term which may extend to ½ of the imprisonment for life or ½ of the longest term of imprisonment provided for the offence or with such fine as it is provided for the offence, or with both.

Write a note on Offences relating to marriage?

Ans: Contract Act, 1872 applies and as a corollary non-compliance of the same makes the contract void, voidable or illegal. Apart from Contract law, other personal laws prescribe certain conditions for entering to contract of marriage and they must also be complied with.  In event of violating the same law prescribe remedies. Similarly, Indian penal code also offers certain penal remedies. They are dealt under S.493 to 498: They are as follows:

(1) Invalid Marriages S.493 & 496,        (2) Bigamy (S.494 and S.495)    (3) Adultery (S.497)

(4) Criminal elopement (S.498)              (5) Cruelty (S.498A)

Marriage is a result of contract between two parties. As such, the rules prescribed under

Marriage offence Victim /Accused
S.493: Man + Deception of woman that she is lawfully married and had sexual intercourse with her.Women who married the accused
S.496: Male or female + marriage ceremony + Knowing that she or he is not thereby lawfully married.Accused did the act either dishonestly or fraudulently.Male of female who married the accused
S.494: Marrying another + Married Spouse (Not divorced). Exceptions:1) Not against Personal law. 2) Whereabouts of other spouse is not known for a continuous period of 07 years. 3) Marriage is dissolved by court.1st wife or husband.
S.497: Sexual intercourse by man + Wife of another + without the consent of husband of wife.It shall not amount to rape.Victim is husband and accused is person had a sexual intercourse with husband’s wife
S.498: Taking or enticing away a married woman for the purpose of having sexual intercourse with her is known as seduction. The man is liable for the offence even if the woman voluntarily accompanies him.Victim is husband and accused is person had a sexual intercourse with husband’s wife
S.498A: Husband or relative of the husband subjects women to Cruelty = 03years and fine.Cruelty means:- a) Any Wilful conduct which is of such a nature as is likely to drive the woman to commit suicide or to cause such grave injury or danger to life limb or health (whether mental or physical) of the woman;b) Harassment or coercion of the women to met any unlawful demand for any property or valuable security or is on account of failure by her or any person related to her to meet such demand.

 

Criminal intimidation: S. 503 defines criminal intimidation. Whoever threatens another with any injury to his person, reputation or property or to the person or reputation of any one in whom that person is interested with intent to cause alarm to that person, or to cause that person to do any act which he is not legally bound to do or omit to do any act which that person is legally entitled to do, as the means of avoiding this execution of such threat, commits criminal intimidation. Ex: Aneel for the purpose of inducing Deepak to desist from prosecuting a civil suit threatens to burn Deepak’s house. Aneel is guilty of criminal intimidation.

Intimidate: Putting a man into fear with a view of inducing him to enter into a contract or to money or to do or to abstain from doing some act.

 

Defamation:

S.499 IPC defines Defamation and S.500 prescribes punishment.

S.499 has four explanations and ten exceptions.

S.499 says If a person imputes anything to another with intend to harm the reputation of such other person is said to be defamation. Such imputation can be done either spoken or intended to be read, or by signs or by visible representations, makes or publishes.

Explanations: The First explanation deals with defamation of a deceased man and the 2nd one deal with defamation against company.

The 1st explanation says imputing anything to deceased person is defamation in the following circumstances:

  1. a) If imputation harms the reputation of that dead person, if living.
  2. b) If it is intended to be hurtful to the feelings of his family or other relatives.

The 2nd explanation says if an imputation is made against a company or an association or collection of persons it amounts defamation.

The 3rd explanation says an imputation in the form of an alternative or expressed ironically, may amount to defamation. (Innuendo).

The 4th explanation says in order to constitute defamation it must lower the reputation of alleged aggrieved in the eye of public or persons known to him.

What is defamation?Imputation if it harms reputation.What is imputation?A false charge or accusation or untruthful statement

What is reputation?

Status or name or character or estimation of a person in the eye of public.

What kind of reputation amounts defamation under IPC?

Imputation1. Relating to moral, intellectual character of a person2. Lowers the character of that person in respect of his caster or calling.3.Imputation lowers the credit of that person4. Imputation that is caused relating to body of that person in a loathsome state.

5.Imputation which is considered as disgraceful

 

When offence of defamation is complete?

Ans: As a result of Imputation described above the status or name or character or estimation of victim gets lowered in the eye of public.

Exceptions: There are ten exceptions to the section. These exceptions provide privileges available in case of defamatory statements and burden to prove them, lies on the person who claims the benefit.

Ex.1: Imputation of truth which public good required to be made or published.

Ex.2: Public conduct of public servant

Ex. 3: Conduct of any person touching any public question

Ex. 4: Publication of reports of proceedings of courts

Ex.5: Merits of cases decided in courts or conduct of witnesses or other concerned

Ex.6: Merits of public performance

Ex.7: Censure passed in good faith by the person having lawful authority over another

Ex.8: Accusation preferred in good faith by person for protecting of his others interests.

Ex.9: Imputation made in good faith by person for protection of his or others interests.

Ex.10: Caution intended for good of person to who conveyed or for public good.

Problems and Solutions:

S.nProblem Principle
1Indian Citizen commits murder in Uganda. Can he be tried in India?Yes, Indian citizen who commits offence in foreign country despite it’s not being offence in that country can be punished in India.
2A writes his name on the back of a bill of exchange. What is the effect of it? Is it a valuable security?It is valuable security.  The effect of this endorsement is that any person who is the lawful holder is entitled to property in it.
3Whether a passport or title page of the firm containing the name of partners showing the capital contributed by each and signed by partners – are they valuable securities?They are valuable securities
4A and C emerges from darkness and both of them gave blows to B at various part of the body and as a result he died. Whether they can held liable jointly u/S.34? Yes
5A, a soldier, fires on a mob by the order of his superior officer, in conformity with the commands of law. Has he committed any offence?No offence. Whatever he did in law is an offence but in good faith that he was bound by law to do such act though it is a mistake of fact.
6A, an officer of a court, being ordered by the court to arrest Y, and after due inquiry believing Z to be y, arrest Z. Has he committed any offence?No offence, Whatever he did in law is an offence but in good faith that he was bound by law to do such act though it is a mistake of fact.
7A, an officer, in good faith, of the power which the law gives to all person of apprehending murders in the act, seizes Z, in order to bring before proper authorities.  In fact Z is acting in self-defense.  Has A committed any offence?No offence, Whatever he did in law is an offence but in good faith that he was justified by law to do such act though it is a mistake of fact.
8Whether plea of insanity or claiming any benefit under general exception first time before the appellate court is permissible?No
9A and Z agree to fence with each other for amusement. This agreement implies the consent of each to suffer from any harm which in the course of such fencing, may be caused without foul play and if A, while playing fairly, hurts Z, What is the offence A Commits?A commits no offence. He claims benefit under consent by playing amusement.
10A lays sticks and turf over a pit, with the intention of thereby causing death, or with the knowledge that death is likely to be thereby caused. Z believing the ground to be firm, treads on it, falls in and is killed. What is the offence committed?A has committed the offence of culpable homicide.
11A knows Z to be behind a bush. B does not know it A, intending to cause, or knowing it to be likely to cause Z’s death, induces B fires and kills Z. Here B may be guilty of no offence; but A has committed the offence.  What is the offence A has committed?A has committed the offence of culpable homicide.
12A intentionally gives Z a sword-cut or club-wound sufficient to cause the death of a man in the ordinary course of nature. Z dies in consequence. What is the A has offence committed?A is guilty of murder, although he may not have intended to cause Z’s death. A has committed the offence of Murder.
13A speeding truck, while taking a turn in an open field, hit a cot causing the death of a person who was resting on it. Under which section case falls?The driver obviously didn’t willfully drive the car on the cot, hence, s.304 A but not 304 Part-II. The doctors negligence falls u/s.304A
14A is fighting with B and attempts to hit B with a lathi.  C intervenes and attempts to stop the fight. In the scuffle, A hits C with a lathi, though A was trying to hit B. what is the offence A has committed?A commits an offence under S.323
15A squeezed the testicles of the deceased, which result in his almost death and death, took almost sudde. Under which section of law accused shall be charged?A commits an offence u/s. S.325 IPC without any intention to kill or any knowledge can be attributed to him. Hence he is liable under S.325 IPC
16An unrelated person offers chocolate to enter to his car. G enters the car.   Under which section of law accused shall be charged?As per S.361 IPC Force can be actual or constructive.
17A puts a bait for dogs in his pocket, and thus induces Z’s dog to follow it. Here, if A’s intention be dishonestly to take the dog out of Z’s possession without Z’s consent. What is the offense A has committed?Theft, A has commit­ted theft as soon as Z’s dog has begun to follow A.
18A meets a bullock carrying a box of treasure. He drives the bullock in a certain direction, in order that he may dishonestly take the treasure. As soon as the bullock begins to move, What is the offense A has committed?A has committed theft of the treasure
19Z, going on a journey, entrusts his plate to A, the keeper of the warehouse, till Z shall return. A carries the plate to a goldsmith and sells it. Here the plate was not in Z’s possession. What is the offense A has committed?No theft, It could not therefore be taken out of Z’s possession, and A has not committed theft, though he may have committed criminal breach of trust.
20A finds a ring belonging to Z on a table in the house which Z occupies. Here the ring is in Z’s possession, and if A dishonest­ly removes it, What is the offense A has committed?A commits theft.
21A threatens to publish a defamatory libel concerning Z unless Z give him money. He thus induces Z to give him money. What is the offense A has committed?A has committed extortion.
22A threatens Z that he will keep Z’s child in wrongful confinement, unless Z will sign and deliver to A promissory note binding Z to pay certain monies to A. Z signs and delivers the note. What is the offense A has committed?A has committed extortion.
23A, by putting Z in fear of grievous hurt, dishonestly induces Z to sign or affix his seal to a blank paper and deliver it to A. Z signs and delivers the paper to A. Here, as the paper so signed may be converted into a valuable security. What is the offense A has committed?A has committed extortion.
24A holds Z down and fraudulently takes Z’s money and jewels from Z’s clothes without Z’s consent. Here A has committed theft, and in order to the committing of that theft, has voluntarily caused wrongful restraint to Z. What is the offense A has committed?A has therefore committedrob­bery.
25A obtains property from Z by saying—“Your child is in the hands of my gang, and will be put to death unless you send us ten thousand rupees”. What is the offense A has committed?This is extortion, and punishable as such; but it is not robbery, unless Z is put in fear of the instant death of his child.
26A takes property belonging to Z out of Z does possession, in good faith, believe, at any time when he takes it, that the property belongs to him. A is not guilty of theft; but if A, after discovering his mistake, dishonestly appropriates the property to his own use, What is the offense A has committed?A is guilty of Criminal Misappropriation.
27A, being on friendly terms with Z, goes into Z’s library in Z’s absence, and takes away a book without Z’s express consent. Here, if A was under the impression that he had Z’s implied consent to take the book for the purpose of reading it, A has not committed theft. But, if A afterwards sells the book for his own benefit, What is the offense A has committed?A is guiltyof Criminal Misappropriation.
28A finds a Government promissory note belonging to Z, bearing a blank endorsement. A, knowing that the note belongs to Z, pledges it with a banker as a security for a loan, intending at a future time to restore it to Z. What is the offense A has committed? What is the offense A has committed? A has committed an offence under this section.A is guiltyof Criminal Misappropriation.
29A finds a rupee on the high road, not knowing to whom the rupee belongs. A picks up the rupee. What is the offense A has committed? What is the offense A has committed?No offense
30A finds a letter on the road, containing a bank note. From the direction and contents of the letter he learns to whom the note belongs. He appropriates the note. What is the offense A has committed? What is the offense A has committed? He is guilty of an of­fence under this section.A is guiltyof Criminal Misappropriation.
31A sees Z drop his purse with money in it. A picks up the purse with the intention of restoring it to Z, but afterwards appropriates it to his own use. What is the offense A has committed? What is the offense A has committed? A has committed an offence under this section.A is guiltyof Criminal Misappropriation.
32A, by exhibiting to Z a false sample of an article, intentionally deceives Z into believer that the article corresponds with the sample, and thereby, dishonestly induces Z to buy and pay for the article. What is the offense A has committed?A cheats.
33A, by tendering in payment for an article a bill on a house with which A keeps on money, and by which A expects that the will be dishonored, intentionally deceives Z, and thereby dishonestly induces Z to deliver the article, intending not to pay for it. What is the offense A has committed?A cheats.
34A, by pledging as diamonds article which he knows are not diamonds, intentionally deceives Z, and thereby dishonestly induces Z to lend money. What is the offense A has committed?A cheats
35A leaves with B, his agent, a cheque on a banker, signed by A, without inserting the sum payable and authorizes B to fill up the cheque by inserting a sum not exceeding ten thousand rupees for the purpose of making certain payment. B fraudulently fills up the cheque by inserting the sum of twenty thousand rupees. What is the offense B has committed?B commits forgery.
36A endorses a Government promissory note and makes it payable to Z or his order by writing on the bill the words “Pay to Z or his order” and signing the endorsement. B dishonestly erases the words “Pay to Z or his order”, and thereby converts the special endorsement into a blank endorsement. What is the offense B has committed?B commits forgery.
37A writes a letter and signs it with B’s name without B’s authority, certifying that A is a man of good character and in distressed circumstances from unforeseen misfortune, intending by means of such letter to obtain alms from Z and other persons. Here, as A made a false document in order to induce Z to part with property. What is the offense A has committed?A has committed forgery.

 

PUNISHMENT:

 What is the difference between Conviction and Sentence?

Ans: The finding given by the court stating that accused committed the offence is called Conviction.  The punishment given by the court is called as Sentence.  Conviction is a technical process. Sentence is not technical affair and judge must act like a social and legal scientist. The sentence must be awarded basing on physical and mental social, economic, cultural status of the accused, nature of offence, mode and manner of committing offence.

 

What are the different kinds of Punishments provided under IPC?

Ans:S.53: The punishments to which offenders are liable under the provisions of this Code are:- 1) Death, 2) Imprisonment for life, 3) deleted 4) Imprisonment, which is of two descriptions, namely:- (1) Rigorous, that is, with hard labour; (2) Simple; 5) Forfeiture of property; 6) Fine.

 

What is the meaning of the term life under IPC?

Ans: As per S.45 IPC defines Life. The term life means complete life of the individual. Inflicting life imprisonment is one of the modes of punishment. Thus imprisonment of life would ordinarily mean imprisonment for the full or complete span of life. Premature released is governed by S.55 IPC &S.433 (b) Cr.P.C 1973.

According to S.55 the State Government has power to commute (convert) the sentence of imprisonment for life to punishment for imprisonment of either description for a term not exceeding 14 years without the consent of the prisoner.

Under S.57, though the term twenty is used it is only for the purpose of calculating fractions of terms of punishments i.e., Attempt to commit offence which is punishable with life imprisonment.  Unless the sentence is commuted or remitted by the appropriate authority u/s 55 of the code or u/s Cr.P.C. a prisoner sentenced to life imprisonment is bound in law to serve the life term in prison.

 

What is the period of imprisonment that can be imposed in the event of non-payment of fine?

Ans:

FineImprisonment awarded
02 monthsRs.50/-
04 monthsRs.100/-
06 monthsIn any other case.

If the convict fine any time, he can be released and fine would be reduced proportionately.

 

How Solitary confinement is awarded?

Ans: Generally, when court imposes sentence of imprisonment it is deemed that it is simple and without solitary confinement. However, if it is specified as rigours or solitary convict shall undergo such kind of punishment only.  The solitary confinement in no case shall exceed three months.

Imprisonment awarded Solitary confinement
Six monthsOne month.
Six months to One yearTwo months
Exceeding one yearThree months

S: 74: Limit of Solitary Confinement: As per this section Solitary Confinement shall in no case exceed 14 days at a time. If imprisonment awarded more than three months solitary confinement shall not exceed seven days in any month.

Write note on Sentencing power of various criminal courts?

Name of the Court Sentencing Power of Court 
High courtCan pass any sentence
Court of SessionCan pass any sentence. But death sentence shall be confirmed by High court.
Assistant session JudgeCan pass any sentence of Imprisonment which may extend to 10 years and fine.
Chief Judicial MagistrateCan pass any sentence of Imprisonment which may extend to 07 years and fine.
Judicial Magistrate of First ClassCan pass any sentence of Imprisonment which may extend to 03 years and fine of Rs.10,000/-.
Judicial Magistrate of Second ClassCan pass any sentence of Imprisonment which may extend to 01 years and fine of Rs.5,000/-.

 

 What is quantum of punishment to be awarded in case offender is punished for the offences mentioned under C.XII or CXVII of IPC?

Ans: As per S.75 IPC, person who committed offence mentioned under these chapters for subsequent offence, he is liable to be punished with imprisonment for life, or to imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to 10 years.

However, it is necessary that the punishment for the first offence and second offence prescribed under law shall be three years or more.

XII: Offences relating to coin and Government stamps

XVII: Offences against property.

S: 71: Consists of four paragraphs:

Para 1: It deals with all the acts of an offendor which constitute together only an offence although each of the individual acts also constitutes the same offence.

It refers to illustration (i) of 220Cr.P.C. In such cases, the offendor can be punished only for an offence.

Ex-I:   A number of blows on one person.

Ex-II: Accused stole property at night belonging to different persons from the same room of a house; it was held he could not be sentenced separately as for two offences of theft.

 Para:II: A single transaction may give rise to either

(a) Several offences of different character, each complete in itself and distinct from the other.

Ex: Criminal breach of trust and falsification of accounts; House breaking and adultery.

(b) Several offences of the same character but affecting different persons.

Ex: A single gunshot fired with it, injured two or more person, where different persons are injured, grievous hurt being caused in one case and simple hurt in others, it is competent for the court to impose separate and cumulative sentences. (a,f,&g illustrations of S.220)

 

Para:III: It corresponds to S.220(4) Cr.P.C. It deals with plurality of acts and applies to cases in which one or more of the acts of the accused in a transaction constitute one offence but all the acts together or combined give rise to different offence.

The same series of acts may constitute different offences. All may be charged, but only one offence can be regarded as committed for the purpose of inflicting punishment.

Ex: Where as persons set a fire to a ware house, here his act is an offence u/s 435 &also u/s 436, and though he may be charged for both, but he cannot be punished for more than one of these offences.    Similarly, for driving on a public road so rashly so as to endanger human life and causing hurt, accused cannot be punished for both the offences.

 

Whether court can impose sentence in default of payment of fine?

Ans: Yes, as per s.30 the court of a magistrate may award such term of imprisonment in default of payment of fine as is authorised by law:

Provided that the term: – It shall not be excess of the powers of the Magistrate u/s 29 of the code. Where imprisonment has been awarded as part of the substantive sentence, it shall not exceed 1/4th of the term of imprisonment which the magistrate is competent to inflict as punishment for the offence. The imprisonment awarded under this section may be in addition to a substantive sentence of imprisonment for the maximum term awardable by the magistrate u/s 29.

 

What is the mode of sentences in case of conviction of several offences at one trial?

Ans: S.31 talks about Sentence in cases of conviction of several offences at one trial: When one person is convicted at one trial of two or more offences, the court may, subject to the provisions of S.71of the IPC, sentence him for such offences, to the several punishments prescribed therefore which such court is competent to inflict; such punishments when consisting of imprisonment to commence the one after the expiration of the other in such order as the court may direct, unless the court direct that such punishments shall run concurrently.

It is not necessary for the court by reason only of the aggregate punishment for the several offences being in excess of the punishment which it is competent to inflict on conviction of a single offence, to send the offendor for trial before a high court.  Provided that in (i) no case shall such person be sentenced to imprisonment for a longer period from 14yrs (ii) the aggregate punishment shall not exceed twice the amount of punishment which the court is competent to inflict for a single offence. Thus section 31 enhances the ordinary powers given to Magistrate u/s 29 Cr.P.C.  For the purpose of appeal by a convicted person, the aggregate of the consecutive sentences passed against him under this section shall be deemed to be a single sentence.

 

Explanation: At one single trial, accused is charged with more than one offence (like S.324 IPC). In such case he is permitted to impose six years imprisonment though he is competent to inflict punishment of imprisonment not more than three years as per S.29 Cr.P.C. In such case it is also not necessary for such magistrate to send the file to superior magistrate for inflicting more punishment.

However, magistrate is under an obligation to report the matter to superior magistrate if the magistrate has to impose imprisonment more than the twice the punishment, which he is authorised to inflict (i.e, more than six years).

Ex: If the Magistrate has to impose imprisonment for a period of more than six years, he has to send the file to Chief Judicial Magistrate.

 

INDIAN EVIDENCE ACT, 1872

INDIAN EVIDENCE ACT, 1872:
IEA is enacted in the year 1st Sept-1872. It is drafted by Sir James Fitzjamen Stephen. IEA is not applicable to proceedings before tribunals and arbitrators and departmental inquiries. IEA is strictly applicable to judicial proceedings in courts. A proceeding is said to be Judicial if its object is to determine the legal relations between one person and group of persons. Further, to make it as judicial proceeding Judge must act in a judicial capacity.

IEA is applicable to both civil & criminal law. However, the quantum of proof in either case is different. In Civil cases it is preponderance of Probability and criminal it is beyond reasonable doubt. Apart from that S.52 and 55 dealing with character of parties and S.115 to 117 dealing with estoppel are exclusively applicable to Civil law only. The term evidence means to show clearly, to discover clearly, to ascertain, to prove. Evidence also means to make clear to the sight. Affidavit is not evidence under IEA unless it is permitted under some other law. They are treated as evidence if the deponent is subjected to cross-examination.

 

General Principles: IEA primarily talks about following five issues:

1) Relevancy     2) Admissibility      3)Competence

4)Burden of Proof    5)Credibility    6) Presumptions

1) Relevancy:          Facts that can be used to prove a case

2) Admissibility:     Persons with whose aid relevant facts can be placed before court.

3) Competence:       Mental capability of understanding questions and gives rational answers.

4) Burden of Proof: The obligation to prove a case.

5) Credibility:          The probability of relevant and admissible evidence being true.

6) Presumptions:    Basic values or presumptions about certain facts of life court shall have.

 

1) Relevancy: Facts that can be used to prove a case. The fact may be proved with the aid of evidence, admissions and judicial notices. The proof of facts before the court must be with the aid of facts listed under S.6 to 55 of Indian Evidence Act. It is also known as theory of Relevancy. No exceptions. The proof of facts before the court must be with the aid of facts listed under S.6 to 55 of Indian Evidence Act. Those facts are hereunder:

Facts which form part of the same transaction – S.6
F.W. are cause & effect of the fact in issue – S.7
F.R to motive, preparation and previous or subsequent conduct –S.8
Facts necessary to explain or introduce relevant facts -S.9
Facts about thing said or done by conspirator in reference to common design -S.10
Facts which are inconsistent with fact in issue or relevant fact -S.11
Facts relating to ascertainment of damages-S.12
F.R right/custom in question-S.13 F.R to state of mind, body or bodily feeling-S.14
F.R to show whether the fact was accidental or intentional -S.15
F.R to existence of course of business -S.16
Admissions & confessions -S.17 to 31
Statements of persons who cannot be examined -S.32, 33
Expert Opinion- S.45 Entries in books of accounts – S.34
Entries in public record made in the course of discharge of public duties – S.35
Statements in maps, plans and charts – S.36
Statements of public nature contained in Acts or Notifications -S.37
Statements as to law contained in law books- S.38
Statements forming part of conversation, book, book, or series of letters or papers -S.39       Judgments-S. 40 to 44, Third Person -S.45 to 51

 

    2. Admissibility: Persons with whose aid relevant facts can be placed before court. The 2nd qualification is that witness must be through direct evidence. Direct evidence refers to facts perceived by one’s own sense. It means to act as witness before court one must directly perceive them with his any of the five senses. However the following are the exceptions to this broad general rule. They are based are certain public policy considerations. They are: Resgestae; Admissions and confessions; Statements U/S32 and 33; Statements in Public documents; Opinion of experts.

Direct evidence can be given either orally or in documentary form. However if the law requires transaction to be in writing or oral terms are reduced to writing, oral evidence is not permitted (s.91, 92). Even this documentary evidence that can be produced must be through original (Primary evidence) unless law permits secondary evidence. Primary evidence means original document itself. Another important rule connected to this point is that contents of documents must be proved   with the aid the person who is author or executants or scribe or witness to the document or person acquainted with the facts of the document, Expert. In case of public document or document of thirty years old any person can produce and prove the facts contained in it.

3) Competence:  Persons though admitted to speak facts they shall qualify test laid down under S.118 to S.132. The first and foremost qualification to be a witness is mental capability.  In other words witness must be capable of understanding questions and give rational answers to those questions and not expressly prohibited by law not to give evidence.  Mental capability and not prohibited by law are alone can be witness before court.

 4) Burden of proof:  The person seeks judgment in his favour for a threatened invasion or invasion of his right, burden lies to prove the case through relevant facts, admissible and competent persons in a credible way.  The consequence of failing to prove the same is dismissal of the case.  There are certain exceptions to this rule. They are: presumptions, estoppel, admissions, judicial notice, Facts admitted. They are exceptions as they relieve the party’s burden to prove certain facts subject to certain qualifications.

 5) Credibility:  The term credibility refers to value of evidence. The plain reading of S.3 of the spells out that mere proof of essential elements of right & liability with the aid of relevant facts, admissible and competent persons wouldn’t result proof of fact.  The section emphasize that court shall upon seeing the matters before it believe the same to conclude that a fact is said to be proved.  Thus evidence before the court must meet another test is called credibility. In other words evidence must be convincing, logical, consistent, coherent, corroborative, no contradictions and free from doubts.  The last chapter of IEA offers various tools to enhance or diminish the credibility of the facts showing elements of right or liability.

  6) Presumptions: Demanding a party to adduce evidence on an every trivial fact or logical consequence of a proved fact and which is quite common to notions of civilized way of living, hardly have any rationality. Hence, Act directs court to possess certain values or perceptions or presumptions with respect to certain facts of life. They are listed under S.105 to 114 A IEA. In such factual scenario court shall not demand evidence.

 

 THEORY OF RELEVANCY:

“PROSECUTION FAILED TO PROVE THE GUILT OF   ACCUSED BEYOND REASONABLE DOUBT”.

This is the usually ending sentence we find in the judgments of Criminal Courts.

What is the inference we can draw from this Sentence?

Ans: They are as follows:

  • There is no evidence on record                     2) Inadequate evidence
  • I don’t know whether offence is committed   3)  Accused didn’t commit offence

4)  Accused committed the offence but didn’t meet Standard of Proof.

The above inferences suggest that to prove a case it is not enough to prove elements of offence, we have to prove something else also.  This is also evident from the word called ‘Proved’ defined under Evidence Act. Therefore, it is necessary for prosecution or plaintiff to make story credible, logical, consistent, and coherent, trust worthy, corroborative, truthful, and free from doubts, no contradictions and discrepancies

 

Proved: S.3 of IEA defines proved. A fact is said to be proved when, after considering the matters before it, the court either believes it to exist or considers its existence so probable that a prudent man ought, under the circumstances of the particular case, to act upon the supposition that it exists.

 

A fact is proved: Matters + Belief.  Now the question is : what is Matters?

The term matters: Evidence and other facts.

Evidence (S.3): Oral or documentary statement made on oath before court or any public authority. All facts can be proved by oral evidence except the contents of a document.

Evidence means and includes

(1) All statements which the Court permits or requires to be made before it by witnesses, in relation to matters of fact under inquiry, such statements are called oral evidence : S.59, 60, 63(5), 91 Explanation, 92-Proviso 2 & 3, 119 and S.144 Explanation deal with oral evidence.

(2) All documents including electronic records produced for the inspection of the Court such documents are called documentary evidence: S.61, 62, 65, 91, 92 &145deal with documentary evidence.

The following are not evidence as they are not on oath:

        a) A confession or statement of the accused (S.239, 251, 313, 164 Cr.P.C)

       b) Demeanor of witness (S.280 Cr.P.C),

       c) Local investigation or inspection (S.310Cr.P.C)

      d) Facts judicially noticeably (S.56)              

      e) Material objects (Criminal rules of Practise).

 

Fact: S.3 says Fact means and includes:-

(1) Anything, state of things, or relation of things, capable of being perceived by senses.

(2) Any mental condition of which any person is conscious.

Ex: (a) That there are certain objects arranged in a certain order in a certain place, is a fact.

(b) Any mental condition of which any person is conscious.

 

Fact in issue: S.3 of IEA defines fact in issue.

Fact in issue: Any fact from which, either by itself or in connection with other facts, the existence, non-existence, nature, or extent of any right, liability, or disability, asserted or denied in any suit or proceedings, necessary follows. It means matter under controversy.

 

Document: S.3 of IEA defines document. A document means any matter expressed or recorded or any substance by means of letters, figures or marks. Documentary evidence means all documents including electronic records produced for the inspection of the court.

Ex: Caricature, Currency note, photograph, inscription on rocks, marking on trees, Tatoo mark on human body. White of paper is not a document.

 

Why we go to Court?  What essentials are required to be proved before court of law?

Ans: Party goes to court to establish his legal right or liability of another. Therefore, party approaching the court shall fundamentally prove essential elements of right or liability.

S.13, 14 & 15 of the IEA talks about essential elements of right or liability.

 

Consider Hypothetical situation:

Raju is a Hindu and he has one son by name Arjun. Raju used to work as a clerk in Jr.Civil Judge Court, Ranga Reddy and he took his last breath on 12/1/14. During his life time he used to save his earnings and at the time of his death he is having an amount of Rs.10,000/- in SBH Ranga reddy District Court branch. Upon his death Arjun claimed money lying in the bank by approaching Bank Manager. Arjun said to Manager that he being the CLASS-I legal heir entitled to property and demanded for payment of amount to him. He also showed WILL executed by his father in his favour. At that time one Ragini claiming she to be Second wife approached manager and demanded to give money to her. The Manager refused to act upon and demanded for Succession certificate. It is to be noted Arjun mother died long back.  Arjun filed case before Jr.CJ, R.R. Dist.

 

Relevant: Facts that can be used to prove a case.

Facts In issueWhether Arjun entitled to money or not?
Elements of Right:Father and Son Relationship between Arjun and Raju. Death of father. Deposit of one lakh in SBH by Raju. Arjun is only Son or Will executed in his favour. There is no other legal heir.

 

Relevant facts placed by Raju Section 06 to 55
Date of birth Certificate of Arjun or SSC memo 
Service book entry of Raju 
Death Certificate of Raju and his wife 
LIC policy of Raju and its payment to Arjun 
Arjun as nominee in other Banks 
Will stating Raju wants to give property to Arjun 
Having possession of Bank account Book and ATM card 
DNA test 
Brother of Raju opinion as to relation ship 
Previous Judgment declaring Rajini is not the wife of Raju.   (Raju v Rajini) 

 

Facts relating to right or custom in question (S.13) : If there is a question as to the existence of any right or custom S.13 makes admissible: (1) Transaction (2) particular instances.

S.13 (a) dealing with transactions says that where the question as to whether a certain right or custom exists, any transaction by which the right or custom in question was created, claimed, modified, recognized, asserted or denied or which was inconsistent with its existence , may be proved.

S.13 (b) dealing with particular instances says that where the question is as to whether a right or custom exists, particular instances in  which the right or custom in was claimed, recognized, exercised or in which its existence was disputed, asserted or departed from, may be proved.

 

Facts relating to state of mind, body or bodily feeling (S.14):

This section renders all facts showing state of mind, body or bodily feeling relevant only when the existence of any such fact is in issue or relevant facts.

This section is based on the principle that when the intention of the accused is a relevant fact, evidence of similar transactions both prior and subsequent to the alleged offence is admissible as evidence of intention.

The principle, on which evidence of similar acts is admissible, is not to show that, because the accused defendant has committed an offence, he would therefore be likely to commit another but to establish the animus of the act and rebut by anticipation the defenses of ignorance, accident, mistake, or some innocent motive or intention.

S.15 is merely an application of the general rule laid down in S.14.  It is plain that this section is of assistance where the existence of a state of mind such as intention, knowledge, good faith, negligence rashness, ill-will or goodwill towards a person or the existence of a state of body or bodily feeling in issue.

S.15 is merely an application of the general rule laid down I S.14.  S.15 says facts relating to show whether the fact was accidental or intentional are relevant. This section picks out only those cases where the question is whether a particular act is accidental or intentional. Example.1: A sues B for the damages done by a dog of B. B knew it to be ferocious. The facts that the dog had previously bite X, Y, Z and same was complained to B are relevant u/S.14.

 

What is the need and necessity of S.6 to 11 of IEA as S.13, 14 & 15 of the IEA proves the elements of right or liability?

Ans: It is true proving elements of right or liability is enough. However, to make the proof of the right beyond any amount of doubt especially in view of standard laid down under S.3of the Act, it is always ideal to give forward and backward linkages for occurrence of fact in issue or any other relevant fact. Thus by taking aid of forwards and backward linkages we are making either     prosecution or plaintiff version credible, logical, consistent, coherent, trust worthy, corroborative, truthful, free from doubts and also avoid contradictions and discrepancies.  Now, let us turn to S. 6 to 11 IEA which help parties to give forward and backward linkages for occurrence of fact in issue or any other relevant facts:

      a) If such fact form part of the same transaction (S.6)

      b) If it is the occasion, cause and effect of the fact in issue (S.7)

      c) Facts relating to motive, preparation and previous or subsequent conduct. However, conduct must be accompany and explain act (S.8).

     d) S.9: Introductory Or Explanatory Facts

    e) S.10 : Things said or done by conspirator w.r.t common design

    f) S.11 : Inconsistent facts In this connection it important to remember that S.3 mandates mere

Explain the use of S.17 to 54 when S.7 to 16 already covered the field to prove a case?

Ans: S.17 to 54 of IEA offer various other sources to prove relevant facts contained in S.7 -16.

AdmissionWho can make?  Which admissions can be used to prove case?
It’s an oral or documentary or electronic form which suggests an inference as to any fact in issue or relevant fact. It must be self harming statement except in cases mentioned u/s.21 IEA. They can be found in deposition, bail application. It may found in a letter and account book etc. In fact an admission made by a party in a plaint can be used as evidence against him in other suits. According to S.23 in civil cases admission is not relevant when it is made upon on any (a) express condition that evidence of it is not be given(b) Or under circumstance that the court infers that the parties agree of evidence of it should not be given.  S.31: Admissions are not conclusive proof of the matters admitted, but they may operate as estoppels under the provisions of the Act.1. Parties to the suit or proceedings2. Agents of the parties with express or implied authority3. Parties to the suit suing or being sued in a representative capacity Statements of third Persons.4. Persons having any proprietary or pecuniary interest in the subject matter of proceeding5. Persons from who parties to the suit or proceeding derived their interest in the subject matter of suit.

The general rule is that an admission made by a stranger shall not be binding on the parties to the suit, but S.19 and S.20 are exceptions to that rule

Admissions are self-harming statements. But Section 21 is an exception to this rule. Thus admissions which are self-serving are also admissible if they satisfy the conditions specified in S.21.They are as follows:1. When the admission is of such a nature that if the person making it were dead, it would be relevant as between third persons u/s32.2. An admission can be proved by or on behalf of the person making it if it consists of a statement as to the existence of a state of mind or body provided that:-(a) Such a state of mind or body is in issue or relevant(b) The statement is made at or about the time when such state of mind or                                                  body existed

(c)The statement was accompanied by conduct rendering it falsehood improbable

3. When the statement is relevant otherwise than as admission.

 

Whether previous confession statement made by the accused before courts can be used to prove a case against him?

Ans: Yes, they can be used under certain conditions and they are dealt u/S.25 to 30.

Section & Before Whom it is made  Under what Circumstances and its use
S.24: Any Person.Obtained under following conditions shall not be used to prove the case against accused. They are: a) If it is obtained by any (i) inducement (ii) threat or(iii) promise (b) Such inducement, etc., must have reference to the charge or proceed from a person in authority or must be sufficient to give the accused grounds for supposing that by making it he would gain an advantage or avoid an evil of as temporal nature in reference to the proceedings against him
S.28: Any Person.Confession Made after removal of the impression caused by inducement, threat or promise is relevant.
S.29:Any PersonConfession obtained under a promise or secrecy or in consequence of a deception practiced on the accused person for the purpose of obtaining it, or when he was drunk or because it was made in answer to questions which he need not have answered, can be used as evidence against him. The form of questions and prior warning is also not necessary.
S.26:MagistrateIt is relevant and can be used and magistrate is under an obligation to ensure S.164 Cr.P.C and 32 CRP.
S.26:PoliceIt shall not be used to prove the case.
S.27:PoliceStatement, if not confession, made to a police officer is relevant when a fact is discovered in consequence of information received from such person, so much of the information as relates distinctly relates to discovery of fact.

 

Under What Circumstances a former statement made by third person can be taken as evidence in the court of law?

Ans: It can’t be used as evidence unless he personally come and deposes before the court. However, under certain conditions like: he is dead or incapable of giving evidence or not found or can’t be procured with unreasonable delay, any person can give evidence of his former statement subject to condition laid down under S.32 & 33 of the Act.

Section Kind of Fact (Former Statement) Under what Circumstances
 S.32(1)Death of deceasedAs to cause to his death or circumstances relating to cause of his death
S.32(2)About acknowledgement of the receipt of any property or a document.Made in the course of business or in the discharge of professional duty in books
S.32(3)Statement made against the pecuniary or proprietary interest of the person making it or exposed him to a criminal prosecution or to a suit for damages.Statement made at any time.
S.32(4)Statement gives opinion as to a public right or custom or matters of general interest and it was made before any controversy as to such right or custom had arisen.Statement made at any time.
S.32(5)Statement relates to the existence of any relationship between persons. However, to be receiving as evidence, maker has special means of knowledge and it was made before the question in dispute arose. Statement made at any time.
S.32(6)Statement relates to the existence of any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption between persons deceased and is made in any will or deed or family pedigree, or upon any tombstone or family portrait, and was made before the question in dispute arose.Statement made at any time
S.32(7)Statement is contained in any deed, will or other document which relates to any such transaction as is mentioned in Section 13, Clause (a)..Statement made at any time
S.32(8)When the statement was made by a number of persons, and expressed feelings or impressions on their part relevant to the matter in question, will, or other document.Statement made at any time
S.331)If the proceeding was between the same parties;2) That the adverse party in the first proceeding had the right and opportunity to cross-examination.3) That the questions in issue were substantially the same in the first as in the second proceedings.Depositions made in a former suit or proceedings by witnesses.

 

Whether facts contained in documents can be used to prove case?

Ans: Yes, they can be used under certain conditions and they are dealt under S.34 to 39.

 

Section Kind of Document Under what Circumstances
S.34Entries in books of accountsRegularly kept in the course of business whenever they refer to a matter into which the Court has to inquire.
S.35Entries in public record Made in the course of discharge of public duties by Public authority.They shall state a fact in issue or relevant fact.
S.36Statements in maps, plans and charts generally offered for public sale, or made under the authority of Government.If they contain matter relating to any fact in issue or relevant facts.
S.37Statements of public nature contained in Acts or NotificationsIf the court has to form an opinion as to the existence of any fact of public nature, any statement of it contained in any central or state Act or in a Government Gazette or Notification is relevant.
S.38Statements as to law of any country contained in a books or any report of a ruling of the Courts of such country if printed or published by authority of the country.If the court has to form an opinion as to a law of any country.
S.39Evidence such matter shall be given so much and no more of the statement, conversation, document, electronic record, book or series of letters or papers as the Court considers necessary in that particular case to the full understanding of the nature and effect of the statement, and of the circumstances under which it was made.When the court has to form an opinion as to the full understanding of the nature and effect of the statement, and of the circumstances under which it was made but it contained in part of a longer statement, or of a conversation or part of an isolated document, or is contained in a document which forms part of a book.

 

Whether Courts Judgments are relevant?

Section Under What conditions a fact is relevant Use and Value in the case
S.40Between Same parties w.r.t same subject matter.Relevant
S.41Certain Jurisdictions like Matrimonial, Probate, Insolence, Admiralty, Probate,Relevant and Conclusive Proof
S.42Suits of Public NatureRelevant
S.44Judgments other than S.40 to S.42Irrelevant
S.44Judgments obtained by way of fraud or collusionRelevant

 

Whether Third Persons evidence is relevant?

Ans: It is relevant even though it is hearsay evidence provided they meet conditions laid down under S.45 to 51.

 

Section Under What conditions  third party evidence is relevant:  Who can give Evidence
S.45 & 46Opinion as to: a) Foreign law b) Science c) Art d) Identity of handwriting or finger impression.Expert Opinion
S.47Opinion as to Hand writingPerson acquainted with Handwriting
S.47AOpinion as to Digital signatureCertifying Authority which has issued the Digital Signature Certificate
S.48Opinion as to Existence as to right or customPersons who would be likely to know of its existence if it existed
S.49Opinion as to Usages, tenets, of any body of men or family, the constitution and government of any religious or charitable foundation, or the meaning of words or terms used in particular districts or by particular classes of people, the opinions of persons having special means of knowledge thereon, are relevant facts. The opinions of persons having special means of knowledge thereon, are relevant facts.
S.50Opinion as to relationship one person to another, the opinion, expressed by conductAny member of the family or otherwise, has special means of knowledge on the subject.

 

Whether Character evidence is relevant?

Ans: It is irrelevant except under certain situation. They are expressly dealt under S. 51 to 54.

Civil Cases (S.51 & 54)Criminal Cases  (S.52 & 53)
It is irrelevant except in two conditions.They are:a) Character itself is in issue,b) If it mitigates affects the amount of damages to be awarded.Evidence of good character is relevant. Evidence of Bad character is not relevant except two conditions:a) When it is itself a fact in issue b) To rebut the evidence of good character

 

Admissibility (S.59 & 60): All facts can be proved by way of oral evidence except the contents of documents. Oral evidence shall be direct. It means evidence shall be given by those persons who perceived with their own senses. Unless these people give evidence court is prohibited to treat the same as evidence to be taken into consideration. This is called admissibility rule. However there are some exceptions to this rule.   Exceptions to hearsay rule of evidence: a) Resgestae(S.6) b) Admissions and confessions c) Statements U/S32  d) Evidence given in judicial proceeding or before any person authorized to take evidence by law e) Statements in Public documents f) Opinion’s of experts.

The sections exempted from Hearsay rule are:

S.21, 22, 27 to 30 b) S.32, 33, 34 to 38, 40 to 42, 45.c) S51,53 and 54.

 

Facts which are need not be proved: The following facts are need not be proved :(a) facts which the court will take judicial notice (S.57) (b) facts admitted by parties by their pleadings (S.58) However the court may in its discretion require the facts admitted to be proved otherwise then by such admission.

 

Facts which court can take judicial notice: S.57 enumerates 13 facts, which the court is bound to take judicial notice. They are:

  1. All laws in force in the territory of India.
  2. Articles of War for the Indian Army, navy or Air Force.

    3.The course of proceedings of parliament of the U.K, of the constituent Assembly of India, of parliament and of the legislatures established under any laws for the time being in force in the state or in India.

  1. The division of time, the geographical divisions of the world, and public festivals, fasts and holidays notified in the official Gazette.
  2. The commencement continuance and termination of hostilities between the government of India and any other State or body of persons.
  3. The names of the members and officers of the court and of their deputies and sub-ordinate officers and assistance, and also of all officers acting in execution of its process , and  all Advocates, pleaders and  other persons authorized by law to appear or act before it .
  4. The rule of the road on land or at sea

 

DOCUMENTARY EVIDENCE AND CLASSIFICATION:

 

What is Document?All documents produced for the inspection of the court are known as documentary evidence.
Whether oral is superior or Documentary?Documentary evidence is Superior.
When law requires transaction to be in writing but parties contracted by way of oral only? What is the fate of such transaction?No, Section 91 says when the terms of contract reduced to the form of a document or in all cases in which any matter is required by law to be reduced to the form of a document no evidence shall be given, except the document itself or by secondary evidence where it is allowed.
What is primary Evidence?Primary evidence (S.62)Document itself is produced for the inspection of the court. It is the evidence which the law requires to be given first. Document executed in several parts each part is primary evidence against person who executed them.
What is Secondary Evidence?Secondary evidence (S.63)a) Certified copies. B) Copies made from the original by mechanical process and copies compared with such copies. c) Copies made from or compared with original. d) Counter parts of the documents as against the parties who did not execute them. E) Oral accounts of the contents of documents by a person who has seen it.
Whether Secondary evidence can be produced directly?No, but in certain circumstances listed under S.64. Even then notice to produce the original must be given to person in whose possession original is there.
How to prove the contents of a document?Mere filing of document would notenable the court to read the contents there in the document unless any one of the following person as listed under S.67 come as witness. They are: 1) By calling a person who signed or wrote the document (2) By calling a person in whose presence the document was signed or written (3) By calling a handwriting expert (4) By calling a handwriting expert (5) By circumstantial evidence (6) By calling a person acquainted with the hand writing of the executant.  However, the above rule doesn’t apply in case of public documents.
How to prove a WILL?The law laid down S.68. Will whether registered or unregistered one attesting witness shall come, otherwise court can read such document.
How to prove WILL even one attesting witness is not available?They are dealt under S.71 to 73. S.69 says if that where no attesting witness is available; the attestation of one attesting witness can be proved by other evidence in his hand writing.S.71 says If the attesting witness denies or doesn’t recollect the execution of the document; its execution may be proved by other evidence.S.70: If a party to an attested document has admitted the execution of the document.

 

  
Public Documents Section 74 defines Public Document:a) Documents can be termed to be public document as from the acts or records of the acts of public officers.b) Acts or records of sovereign authorities ex: Proclamations, Ordinances.c) Acts or records of acts of official bodies &tribunals. d) Acts or records of public officers of India or of a foreign country.
Private Documents Document which is not a public document is a Private Document.  This document can be proved by way of S.67 IEA only
Ancient Document Document of 30 years old is called ancient document. The court may presume certain facts w.r.t such documents. Presumption is not about contents of the document. The presumption is about following: i) Signature and every other part of document is proper and signed or written by the person whose signature it bears.  ii) It was duly executed and attested by the person by whom it purports to be executed and attested.Such presumptions can be raised only if the following conditions are satisfied: a) Document must be produced from the proper custody, b) Document must be in appearance free from suspicion, c) The document must be thirty years old from the date of execution to from the date on which it is tendered in evidence and comes to a subject of proof.
Document with Patent ambiguity (S.93)It can’t be rectified.It is ambiguous from the face of the document itself. It may be due to wrong description or due to incompleteness of document. No oral evidence can be allowed to remove patent ambiguity. Ex: Aneel agrees to sell Shekar a horse for Rs1000/- or 2000/-. The agreement is not clear about the price and hence evidence cannot be given to supply the defect. Therefore Patent Ambiguity cannot be rectified.
Document with latent ambiguity (S.95 to 97). It can be rectified.Ambiguity is in hidden form. There is no difficulty or doubt as to the application of subject matter, but the inherent meaning creates difficulties in application. The general rule in a latent ambiguity can be rectified by supplying the necessary evidence facts.

 

Whether secondary evidence can be produced in the absence of primary?

The general rule is that document must be proved by primary evidence only subject to certain exceptions specifically given. This rule is stated in S.64. And exceptions are provided in S.65.

(a) When the original is shown or appears to be in the possession or power of the person against whom document is sought to be proved or any person out of reach of or not subject to the process of court or of any person legally bound produce it, when after giving notice as mentioned in S.66 such person doesn’t produce it.

(b) When existence of original have been is admitted in writing

(c) When the original had been destroyed or loss or cannot be produced

(d) When the original is not moveable                                                                                                                                          

(e) When original is a public document

(f) When the original consists of numerous accounts.

According to S.66 party before resorting to secondary evidence u/s 65 (a) a notice to produce the original must be served on the person in whose possession the original is. The purpose of this rule is to give adequate opportunity to produce the original in whose possession it is and thereby to produce the best evidence to prove the contents.  However no notice is required to produce secondary evidence in the following six mentioned cases. The parties can straight way produce without notice:

When the document to be proved itself is notice- When from the nature of the case, the adverse party must know that he will be required to produce it- When it appears or is proved that the adverse party has obtained the possession of the original by fraud or force-when the adverse party or his agent admitted the loss of the document-When the person is in possession of the document is out of reach of or not subject to the process of court.

 

Whether evidence can be given varying the terms mentioned in the document?

Ans: No, Section 92 says No oral evidence to contradict, varies, and adds or to subtract the terms of a document can be allowed. The section recognized superiority of a written proof over the verbal. However there are seven exceptions to this rule:

      i) Any fact which would invalidate any document or entitle any person to any decree or order relating thereto may be proved i.e. fraud, intimidation, illegality, failure of consideration.

     ii) Any separate oral agreement has to any matter on which the document is silent and which is not inconsistent with terms may be proved.

    iii) Any separate oral agreement, imposing condition precedent to the attaching of any obligation under any such contract, grant or disposition of property may be proved.

    iv) The existence of any distinct subsequent oral agreement to rescind or modify any such contract, grant, disposition of property may be proved, except where such contract or grant is required to be in wiring are has been registered .

    v) Any usage or custom by incidents not expressly mentioned in any contract or usually annexed such contracts may be proved, if they are not inconsistent with it express terms.

    vi) Fact showing the manner the language of the document to the existing facts may be proved.

    vii) Persons who are not parties to a document or representatives interest may give evidence of facts tending to show a contemporaneous agreement varying the terms of the document.

 

Write note General rules of Burden of Proof?

Ans: The term burden of proof indicates obligation to prove a case. The first four sections under Burden of Proof Chapter laid down certain basic rules to law of burden of proof.

Rules relating to Burden of proof:

Section             Basic Rules    
S.101The person whoever avers as to any of his legal right or liability of another he must prove the case. It is also known as Burden of proof.
S.102If person fails to prove his right or liability of other, he will fail
S.103If any person wishes the court to believe any particular fact burden to prove the same lies on him.  (Onus of Proof)
S.104If the proof of one fact depends on the proof of another, burden to prove the later lies on the person who wishes to the court to believe former i.e, on the same person.

 

Presumption: Presumption is an inference drawn by the court based on certain proved facts. The following table clearly explains the same. May presumptions are indicated in S.86 to 88, 90 & 114. Shall presumptions are indicated in S.79 to 85, 89 & 105. Conclusive proof is contained in S.41, 112 & 113.  It’s a short cut to Proof.

Presumption (S.4) Definition Examples
Facts Proved on record (May Presumption)On record the following facts are proved:1. Legal notice is received by defendant with respect to payment of money by him to plaintiff. 2. Defendant didn’t reply
Inference Court may draw.Court may presume that defendant accepted the liability in view of his silence. The court has a choice. This is called May presumption.
Consequence of presuming or not presuming the fact.If the court presumes the fact burden lies on the defendant to disprove the same and if court didn’t presume it, burden to prove that defendant is silent because he has liability towards plaintiff, lies on the plaintiff.
Facts Proved on record(Shall Presumption)As per S.113A Dowry death of Married woman occurred with within seven years of her marriage.
Inference Court Shall draw.The court Shall presume husband or his relative committed Dowry death. The court has no choice. This is called Shall presumption.
Consequence of presuming or not presuming the fact.If the accused failed to discharge his burden, he can be convicted for the commission of offence in view S.102 IEA.
Conclusive proof  (S.4) Definition Example
One Fact is declared as Conclusive Proof of another.Marriage is in Subsistence + Sexual Intercourse (access) = Child Born.
The Court shall not allow any evidence to be given to rebut it.Under the Act there are only three conclusive proofs: S.41, S.113. 112 IEAThe Court shall conclusive believe in the above factual scenario Child born as legitimate and shall not allow any evidence to be given to rebut the same.
   

 

It is evident from S.101 to 105 IEA burden to prove a fact lies on a person whoever avers the same and his failure to prove the same would result not believing such assertion or fact. Now, can you list out circumstances under which though facts are averred and asserted by one but burden to prove lies on different person?

Ans:  The general rule is burden lies on that person who avers the fact but in the following factual scenario burden lies some other person. They are dealt under S.106 to S.114.

Section No              Proved Facts Facts to be  Presumed& Kind of Presumption
S.105S.105 If any person claims benefit under General Exceptions under IPC or any other penal law.The burden to prove the same lies on accused. Further, the court shall presume the absence of such circumstances.
S.106It is proved that a fact is especially within the knowledge of personBurden lies on that person, though alleged by some other.
S.107It is proved that a man is alive within 30 years. Burden to prove that man is dead lies on that person who says man is dead.
S.108It is proved that a man is not been heard of for 7 years by those who would naturally have heard of him. Burden to prove that man is alive lies on that person who says man is dead.
S.109It is shown that there exists following kind of relationship between persons. Viz: Partners, landlord & tenant, principal & agent.Burden to prove that Such relation is not existed or ceased lies upon the disputes the same.
S.110It is shown that Person is in possession of property, he is presumed to owner of it.Burden to prove that person is not the owner lies on that person who avers that he is not the owner.
S.111It is proved that two certain person stand in relation of active confidence. Master and servant, Lawyer and client, Doctor & Patient.Burden to prove that person in active confidence acted in good faith lies person standing in active confidence.
S.112 Marriage is in Subsistence  + Sexual Intercourse (access)Marriage Dissolved but before 280 days + Sexual Intercourse (access) Child born during such period are legitimate and it is Conclusive proof
S.113AMarried woman committed suicide as she is subjected to cruelty. Further, death occurred within seven years of her marriage.The court may presume husband or his relative abetted the suicide.
S.113BADowry death of Married woman occurred with within seven years of her marriage.The court Shall presume husband or his relative committed Dowry death.
S.114a) Common course of natural events b) human conduct c) Public and private business.The court may presume existence or happening of any fact.
S.114ARape Victim testifies that rape occurred without her consent.Court shall Presume that rape was without consent.

 

Write a short note on S.114 IEA?

Ans: The court merely because parties on either side fail to place evidence, it shall not remain silent and S.114 offers various presumption court is entitled to draw and act accordingly and reach truth.  However, such presumption as to existence of or happening of any fact shall be based on following considerations:

     a) Common course of natural events          b) Human conduct         c) Public and private business.

It must be noted that such presumption must arise basing on their relation to the facts of the particular case.

Proved Facts     Illustration (a)   to (J)   Facts to be  Presumed 
Theft occurred and same is not recovered. A person is in possession of the same and he fails to give account for the same.Court may presume that he is either the thief or has received the goods knowing them to be stolen
Accomplice is giving evidence against his former friend and accused Court may presume he is unworthy of credit unless he is corroborated in material particulars
A bill of exchange, accepted or endorsed,30 years. It is accepted or endorsed for good consideration.
It is proved that judicial and official acts.The court may presume they are regularly performed.
It proved that there existed a common course of businessThe court may presume its is followed in particular cases also.
Evidence is available but not produced.The court may presume that it is unfavourable as such they don’t want to produce it.
Man refuses to answer a question.It is unfavourable to him and hence he didn’t speak.
Document is in the hands of Obligor.Ex: Promissory note is in the hands of Executant.Court may presume that obligation is discharged.

 

Write a note on Esttopel?

Ans: The following table explains basic rules relating to Law of estooppel.  

Section                      RULES RELATING TO ESTOPPEL
S.115Person by act or declaration made another to believe certain thing to be true and another acted upon it and subsequently, he is prevented from going back. The object of this principle is to prevent a person from taking up inconsistent position from what he has pleaded or asserted earlier. Estoppel is a rule of evidence and it is not a basis for instituting suit.
S.116Licensee shall not deny the title of his grantor. Similarly, tenant shall deny the title of his land lord.
S.117Bailee shall not deny the authority of the Bailor to deliver the goods at the time of deliver. Acceptor shall deny the title of drawer to draw such bill or to endorse it. However, explanation –I & II gives two exceptions to this rule: Baille in the event of deliver of goods to a person other than Bailor, such has a right against the bailor to receive the same.  Similarly, acceptor of BOE can say  bill was really drawn by a person by whom it purports to have been drawn.

 

COMPETENCY AND COMPELLABILITY:

Who is a competent Witness? 

Ans: S.118 says every person is a competent to be a witness provided he is capable of understanding questions put to him and give rational answers to them. Even child, old age persons, sick person, insane persons, dumb persons are competent witness if they are capable of understanding questions put to him and give rational answers to those questions.

As per S.119 Dumb and deaf person can be witness and give evidence by way of gestures and signs or writing in court and whatever he gives is deemed to be oral evidence.

As per S.120 even the wife and husband are competent witness against or for the suit filed by either of the spouse, though, in the eye of religion wife and husband are said to be one and same.

 

Who can’t be compelled to act Witness? 

Ans: S.121 to 131 of IEA list out persons who shall not be compelled by court to give evidence even though they possess relevant and admissible and clinching evidence w.r.t matter under controversy. These prohibitions are based sound policy considerations.

Section NoPersonOn what situation or conditions can’t be compelled to give evidence.
S.121JudgeJudge can’t be compelled to be witness about his conduct as a judge or for whatever he has come know as a Judge. Two exceptions: a) IF there is order of superior court b) Any other thing he has come to know other than as a judge.
S.122SpouseWhatever Communication made during marriage one spouse to other.
S.123Any PersonAny person derives any information from unpublished official records w.r.t affairs of state. Read with S.164
S.124Public OfficialOfficial confidential information need not be disclosed by public official he is of the opinion that disclosure would result harm to public interest.
S.125Magistrate/ Police/Revenue officerThey shall not be compelled to testify how they got any information as to the commission of any offence. Revenue officer w.r.t offence relating to Public revenue.
S.126, 127Lawyer or Clerks or InterpretersThey shall not disclose any communication made to them in the course and for the purpose of his employment. Similarly, the contents or condition of any document with which he got acquainted in the course and for the purpose of the professional employment. They can disclose only with the express consent of the Client.
S.130WitnessWitness but not a party to the case shall not be compelled to produce his title deeds to any property if production of it would tend to criminate him. However, he agreed in writing, he can be compelled.
S.1313rd Party in possession of Documents belonging to otherThird Party Shall not be compelled to produce such documents unless such another person consents for their production. Ex: Bank holding documents under Mortgage.

 Article 20 says Accused can’t compel to be a witness against himself. However, as per S.315 Cr.P.C he can be competent defence witness. He can be called as a witness only upon his request in writing. Therefore, as per S.161(2) Cr.P.C any person who is giving statement to police in the course of investigation need not disclose anything if it exposes him to penalty or forfeiture of property as it violates A.20 of Constitution.  However, Such person is a witness before the court as S.132 IEA he shall speak even though it expose him to penalty or forfeiture of property but shall not be used as evidence to prosecute on the basis of whatever he testified before court of law.

 

Comment: Right to Silence or Testimonial compulsion: It is one of the foundation principles of Criminal Justice System that ‘no man shall be compelled to be a witness against himself’. Thus every person has to remain silence if in the event of speaking or giving evidence would expose him to criminal charge, penalty or forfeiture of property. This can be made known from A.20 (3) of constitution, S.161 (2) Cr.P.C and S.132 Indian Evidence Act, 1872. (As per S.132 witness before court is not excused from speaking, however, he can’t be charged for the same).

This was also held by the Supreme Court in Nandini Satpathy vs. P.LDani AIR 1978 SC1025. However, the only exception to this rule is judicial Confession

 S.133 says accomplice is a competent witness against an accused person and conviction is not illegal merely it because it is uncorroborated.

S.134 says there is no requirement of number of witness for proving a case. It is the quality that matters but no quantity.

Mode of Recording Evidence:

S.135 regulates the law and procedure and practice and the order in which witness to be produced. If there is no provision court has discretion to adopt its own procedure. Chapter XVII, XIX, XXI, XXIX of the Cr.P.C deals with manner of examining the witness. Generally, on whom the burden of proof lies examine his witness first. In criminal cases prosecution has right to begin the examination of witness. The other non-examined listed witnesses are not allowed to sit in the court hall when the witness is examined. And this is not a ground to refuse to examine the witness, who sat in the court hall. However, a note must make in the court hall.

S.136 court has power to ask the party under what section evidence offered by him is relevant.  As per S.136 the court has power to control the sequence of the production of the evidence in case the proof of one fact is dependent on the proof of another fact. Ex: Evidence in D.D.

S137 deals with examination of witnesses.

Examination-in-Chief: means the evidence elicited by the person who calls the witness.

Cross-Examination: The questions put by and evidence elicited by the adverse party from the witness is called cross-examination.

Re-Examination: Subsequent to the cross examination any questions pot to and answers elicited by party who called the witness is known as re-examination.

The Purpose of Examination-in-chief is to take such testimony for which is called by a party.

The Purpose of Cross Examination is to test veracity of witness by impeaching his credit.

The Purpose is to re-examination inconsistency which may have arisen during examination in chief and cross examination.

 

As per S.138 order of the examination is follows:      (a) Chief examination       (b) Cross-examination                                                             (c) Re examination.

As per section 139 of the IEA, a person summoned to produce a document doesn’t become a witness. He can’t be cross-examined unless and until he is been called as witness.

According to S.140 witness to character may be cross-examined and re-examined.

According to S. 141 a leading question is one which suggests the answer to the witness or which the person putting it wishes or expects to receive. A question itself contains answer. EX: “Did you not see the accused running with a blood-stained knife from the scene of murder?”

 Section 142 prohibits a leading question being asked in the examination-in-chief or in re-examination except with the permission of the court. Leading questions are permissible if they are: introductory in nature, undisputed facts, regarding matter which is already proved.

 Section 143 permits leading questions to be put in cross-examination. The term viva-voce means examination-in –chief.

 As per S.144 if a witness giving w.r.t matter contained in the document he must not be allowed to testify the same unless same is produced.

As per S.156 a witness can be questions w.r.t any other surrounding circumstances or events which witness observed at or near the place at which such relevant fact occurred for the purpose of corroboration.

Corroboration: According to S.157 the testimony of witness is allowed to be corroborated with the help of any former statements made by him in respect of the fact in issue or statement made at or about the time when the fact in issue took place or made before any authority legally competent to investigate the facts.

Corroboration (S.157) Contradiction (S.145)
Witness can be corroborated with his previous statement.  He can also be asked w.r.t any other surrounding circumstances or events which witness observed at or near the place at which such relevant fact occurred for the purpose of corroboration.   As per S.145 a person can be questions w.r.t his previous statements in writing without it being shown to him. However, if cross-examiner wants to contradict with it must be shown to him. Thus, he must be given an opportunity to explain the contradiction.

 

S.146 tells about tools to test the credibility of the evidence. This can be tested with following tools they are: a) Questions that test the veracity of a witness, b) Questions that establish the identity of the witness and position he holds in the life, c) Questions connected to the character of the witness.

Section 155 enables the party to give independent evidence witness for the purpose of impeaching the credit of witness so as to convince the mind of the court that the evidence of the witness in question is not safe enough to be relied on.

  1. By receiving evidence of persons who can testify that they, from their knowledge about the witness, believe him to be unworthy of credit.
  2. Independent evidence can be adduced to impeach the credit of witness by showing that he is a professionally hired witness receiving a bribe or some other corrupt inducement.
  3. By showing that the witness has made statements on previous occasion which are inconsistent with any party of his evidence, and which are liable to be contradicted. Proof of such contradictory statements can be given to the extent which S.153 permits such contradiction.

Comment on S.146 & 155: The following evidence can be placed before court to test the Credibility of the witness. It can be done either by cross-examination or producing independent evidence. S.146 says such activity can be done by way of cross-examination and whereas S.155 says it can be done by way of independent evidence also.  In either case the tools to test the credibility are one and the same. They are:

         a) Veracity a witness,   b) Identity of the witness and position he holds in the life,   c) Character of the witness.

 S.147 says when a question arises whether a witness is compelled to answer or not, S.132 applies.

S.148: In the cross examination any question that imputes anything to the witness is permitted provided it would seriously affect the opinion of the Court as to the credibility of the witness on the matter of which he testifies. However, if there is a great disproportion between the imputation made against the witness’s character and the importance of his evidence, court shall not allow the counsel to ask such questions. It is one of the principles that the Court may, if it sees fit, draw, from the witness’s refusal to answer, the inference that the answer if given would be unfavorable.

S.149 says Court has power to direct the lawyer not to ask the question referred under S.148 if such imputation is not well founded or it has no reasonable grounds.

S.150 says If the advocate crosses the limits set out in the Act and he is ruthless in questioning the witness and thereby injuring the character of witness and same is not based on reasonable grounds, the court can report the actions of such advocate to the appropriate authority i.e., Bar Council or High Court.

S.151 authorizes the court to forbid indecent or scandalous questions being asked even though such questions or enquires may have some kind of bearing on the questions before the court.

S.152 authorises that court to forbid any question which appears to it  to be intended to insult or annoy, or which, though proper in itself appears to the court needlessly offensive  in form .

Comment: Imputation: It means an allegation. It is not wrong to make imputation to witness on oath. The following table discloses imputation that are permitted and imputation that are not permitted.

Permitted Imputations (S.148) Not permitted Imputations (S.151, 152)
1)  Credibility of witness2) Seriously affecting the opinion of the court.  1) Indecent   2) Scandalous3) Reckless   4) Insult  5) AnnoyIf these kinds of questions are asked court has power to report about the actions and omission of the counsel to Bar Council for action.

 

Section 153 says when the witness answers a question relating to the inquiry which is put to him to shake his credit by injuring his character no evidence shall be given to contradict the answer given by the witness.  Whatever be the answer the witness gives, it must be received without any contradiction. However if he answers falsely he may afterwards he can be charged with giving false evidence for this above rule there are two exceptions: (a) previous convections (b) impeaching his impartiality. In both two cases witness answers can be contradicted.

 

Hostile Witness: Section 154: When a party calls a witness he naturally expects the witness to be favourable to him. But in certain case the witness so called by a party may unexpectedly turn hostile towards the cause of the party or he may be unwilling to speak truth. Such a witness who is imbubed with prejudiced mind towards the party calling him is called as hostile witness. In such cases it is just reasonable that the party calling such witness must be given an opportunity to cross examine such hostile witness.

Value of hostile witness evidence: Court can rely upon the evidence of hostile witness evidence to the extent it is supported by other evidence on record.

 

According to S.158 statements U/S 32 or 33 are treated on par with the statements of witnesses, who, if they had been available as witnesses, for the purpose of contradiction or corroboration

Refreshing Memory: Section 159 to 161: On account of the long gap between the incident and commencement of legal proceedings before the court, their memory is likely o fade and it becomes necessary for such witnesses to refresh his memory. Section 159 -161 provide the rules to enable the witness to refresh their memory. Section 159 permits to refresh his memory by making reference to any writing made by him at the time of transaction or so soon afterwards that in the opinion of the court the transaction was fresh in memory. He can also refer any document written by a person provided if it is seen he saw it in above said time. He can refresh his memory with the aid of copy of the document also provided he gives proper explanation for the absence of original.

An expert may refresh his memory by reference of professional treatises. S.161 says the above said document through witness refreshed his memory must be shown to cross-examiner also, if he asks.

 

If a witness who is having valid objections to produce a document, when he is summoned to produce document doesn’t produce it, subsequently he can’t be allowed to produce the same.

As per S.162 A witness who wishes to take objection for production of document shall bring it court then only he can take objection.  This rule applies to S.123 of the Act.

As per S.163 If a party calls for the production of particular document by giving a notice to the adverse party and has inspected the document on its production, he is bound to make the document as a part of evidence.

S.164 says if a party who is in possession of a document refuses to produce it when a notice is served on him for its production, subsequently he can’t make the document as part of evidence.

Role of Judge under S.165: A court has unlimited power U/S 165 of IEA, to put any question to any witness or order him to produce any documents. Under this section court may examine or recall or re-examine any witness in the interests of justice. If the prosecutor omits facts, the court may act u/s 165 and may question the witness to elicit the matter.

Restrictions on the power of the Judge:

  1. It must be only for obtain proper proof of relevant facts.
  2. Judge can ask irrelevant questions, but judgment must be based upon relevant facts and duly proved.
  3. It can’t violate rules of privilege mentioned u/s 121 to 131 both inclusive.
  4. The judge shall not ask questions which are held to be improper u/s 148 and 149.
  5. A judge shall not dispense with primary evidence of documents for the purpose of proving the contents of a document unless justification is shown for the admissibility of secondary evidence u/s 65 of the Act.

 As per S.167 IF there is a sufficient evidence to justify a decision – improper admission or rejection of evidence is not a ground for new trial. The object of this rule is that technical objections will not be allowed to prevail, where substantial justice has been done.

Comment: The court has to receive relevant and admissible evidence. However, if it receives irrelevant or inadmissible evidence or rejects relevant or admissible evidence.

  what is fate of such Judgment?

Ans: If excluding such evidence, there would be no variation in the judgment there is no need of  new trial, otherwise it is a ground for new trial.

THEORY OF RELEVANCY: IMPORTANT EXAMPLES:

Resgestae:  Facts even though they are not in issue but if they are so connected as to form part of the same transaction they are relevant whether they occur at the same time and place or at different times and places.S.6 Example-III:  Where a public servant who accepted bribe when asked to surrender the bribe amount by the ACB officer stated that he had taken the amount as loan and surrenders it. It is a declaration accompanying the act of surrender. This statement is relevant. Whether the statement is true or false is a different matter but it is a part of the same transaction because it is spontaneous of contemporaneous.
S.7: If it is the occasion, cause and effect of the fact in issue: Facts which are the occasion, cause and effect, immediate or otherwise, of relevant facts, or fact in issue, or which constitute the state of things under which they happened, or which afforded an opportunity for their occurrence or transaction are relevant.Example-IV:  Whenever a large quantity human blood is found at any place by human experience it can reasonably inferred that a human being has been injured and bleeding is the effect of injury.
S.8: Any fact is relevant which shows or constitutes motive, preparation and previous or subsequent conduct. However, conduct must be accompany and explain act.Example-II: A day prior to the murder of B, A went to the druggist shop and obtains a particular poison.  It is relevant under S.8 to show that he had made preparation to commit murder.
S.9: Facts necessary to explain or introduce relevant facts: S.9 deals with the relevancy of facts although they are not connected with the facts in issue but are necessary to explain or introduce a fact in issue or relevant fact.Example-V: Where a person is accused of writing a letter to girl asking her meet at a particular place so that they can elope together question is whether A is the author letter- the fact that A was seen near that place and that the specified support the inference that he was the author of the letter. It is also a fact that A present at that place as he had any urgent business to be attended is relevant to rebut the inference suggests by the fact in issue.
S.10 A person is liable for the acts of other in the following circumstances: a) abetment in criminal proceedings b) Contract of agency in criminal proceedings. Therefore acts done or said in connection to the same are relevant. 
S.11: says facts not otherwise relevant become relevant 1) if they are inconsistent with any fact in issue or relevant fact. 2). If by themselves or in connection with other facts they make the existence or non-existence of any fact in issue or relevant fact highly probable or improbable. Ex:AlibiFacts relating to existence of course of business (S.16) : When there is a question whether a particular act was done, the existence of any course of business, according to which it naturally would have been done, is a relevant fact. 
S.12 Facts that help the court to determine the quantum of damages are relevant. 

CRIMINAL PROCEDURE CODE, 1973

CRIMINAL PROCEDURE CODE, 1973:

Offence(S.2(n))It means any act or omission made punishable by any law for the time being in force and includes any act in respect of which a complaint may be made u/s.20 of the Cattle Trespassers Act, 1871.
Bailable offence(S.2(a))It means an offence which is shown as bailable in the First schedule, or which is made bailable by any other law for the time being in force; &“non-bailable offence” means any other offence.
As per S.2(b)ChargeIt includes any head of charge when the charge contains more heads than one.
Cognizable offence(S.2(c))It means an offence for which a police officer may, in accordance with the Ist schedule or under any other law for the time being in force, arrest without warrant.
What is Non cognizable offence? (S.2(l))Non cognizable offence means an offence for which, and non-cognizable case means a case in which, a police officer has no authority to arrest without warrant.
Investigation(S.2(h))Investigation: includes all the proceedings under this code for the collection of evidence conducted by a police officer or by any person authorized by a Magistrate on this behalf.
Judicial Proceeding (S.2(i))It includes any proceeding in the course of which evidence is or may be legally taken on oath.
InquiryEvery inquiry other than trial conducted by Magistrate or court under this Code. Trial means any Judicial proceeding which determines the guilt or innocence of the accused.
What is Complaint? (S.2(d))Complaint means any allegation made orally or in writing to a Magistrate, with a view to his taking action under this code that some person, whether known or unknown, has committed an offence, but does not include a police report.  
Upon completion of investigation by Police officer came to know that offence discloses non-cognizable offense only. In such case can he file Police report?No, he can’t.  He becomes a complainant and Police report is deemed to be a complaint as S.2(d). However, if one is cognsiable and other is non-cognizable, it is treated as Police report only.
Police report or Charge SheetReport forwarded by Police officer upon completion of investigation to Magistrate u/S.173(2) Cr.P.C
VictimPerson who has suffered any loss or injury caused by reason of the act or omission for which the accused person is charged.Victim includes his or her legal guardian or legal heir.
Sessions caseCase exclusively triable by court of Session. (Cl.6 1st Schedule)
What is Warrant case?S.2 (x)As per Warrant case means a case relating to an offence punishable with death, imprisonment for life or imprisonment for a term exceeding 2 years.
What is Summons case? S.2 (Wa)As per S.2 (w) Summons case means a case relating to an offence and not being a warrant case.
Summary caseSummons case + 260 Cr.P.C + Imprisonment less than 03 months.
Petty offenceSummary case + Punishment is less than Rs.1000/- only
Who is a public Prosecutor?S.2 (u)Person appointed u/S.24 Cr.P.C.  It includes any person acting under his direction.  S.25 Cr.P.C talks about Assistant Public prosecutor.

 

ARREST

What is arrest?Arrest means apprehension of a person by legal authority resulting in deprivation of his liberty. Cr.P.C provides four types of arrests: 1) A.with warrant 2) A.without warrant 3) A. by private persons (4) A.by Magistrate.
Arrest with warrant:A warrant for arrest may be issued by a Magistrate after taking cognizance of any offence. Generally, if the case in which the Magistrate has taken cognizance is a summons case, a summons shall be issued to the accused person. If the case is a warrant case, a warrant of the arrest can be issued to arrest the accused. If the Magistrate has reason to believe that the accused has absconded or would not obey the summons, he may issue an Arrest warrant.
Arrestwithout warrant: S: 41S.41provides When a police may arrest without warrant:-Any person : (a)Who has been concerned in any cognisable offence, or against whom a reasonable complaint has been made or credible information has been received, or a reasonable suspicion exists, of his having been so concerned; or(b) Who has in his possession without lawful excuse, the burden of proving which excuse shall lie on such person, any implement of house-breaking; or who has been proclaimed as an offendor either under this code or by order of the State Govt; or(c)in whose possession anything is found which may reasonably be suspected to be stolen property and who may reasonably be suspected of having committed an offence with reference to such thing; or(d) Who obstructs a police officer while in the execution of his duty, or who has escaped, or attempts to escape, from lawful custody; or

(e) who has been concerned in, or against whom a reasonable complaint has been made, or credible information has been received, or a reasonable suspicion exists, of his having been concerned in, any act committed at any place out of India, which, if committed in India, would have been punishable as an offence, and for which he is, under any law relating to extradition, or otherwise, liable to be apprehended or detained in custody in India; or

(f) who, being a released convict, commits a breach of any rule, made under s.s (5) of section 356; or

(i) for whose arrest any requisition, whether written or oral, has been received from another police officer, provided that the requisition specifies the person to be arrested and the offence or other cause for which the arrest is to be made and it appears there form that the person might lawfully be arrested without a warrant by the officer who issued the requisition. (2) Any officer in charge of a police station may, in like manner, arrest or cause to be arrested any person, belonging to one or more of the categories or persons specified in section 109 or section110.S.42 says a police officer may also arrest any person concerning in a non-cognizable offence, if he doesn’t furnish his address. But once, satisfied with identity & address he shall release him.

When can a private person arrest without warrant?As per S.43 any private person can arrest without warrant, if any person who commits a non-bailable and cognisable offence in his presence or a proclaimed offender.   It is the duty of such private person to produce that person without unnecessary delay before the nearest police station.  The police officer, when the arrested is produced before him shall re arrest him.
When can a police officer issue a notice to a person directing to appear before him?S.41-A the police officer shall in all cases when the arrest of a person is not required under the provisions of s.41 (1), issue a notice directing the person against whom a reasonable complaint has been made or credible information has been received, or a reasonable suspicion exists that he has committed a cognizable offence to appear before him at such other place as may be specified in the notice.   2) Where such a notice is issued to any person, it shall be the duty of that person to comply with the terms of the notice.3)  Where such person compiles and continues to comply with the notice, he shall not be arrested in respect of the offence referred to in the notice unless, for reasons to be recorded the police officer is of the opinion that he ought to arrested.    4) Where such person, at any time, fails to comply with the terms of the notice or is unwilling to identify himself, the police officer may, subject to such orders as may have been passed by a competent court in this behalf, arrest him for the offence mentioned in the notice.
What are the objects of police control rooms?As per S.41C the state government shall establish police control room at every district. It shall display on the notice board of the control room, the names and addresses of the person arrested and the name and designation of the police officers who made the arrests. The control room at the police headquarters at the state level shall collect from time to time, details about the person arrested, nature of the offence with which they are charged and maintain a data base for the information of the general public.
How arrest is made?S.46 says Arrest is made by police or any other person by touching or confining the body unless already submits to him. Police may use necessary force if arrest is resisted.  But this doesn’t give a right to any person to cause the death of any person who is not accused of an offence with death or imprisonment of life. A person arrested by the police shall not be subjected to more restraint the unnecessary to prevent his escape. Woman shall not be arrested before or after sunset.
When can a Magistrate arrest?Any Judicial or executive magistrate may arrest any person: 1) when offence is committed in his presence within his local jurisdiction or 2) may arrest any person to whom he is competent to issue warrant, in his local jurisdiction. In these two cases he can also direct any person to arrest.
How a search can be made in a closed place for arrest of a person? As per S.41 a police officer may enter any closed place even by using violence if necessary by breaking open the doors and windows by arresting person obstructing him from discharging duties, & search the place to arrest any person required. Similarly, he can also use violence while coming out from the closed place after search.
What are the duties of a police officer while making arrest?DK Basu v State of West Bengal 1) Article 22 of constitution and a.50 of Cr.P.C says person arrested must be communicated as the grounds of his arrest and to his near & dear.2) Accused shall also be informed his right to release on bail (S.50(2)).3) Accused must be produced before nearest magistrate without any delay (A.22, S.56, 57) as accused can’t be detained for more than 24 hrs without judicial scrutiny.   4) He must be allowed to consult a legal practitioner of his choice (A.22 (1) and Secs.303). 5) Female suspects should be guarded by women constable Interrogation of female suspects should be in the presence of female police officers.  7)  Person arrested has a right to be examined by a Medical practitioner (S.54)  6) Right of the accused person to get free legal aid & must informed about the same (A.21, S.304).
 S.59: No person who has been arrested by a police shall be discharged except on his own bond, or on bail, or under the special order of a Magistrate

 

IMPORTANT SECTIONS:

Who has to sign Accused summons?The magistrate.
Who has to sign Non-Bailable Warrant? When it gets cancelled?Non-Bailabale warrant shall be signed by the court. It shall continue in force until it is cancelled by the court.
Where Warrant Can be executed?At any place in India.
What are the remedies available in the event of non-execution of warrant?If the warrant is unexecuted, there are two remedies:-1) Issuing proclamation u/s.82.2) Attachment and sale of property u/s.83.
Write a note on S.82?The proclamation issued u/S.82 demanding appearance of person against whom warrant is pending at a specified time and specified place. The date fixed should not be less than 30days from the date of publication of the proclamation.
What about the claims of person w.r.t property attached u/S.82?Any person who has a claim or the property attached can file a claim to establish his right. It is the duty of the court either to allow or disallow the application.
Whether Police or Magistrate can summon any person produce a thing or document?According to S.91 the court or officer in charge of police station can demand the production of any document necessary or desirable for the purposes of any investigation, enquiry, trial or other proceedings to issue summons to any person to produce document or thing. Such person who is directed to produce document instead of attending personally, he can produce the same to any other person.
What is the remedy available to court for non-compliance with S.91?If a person fails to comply with S.91 the court has the power to issue search warrant by directing a person to search or inspecting the place and bring the same to the court.
What is S.97?S.97 permits magistrate to issue search warrant to search for a person wrongfully confined. If a person is illegally arrested or not produced before magistrate with in 24hrs, The magistrate can issue search warrant for the production of the person
What is the mode of search and Seizure?S.100 specifies the mode and manner of search and seizure of things obtained during the course of search.
Write a note on S.105A to L?It talks about reciprocal arrangements for assistance in certain matters & procedure for attachment & forfeiture of property.
Whether court can demand Sureties from convicted person?S.106 says the court can demand security for keeping peace from the convicted person. Bond with or without sureties.
What is S.145 Cr.P.C?It talks about procedure where disputes concerning land or water or its boundaries or their use would likely to cause breach of peace & power of executive magistrates to issue preventive orders.

 

INVESTIGATION:

How information of commission of cognizable offence is registered by the police?Person aware of the commission of the cognizable offence may give its information to the SHO of PS. It must be recorded as per S.154 Cr.P.C. (1). It can be oral or writing signed by informant.  It must be entered in a book is called station diary or general diary. A copy of the same shall be given forthwith, free of cost, to the informant.
Is there any remedy to the person aggrieved by the refusal on the part of the police to record the information?Aggrieved can send it to SP of the District or can file Private complaint before Magistrate. S.P can appoint an officer either to investigate the case himself or appoint any officer for investigation. Such officer shall have all the powers of an office-in-charge of the police station in relation to that offence.
What is the evidentiary value of FIR?FIR is not a substantive piece of evidence, but it can be used to corroborate the informant U/S 157 or contradict him U/S 145 of the IEA 1872. If the FIR is of a confessional in nature it cannot be proved against the accused/informant in view of S.25 of the IEA. However, accused confession is relevant u/S.21 or 8 of the IEA.
Is it mandatory that information must be given to jurisdictional police? No, an information may be given to the nearest police station whether having jurisdiction or not and that police should register the case and transfer the case to the police station having jurisdiction.
What is the procedure when a non-cognizable offense is reported to police station?As per S.155 says if the information relates to the commission of a non-cognisable offence, the police officer has to enter it in a book.  Police has no power to conduct investigation in non-cognisable offense, unless directed by the Magistrate. Such police though exercise all powers of investigation except power of arrest.
What police can do if the case relates two or more offences of one is non-cognisable, and other is cognizable?If the case relates two or more offences of which at least one is cognisable, the case shall be deemed to be a cognisable case, notwithstanding that the other offences are non-cognisable.
What is the procedure when a cognisable offense is endorsed by the court?As per S.156 when a cognisable case is presented directly in a court and it is endorsed by court to police, the station house officer should register the case and investigate in the same way as if the offence is reported to him directly.
What is the procedure when trifling cases are reported?As per S.157 A police officer after registration of FIR shall immediately proceed for investigation but he need not proceed in the following cases:1.If the offence is not of serious nature and the offender is known.  2. He also needn’t investigate trifling or unidentifiable cases.
What is Investigation? Does it differ from Inquiry?Investigation, according to Cr.P.C is to be conducted always by a police or other authorized person (other than a Magistrate).  It includes all the proceedings under the code for the collection of evidence (S.2 (4)). Broadly speaking the investigation of an offence consists of: – 1) Proceeding to the place of offence. 2) Ascertainment of the facts and circumstances of the case; 3) Discovery and arrest of the suspected offender.  4)Collection of evidence relating to the commission of the offence which may consist of –  (a) the examination of various persons (including the accused) and the reduction of their statements into writing if the police officer making the investigation thinks fit; (b) the search of places or seizure of things considered necessary for the investigation of trial; 5) Formation of the opinion as to whether on the materials collected there is a case to place the accused before a magistrate for trial, and if so, taking necessary steps for the same by filing of a charge sheet u/s 174 Cr.P.C, 1973.
Whether Police can record statement of Witness?Examination of witnesses by the police is regulated by S.161 Cr.P.C while the use of such statements is regulated by S.162 Cr.P.C.  Any police officer making an investigation may require by an order in writing the attendance of any person residing in his station limits or in the limits of the adjoining station for examination. And such person shall be bound to answer all questions truly.  However, person below the age of eighteen years or above the age of sixty-five years or a woman or a physically or mentally disabled person shall be recorded at the place of residence.
What is the value of 161 Cr.P.C statements?161 Cr.P.C statements shall not be signed by the witness. They can be used only for contradiction but not corroboration.
Whether Police can get statement of Witness recorded by them with the aid of Magistrate?Yes, as per S.164. Its value is contradiction or corroboration. They shall be signed by the witness.
Whether Police can get confession statement of accused recorded by them with the aid of Magistrate?Yes, as per S.164. Confessional statement made to magistrate is totally admissible and it is treated as substantive piece of evidence. Retracted confession has no value.  The confession is to be recorded in the manner provided by S.281 Cr.P.C. for the recording of the examination of an accused person.  It shall be signed by accused.
Whether a police can conduct search without warrant, if so, under what circumstances.As per S.165 Cr.P.C Investigation officer can conduct search without warrant, if there is no time to obtain a search warrant and immediate search of a place is necessary for the purpose of investigation.  He shall observe following measures:It can be exercised only by SHO or officer authorized by him.  It must be a specific search for the purpose of investigation. The place of search must be within the limits of the police station of which the officer-in-charge or which he is attached.The police officer making the search must have reasonable grounds to believe that: – (i) any specific thing necessary for the purpose of investigation may be found in the place, and (ii) such thing, in his opinion, cannot otherwise be obtained without undue delay i.e., in his opinion it would be too late before a search warrant is obtained from a magistrate.A police officer before proceeding to search place must record the grounds of his belief as to the necessity of such a search and must also specify in such a record the things for which the search is to be conducted. The copies of record made prior to the search are required to be sent forthwith to the nearest magistrate. S.100 Cr.P.C must be complied with.
What is the procedure, police can adopt, if the investigation is not completed within 24hrs?As per S.167, the police shall remand the accused before nearest magistrate. The remand report shall be accompanied by a copy of the case diary (part-I). The Magistrate before whom he is produced may authorized his detention for a term not exceeding 15 days. If the said Magistrate has no jurisdiction to try or commit the accused to custody, and considers further detention unnecessary, he may order the accused too be forwarded to the Magistrate having Jurisdiction.    The Magistrate is prohibited from detaining a person in police custody beyond the period of 15 days. Police custody may be at the request of the police or otherwise, during the first 15 days.If the Magistrate is of the opinion that adequate grounds exist for detention more than 15 days, he can so detain a person for a period not exceeding 90 days where the investigation relates to an offence punishable with death or imprisonment for life or for a period not less trhan10 years and for a period not exceeding 60 days where the investigation relates to any other offence. In calculating the period of 60 or 90 days, the date of arrest shall be excluded.
In summons case if investigation is not completed within 90 days from the date of arrest, what the magistrate can do?In summons case if investigation is not completed within Six months from the date of arrest, the magistrate can stop further investigation.  Such order can be varied by Session court.
What is police diary? According to S.172 (1) every Investigating Officer is required to enter day by day his proceedings of the investigations in a Diary. Such a diary shall set forth the time at which the officer, the time at which he began and closed his investigation, the place or places visited by him, and a statement of the circumstances ascertained through his investigation.   Any criminal Court can send for the police officer’s diaries of a case under inquiry or trial in such court, and may use such diaries, not as evidence in the case, but to aid it in such inquiry or trial.  However, the accused person is allowed to use the case diary for Cross-examination of the police officer who made it under two circumstances: 1) Police officer refreshing memory 2) When court is seeing to contradict him.
Explain about Inquest?Provisions relating to inquests are contained in sections 174 to 176 of the Cr.P.C. In case of unnatural deaths, the police are required to conduct inquest. It can be done by an officer-in-charge of a police station or some other police officer specially empowered in that behalf. Inquest report prepared u/s 174 Cr.P.C should contain the details found on the body and at the scene of offence.  Inquest report is not substantive evidence. It can be used for corroboration u/s 157 or for refreshing memory u/s 159 and for contradiction u/s 145 IEA.  Under section 175 police have got the power to summon any person acquainted with facts and circumstances of the case.  Under section 176 the Magistrate has got the power to conduct an inquiry or inquest into the death of a person in police custody.

 

What are the values of several of statements or reports prepared during the course of Investigation?

Name of the Statement Evidentary Value
FIRNot a Substantive piece of evidence but can be used for Corroboration or contradiction.
Scene observation reportNot a Substantive piece of evidence but can be used for Corroboration or contradiction.
Rough SketchNot a Substantive piece of evidence but can be used for Corroboration or contradiction.
161 Cr.P.CNot a Substantive piece of evidence It can’t be used for Corroboration. It can be used for contradiction only.
164 Cr.P.CNot a Substantive piece of evidence but can be used for Corroboration or contradiction.
Confession Statement recorded by magistrateSubstantive piece of evidence
InquestNot a Substantive piece of evidence but can be used for Corroboration or contradiction.
Post Mortem reportNot a Substantive piece of evidence but can be used for Corroboration or contradiction.
Dying DeclarationSubstantive evidence
Dying Declaration, but declaration didn’t dieNot a Substantive piece of evidence but can be used for Corroboration or contradiction.
Charge-sheetIt carries no value. It is the case summary.

 

JURISDICTION:

What is the general rule regarding place of Trial?“Every offence shall ordinarily be inquired into and tried by a court within whose local jurisdiction it was committed” (S.177.
 Explain situations in which wherein more than one court has jurisdiction?1. An offence was committed but it is uncertain in which of the several local areas it was committed. 178 (b)2. An offence is committed partly in one local area and partly in another.178 (c).3. An offence is a continuing one, and continues to be committed in more local areas than one 178 (d).4. Where the offence consists of several acts and such acts are done in different local areas.5. When an act is an offence by reason of anything which has been done and a consequence of which has ensued, the offence may be inquired into or tried by a Court within whose local jurisdiction such thing has been done or such consequence has ensued (S.179).

Ex: Anji is wounded within the local jurisdiction of court Chevalla and dies within the local jurisdiction of Rajendranagar. The offence of culpable homicide committed against Anji may be inquired into and tried by court Chevalla or Rajendra Nagar.

6. When an act is an offence by reason of its relation to any other act and these acts have been done in different local areas (S.180)

Ex: Anji charge of receiving or retaining stolen goods may be inquired into or tried either by court within whose local jurisdiction the goods were stolen or by any court within whose local jurisdiction the goods were stolen or by any court whose local jurisdiction any of them were at any time dishonestly received or retained.

7. Any offence of being a thug, or murder committed by a thug, of dacoity, of dacoity with murder, of belonging to a gang of dacoits, or of escaping from custody, may be inquired into or tried by a Court within whose local jurisdiction the offence was committed or the accused person is found (S.181 (1)).

8. Any offence of kidnapping or abduction of a person may be inquired into or tried by a Court within whose local jurisdiction the person was kidnapped or abducted or was conveyed or concealed or detained(S.181(2))

9. Any offence of theft, extortion or robbery may be inquired into or tried by a Court within whose local jurisdiction the offence was committed or the stolen property which is the subject of the offence was possessed by any person committing it or by any person who received or retained such property knowing or having reason to believe it to be stolen property (S.181 (3)).

10. Any offence of criminal misappropriation or of criminal breach of trust may be inquired into or tried by a Court within whose local jurisdiction the offence was committed or any part of the property which is the subject of the offence was received or retained, or was required to be returned or accounted for, by the accused person (S.181 (4)).

11.  Any offence which includes the possession of stolen property may be inquired into or tried by a Court within whose local jurisdiction the offence was committed or the stolen property was possessed by any person who received or retained it knowing or having reason to believe it to be stolen property (S.181(5)).

12. Any offence which includes cheating might, be causes by deception, practiced by means of letters or telecommunication messages, be inquired into or tried by any Court within whose local jurisdiction such letters or messages were sent or were received(S.182(1).

13. In case of an offence of cheating and dishonestly inducing delivery of property may be inquired into or tried by a Court within whose local jurisdiction the property was delivered by the person deceived or was received by the accused person(S.182(2).

14. Any offence of Bigamy punishable under section 494 or section 495 of the Indian Penal Code (45 of 1860) was committed in one local area, the place where the offendor last resided with his or her spouse by the first marriage was in another local area, and the place where the wife by the first marriage took up a permanent residence after the commission of the offence was yet in another local area (S.182 (2)).

15. An offence is committed in the course of a journey or voyage, and the person by whom or the person against whom ,or thing in respect of which the offence is committed passed into or through one or more local areas in the course of such journey or voyage(S.183).     The court having local jurisdiction at the place of termination of the journey will also is competent to try the accused for an offence committed in the case of a journey.

What is continuing offence?This term is appeared in S.178 Cr.P.C. If an act is committed which constitutes an offence and if that act continues from day to day and a fresh offence is committed by the accused so along as that act committed. Those offences are only called as continuing offences. Ex: A Conspiracy is a continuing offense. Each case is dependent on its own facts.

 

COGNIZANCE:

What is cognizance?Application of Judicial mind so as to proceed with trial.
What is the basis for magistrate to take cognizance?As per S.190 Magistrate can take cognizance basing on three sources: a) Private complaint 2) Police Report 3) Upon his knowledge or information.
To whom the complaint is to be given?The magistrate who has power to take cognizance of offence. However, if such Magistrate is not competent to take cognisance of offence, he shall:-i) if the complaint is in writing, return it for presentation to the proper court with an endorsement to that effect;ii) if the complaint is not in writing, direct the complaint to the proper court. (S.200)
What are the options available upon receipt of complaint given to Magistrate?Upon receipt of complaint magistrate has two options:If complaint fails disclose occurrence of offence, he can dismiss the complaintIf complaint disclose occurrence of offence, he can refer it to police for investigation u/S.156 (3) or inquire the case himself. However, offence reported to is the one exclusively tried by sessions court, he can’t refer to police for investigation and he shall conduct inquiry on his own and commit the case to court of session (S.202).If complaint disclose occurrence of offence and he doesn’t wish refer to investigation for police u/s.156(3), he can record  the statement of complaint and witness on oath. However, if the complaint is given by Court or public servant in discharge of public duties, they shall not record their statements on oath.
What are the options available to Magistrate upon examining complainant and witness on oath?He can dismiss the complaint if there no sufficient grounds for proceeding (S.203).If there are sufficient grounds for proceeding, he can issue process (S.204).
What are the conditions to be compiled at the time of issuing process?In summons case, the Magistrate shall issue summons for the attendance of the accused and in warrant case he may issue warrant. Summons or warrant shall be issued against the accused only if it is accompanied by a list of the prosecution witnesses has been filed. Further, complaint copy. (S205)
Whether magistrate can dispense with personal attendance of accused?(S.205)If the magistrate issues a summons, he may dispense with the personal attendance of the accused and permit him to appear by his pleader.  However, he can at any stage direct the personal presence of accused at any stage of the proceedings.
What is Special Summons? (206)The Special summons is issued in cases of petty offence only. In such case accused can pay fine and get discharged in any of the following ways: 1) By appearing personally 2) Without appearing before court can pay the fine through post. 3) Through his pleader without his appearance.
S.207: Furnishing copies to accusedIn any case where the proceeding has been instituted on a police report, the Magistrate shall without delay furnish to the accused, free of cost, copy of police report and other documents.
S.208: Furnishing copies to accusedIn a case instituted otherwise than on a police report, it appears to the Magistrate issuing process under section 204 that the offence is triable exclusively by the Court of Session, the Magistrate shall without delay furnish to the accused, documents free of cost
S.209: Procedure if the case is to be tried by court of sessions:According to S.209 if the case is exclusively tribal by the court of session, Magistrate shall commit the case to the court of session after complying with the provisions of S.207 and 208, the case to the court of session, and subject to the provisions relating to bail, remand the accused to custody until such commitment has been made. It should also send the record of the case and the documents and articles, if any, which are to be produced in evidence. Notify the Public Prosecutor of the commencement of the case of the Court of Session.Under the above provision the magistrate is only to examine the police report and other documents referred to in the section and find out whether the facts stated in the report make out an offence tribal exclusively by Court of Session. Once that conclusion is reached Magistrate has to com it the case to Court of Session.

 

 

What are the various kinds of Technical Bars for taking cognizance of offence?

Ans: They can be classified into two: Time limitations and other. The others can be either obtaining sanction or report by victim. The time limitation for taking cognizance is dealt under S.468 Cr.P.C

Punishment under lawBy what court shall take cognizance of offence
Fine onlySix months
One year Imprisonment exceeds one year
Three yearsImprisonment exceeding one year but not exceeding three years.

 

Note: on Commencement of period of limitation: 

  1. On the date of offence or
  2. First day of offence comes to know to the knowledge of person or police whichever is earlier.                                 3. When identity comes to the knowledge of person or police whichever is earlier
  3. In section 472, the first day is excluded for continuing offences from every continuing moment.

 

LIMITATIONS TO TAKE COGNIZANCE:

When M can take cognizance for offense against Public Justice?S.172 to 188, S.199, 200, 205, 211, 228, 230 IPC (contempt of lawful authority or public servant) and similarly for offence u/s.463, 475, 476 (offences committed w.r.t document produced or evidence given in the court). In order to prosecute for the above offences the court can take cognizance of offences only on complaint in writing given by such court or public authority or its superior court.
When M can take cognizance in case of Criminal Conspiracy offence?S.196 talks about sanction in case of criminal conspiracy: It is under three categories:1) To prosecute criminal conspiracy of an offence punshiable with less than two years the sanction of the District Magistrate is mandatory.  It means for criminal conspiracy of offences punishable with more than 2 years imprisonment other those mentioned in point no.2 & 3(below) sanction is not required, they can be directly prosecuted.2) In case of criminal conspiracy offences under S.153 B or 505(2) or (3) IPC, sanction of central or state government or district magistrate is mandatory.3) In case of criminal conspiracy offences under S.153 A, 295 A, 505(1) IPC, sanction of central or state government is mandatory.
When M can take cognizance in case of for offences committed by public servant in discharge of his official duties? S.197If public authority commits offence in discharge of his official duties in order to prosecute such public authority sanction of appropriate authority is mandatory. The term appropriate authority means President in case of Union government servant and Governor in case of State government servant.
When M can take cognizance in case of for offences committed U/Chapter.20 IPC?  (S.198)For offences relating to marriage as provided under Chapter 20 of the Cr.P.C complaint must be made person who is aggrieved by the offence.  If aggrieved is minor complaint must be made by the guardian or parent.
When M can take cognizance in case of an offence committed U/S.498A IPC?S.198A:For offences u/s.498A IPC unless filed by police or when on complaint by the aggrieved or her parents or other relatives by blood.
When M can take cognizance in case of an offence against defamation? S.199S.199 talks about prosecution for defamation: It consists of two parts:   Defamation of a) Ordinary persons b) Higher dignitaries.a) Defamation of higher dignitaries: If a private person wishes to prosecute president, governor, administrator, minster of a state or Union or public servant employed with affairs union or state made defamatory statement against any person or community in discharge of public duties court before taking cognizance shall ensure compliance of following steps:1) The complaint must be made in writing by the Public prosecutor. This PP can give it in writing only if the union or state government gives sanction as the case may be.2) The complaint must be filed a cognizance must be taken by Court of Session.  3) Time limitation is with six months.b) Defamation of ordinary persons: If an offence under Chapter XXI of IPC by any private person only aggrieved can file a complaint. If for any other reasons like death, physical or mental disability or minor, any other person can file the case.

CHARGE

What is Charge? Who frames Charge?Charge included more heads than one. Charge serves the purpose of notice or intimation to the accused person about the accusation he is called upon to face. Court frames charge.
How charge shall be framed?Charge shall be framed as S.211 Cr.P.C & 212.
Whether charge once framed can be altered or added?Yes, It can be done at any time before judgment. Notice same shall give to prosecution and defence. After alteration of charges court must explain about it to the accused. If the court is of opinion that it would prejudice accused or prosecutor either direct a new trial or adjourned the trial for such period may be necessary.  Whenever charge is altered or added the prosecutor or accused is allowed to re-examine or re-summon witnesses according to section 217 Cr.P.C.
Whether at one trial several charges can be tried?There shall be separate charge for every distinct offence. However S.218, 219, 220, are exceptions.
Write a note on S.218 Cr.P.C?If accused make a request in writing stating that all or any of charged made against him may be tried together they can tried jointly:  Provided if Magistrate is of opinion that such person is not likely to be prejudiced  thereby (section 218 Cr.P.C).
Whether three offences of same kind can be tried together at one single trial? OrWrite a note on S.219 Cr.P.C?Yes as per S.219 three offences of same kind committed within a year may be charged together and tried at one trial.  For the purpose of this section:ExP-I Offences are of the same kind when they are punishable with the same amount of punishment under the same section of the Indian Penal Code or of any special or local law.Ex.P-II An offence punishable under section 379 of the Indian Penal Code (45 of 1860) shall be deemed to be an offence of the same kind as an offence punishable under section 380 IPC.
If in one transaction several offences are committed whether all the charge and tried together at one trial?Write a note on S.220(1) Cr.P.C?Yes as per S.220 (1) If, in one series of acts so connected together as to form the same transaction, more offences than one are committed by the same person, he may be charged with, and tried at one trial for, every such offence.
Whether accused who committed offence of falsification of accounts, for the purpose of committing Criminal breach of trust or dishonest misappropriation can be charged and tried at one trial?Yes, as per 220(2).
If the acts alleged against accused constitute an offence falling within two or more separate definitions of penal law whether he can be charged with all those offences and tried together at one trial?Yes as per S.220(3).
 Whether accused can be convicted for an offence for which he is not charged?Person shall not be convicted for an offence, for which he is not charged with. However, S.221 and 222 are exceptions to this rule.
What is S.221 Cr.P.C?Ex: 379 is charge.Evidence disclosed S.411 IPC.He can be convicted.If it is doubtful which of several offences the facts which can be proved will constitute offence, the accused may be charged with having committed all or any of such offences (221(a)). If in such a case the accused is charged with one offence, and it appears in evidence he committed a different offence for which he might have been charged under the provision of S.S (1), he may be convicted of the offence which he is shown to have been committed, although he was not charges with it (221(b)).
What is 222 Cr.P.C?There are three clauses under this section. They are: i) Though accused charge with several particulars, Combination proved evidence makes a different offence,  ii) Charged Major offence bur evidence proved  minor offence iii) Attempt to commit offence
What is 222 (1) Cr.P.C?394 = 392 +323394: Robbery causing hurt

392: Robbery

323: Hurt

A person charged with several particulars, a combination of some only of which constitutes a complete minor offence, and such combination is proved, he may be convicted though he was not charged with it (222(1)).Example: A is charged u/s 407 of the IPC, with a Criminal breach of Trust in respect of property entrusted to him as a carrier.  It appears that he did not commit criminal breach of trust u/s 406 IPC in respect of that property, but that it was not entrusted to him as a carrier. He may be convicted of criminal breach of trust.
What is 2 Ex: 324 is charge.Charge: 324 IPC,Evidence: 323 IPC.He can be convicted u/S.323 IPC.A person is charged with an offence and facts are proved which reduce it to a minor offence, he may be convicted of the minor offence although he is not charged with it (222(2).Example: A is charged u/s 324 of the IPC, with causing grievous hurt. It was proved that he committed offence u/s 323 simple hurt.
What is 222 (3) Cr.P.C?Charge: 324 IPC,Evidence: 324 r/w 511 IPC.He can be convicted.When a person is charged with an offence, he may be convicted of an attempt to commit such offence although the attempt is not separately charged (222(3)).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Key Stages ADJUDICATORY PROCESS- PRIVATE COMPLAINT (OTHERWISE)
Private ComplaintIf the case is filed directly before Magistrate and Magistrate proceed to move further without referring it to investigation under S.156 (3) Cr.P.C he has to examine the complainant and list of witness on oath. Such examination of the complainant and his witnesses is not necessary, where the complaint has been made by a public servant in discharge of his official duties or where a Court has made the complaint. Under Section 203 Cr.P.C., the Magistrate, after recording the statements on oath of the complainant and of the witnesses or the result of the inquiry or investigation ordered under Section 202 Cr.P.C., can dismiss the complaint if he finds that there is no sufficient ground for proceeding.
Cognizance & SummonsIf the Magistrate comes to the conclusion that there is sufficient ground for proceeding, he takes cognizance of offence and can issue the process under Section 204 Cr.P.C. He can issue summons for the attendance of the accused and in a warrant-case, he may issue a warrant, or if he thinks fit, a summons, for securing the attendance of the accused.
Appearance of accused, Pre-Charge evidence &Discharge. On appearance of the accused before the Magistrate under Section 244(1) Cr.P.C., the Magistrate has to hear the prosecution and take all such evidence, as may be produced in support of the prosecution. In this, the Magistrate may issue summons to the witnesses also under Section 244(2) Cr.P.C. on the application by prosecution. All this evidence is evidence before charge. It is after all this, evidence is taken, then the Magistrate has to consider under Section 245(1) Cr.P.C., whether any case against the accused is made out, which, if unrebutted, would warrant his conviction, and if the Magistrate comes to the conclusion that there is no such case made out against the accused, the Magistrate proceeds to discharge him. Thus during this stage there is recording of Prosecution evidence and Opportunity to accused to Cross examines the witnesses. Defense has right to preserve right of cross-examination.
Framing Charge & Recording evidenceIf no discharge petition is filed or it is dismissed.  The next step is examination of the accused w.r.t allegation made against him by framing charge under Section 246(1) Cr.P.C. The framing of charge must be in accordance with S.211 to 226 of Cr.P.C. During examination if the accused admits guilt court may convict him or if he doesn’t admit matter will be posted for trial by issuing summons to the witness listed in the charge-sheet. Now, again, the complainant then gets the second opportunity to lead evidence in support of the charge unlike a warrant trial on police report, where there is only one opportunity. In the warrant trial instituted otherwise than the police report, the complainant gets two opportunities to lead evidence, firstly, before the charge is framed and secondly, after the charge. The prosecution witnesses are called as PW1, PW2…and documents marked on behalf of prosecution are called as ExP1, P2. In case of witness examined by accused are called DW1, DW2 and documents marked are called as ExD1, D2….
S.313 Cr.P.C On completion of prosecution evidence accused will be examined u/s.313 Cr.P.C w.r.t. incriminating prosecution evidence. This examination shall not be on oath. Any document can be filed and whatever said in S.313 Cr.P.C shall not be foundation for conviction.
Defense evidenceUpon completion of S.313 Cr.P.C accused can produce his evidence, however, generally in criminal cases no accused would venture to produce defense witness.
ArgumentsIf there is no defense evidence or on completion of defense evidence matter will be posted for arguments and party on either side submit oral or written arguments and upon completion of the same matter will be posted for judgment.
 Judgment and Sentence.The judgment of court would be either acquittal or conviction. If matter ends in acquittal, accused will be set at liberty. If the matter ends in conviction, accused will hear on sentence.  Upon hearing the accused and prosecution on sentence punishment will be imposed i.e, fine or imprisonment or both.
 Adjudicatory Process  ON POLICE REPORT
Method of addressing grievance  & rules relating to itMost of the Criminal cases commence by filing Charge-sheet by the Police. The Charge-sheet is the summary of investigation. It contains the following: Offence committed and method of commission and against whom it is committed and date of report of offence.  The approach of investigation so to collect the relevant and admissible evidence and finally the persons with whom and what evidence Investigating officer (IO) wants to prove the guilt of the accused. S.154 Cr.P.C to S.176 Cr.P.C clothes IO with several powers he can exercise in the course of investigation. Charge-sheet has following enclosures: FIR, S.161 Cr.P.C or S.164 Cr.P.C statements, Scene of offence Panchanamma,  Inquest/wound certificate/ Post-Mortem, Confession & recovery Panchnamma,
Cognizance & SummonsOn receipt of Charge-sheet the Magistrate if he is of the opinion that allegation made in the Charge-sheet coupled with documents filed make out primafacie case, cognizance will be taken against the offence. Upon taking cognizance usually summons will be issued to the accused and this summons must be signed by Magistrate. This is served through the concerned police.
Appearance of accusedOn appearance of accused it is the duty of the court to furnish copies of documents and ask him whether he has means to engage an advocate or otherwise court shall engage legal aid counsel. At this stage accused has an opportunity to file discharge petition by stating that allegation made out in the charge-sheet fail to make out any case against him.
ChargeIf no discharge petition is filed or it is dismissed.  The next step is examination of the accused w.r.t allegation made against him by police by framing charge. The framing of charge must be in accordance with S.211 to 226 of Cr.P.C. During examination if the accused admits guilt court may convict him or if he doesn’t admit matter will be posted for trial by issuing summons to the witness listed in the charge-sheet.
Prosecution EvidenceGenerally in cases initiated by police the first examined would be person who reported the offence to the police.   It is followed by eye witness, witness to scene, inquest, PME, confession and recovery and finally Investigation officer.   The prosecution witnesses are called as PW1, PW2….. and documents marked on behalf of prosecution are called as ExP1, P2….. . In case of witness examined by accused are called DW1, DW2…. And documents marked are called as ExD1, D2….
S.313 Cr.P.COn completion of prosecution evidence accused will be examined u/s.313 Cr.P.C   w.r.t. incriminating evidence in the prosecution evidence. This examination shall not be on oath. Any document can be filed and whatever said in S.313 Cr.P.C shall not be foundation for conviction.
Defense evidenceUpon completion of S.313 Cr.P.C accused can produce his evidence, however, generally in criminal cases no accused would venture to produce defense witness.
ArgumentsIf there is no defense evidence or on completion of defense evidence matter will be posted for arguments and party on either side submit oral or written arguments and upon completion of the same matter will be posted for judgment.
 Judgment and Sentence.The judgment of court would be either acquittal or conviction. If matter ends in acquittal, accused will be set at liberty. If the matter ends in conviction, accused will hear on sentence.   Upon hearing the accused and prosecution on sentence punishment will be imposed i.e, fine or imprisonment or both.
   

 

What is the Procedure for Trial of Summons-cases by Magistrate?

Ans: Trial of Summons-cases: When in a summons-case the accused appears or is brought before the Magistrate, the particulars of the offence of which he is accused shall be stated to him, and he shall be asked whether he pleads guilty or has any defence to make, but it shall not be necessary to frame a formal charge. If the accused pleads guilty, the Magistrate shall record the plea as nearly as possible in the words used by the accused and may, in his discretion, convict him thereon.

If the summons has been issued on complaint, and on the day appointed for the appearance of the accused, or any day subsequent, thereto to which the hearing may be adjourned, the complainant does not appear, the Magistrate shall acquit the accused except some reasons. This rule applies to cases where the non-appearance of the complainant is due to his death.

In any summons-case instituted otherwise than upon complaint, a Magistrate of the first class may for reasons to be recorded by him, stop the proceedings at any stage without pronouncing any judgment and where such stoppage of proceedings is made after the evidence of the principal witnesses has been recorded, pronounce a judgment of acquittal, and in any other case, release the accused, and such release shall have the effect of discharge.

 

S.256 Cr.P.C: If the complaint upon receipt of summons is called absent on the date fixed for the accused or any other matter for which matter is adjourned, the court can acquit the accused. This rule applies even for the non-appearance of the complaint due to his death.

S.249: Absence of complaint: If the complaint in a complaint case is called absent or didn’t turn before framing the charge, he can discharge the accused, provided offence alleged is a compoundable and non-cognizable case.  The two situations must be satisfied: compoundable and non-cognizable case.

The magistrate as S.258 Cr.P.C can stop the proceedings at any stage in the following circumstances: a) It must be a summons case b) It must be a case instituted otherwise than on complaint i.e., On a police report.

If such stoppage of proceedings is after the examination any of the witness it is called acquittal. If such stoppage is without any recording of any evidence it amounts to discharge.

 

Difference between acquittal and Discharge:

If the accused is set at liberty prior to recording of evidence, it is known as Discharge.

If the accused is set at liberty after recording of evidence, it is known as acquittal.

If the matter is ended in acquittal, he can’t be tried again. If accused discharged he can be tried by same court or its superior court.

 

Difference between 249 and 256: S.256 is applicable to both summons case and warrant cases and where as S.256 is applicable to summons cases only.

S.249 is applicable to cases whether it is either compoundable or non-cognizable and whereas S.256 is applicable in case of summons case.

It is irrelevant under S.256, whether offence is compoundable or non-compoundable.

S.257: A complaint in a complaint case can withdraw the case by showing sufficient grounds. Such withdrawal can be all or any of the accused in that case.  Upon such permission given by the court accused gets acquitted.

Difference between acquittal and Conviction: Conviction means the proof of guilt. Sentence means quantum of punishment awarded upon conviction.  It is mandatory to hear the accused on sentence in case of session’s case (235) and warrant cases (248). It is desirable in case of Summons case.

 

Summary Trials:  In summary trial unlike other trials there is no elaborated procedure to try the accused. It is a simple, quick and inexpensive procedure. This mode of trial can be adopted only by certain class Magistrates or Magistrates authorized by High court in following cases only: i) offences which are less than two years. ii) In following cases even if the punishment is more than two years but worth of property involved is only Rs.200/- court can conduct summary trial. They are: S.379, 380, 381, 411, 414, 454, 456, 504, 506 IPC, S20 of Cattle Trespass Act.

Summary Procedure: Basically in all summary trials the summons procedure is framed i.,e no requirement of framing charge, recording of substance of evidence. However, if the accused does not plead guilty, the Magistrate shall record the substance of the evidence and a judgment containing a brief statement of the reasons for the finding. But in no case Magistrate can’t inflict punishment for a period more than three months upon finding the accused is guilty offence. Generally, in every summary trial record following particulars must be mentioned, namely:- (a) the serial number of the case: (b) the date of the commission of the offence; (c) the date of the report or complaint; (d) the name of the complainant (if any); (e) the name, parentage and residence of the accused; (f) the offence complained of and the offence (if any) proved, and in cases coming under clause (ii), clause (iii) or clause (iv) of sub-section (1) of section 260, the value of the property in respect of which the offence has been committed; (g) the plea of the accused and his examination (if any); (h) the finding; (i) the sentence or other final order; (j) the date on which proceedings terminated.

Another impressive feature of this trial is that accused need not come to court he can plead guilty through post or pleader or by person upon receipt of summons and pay fine as mentioned in the summons.  During the trial of case if the Magistrate is opinion that it undesirable to try the case under summary procedure he can convert it into any other manner as provided by code.

 

Write a note on Return of Property for Interim Custody?

Ans: Return of Property for Interim Custody: S.451 & 457 of Cr.P.C are the relevant provisions which deal with return of property for interim custody. S.451Cr.P.C deals with order for custody and disposal of property pending trial in certain cases. S.457 Cr.P.C of speaks about procedure to be followed by police upon seizure of property. Another distinction between both these sections is like this:

Under 457 1) Property has been seized by police officer. 2) Seizure is reported to the Magistrate. 3) The property so seized is not produced before the court during inquiry or trial and whereas under S.451 there is no deposit of property before court.

A plain reading of these two sections indicates that powers u/s.451, 457 Cr.P.C shall be exercised expeditiously and judiciously. If the property is not returned to its original owner the value of the property gets diminished and it’s a clog on property. Therefore, it is held that if there is a proper panchanama before handing over the property to its original owner towards interim custody, it can be used in evidence instead of its production of property during the trial. One important judgment pertaining to this issue which is delivered by Apex court in Sunder bha Ambalal Desi Vs. Gujarat 2003(1) ALD (CRL) 8 SC. Following are guide lines laid down: (a) Preparation of detailed panchanama of articles seized (b) taking photographs of such articles and a bond that such articles would be produced at the time of trial and (c) Taking proper security.

S.452 gives jurisdiction to court to order for disposal only at the conclusion of trial.

 

 

 

 

 

Write a note on Maintenance proceedings Under Cr.P.C?

Ans: Sections 125 to 128 of Cr.P.C.1973 operates against persons who neglect or refuse to maintain their dependent wives, children and parent. It applies person of all religions and have no relationship with the personal laws of the parties except divorced Muslim women. It is an enforcement of civil remedy by way of criminal machinery.

Conditions:   If the dependent is unable to maintain herself or himself, JMFC upon proof of such neglect or refusal pass an order for payment of maintenance. Dependent means wife, parent or child.

 Salient features of s.125 Cr.P.C:-

  1. JMFC has power to pass order under this Section. JMFC order is not final for more maintenance parties can agitate before civil court.
  2. Marriage must be valid one. 3. Children includes both legitimate and illegitimate.
  3. Presumption of marriage can be raised in favour of wife u/s 50 of IEA.
  4. Wife may be minor or major such allowance shall be payable from the date of the order or if so ordered from the date of application for maintenance.
  5. If any person ordered, fails without sufficient cause to comply with the order any such Magistrate, may issue a warrant for levying the amount due in the manner provided for levying fines and may sentence such person accordingly u/s 125(3).
  6. Time limitation is one year.

    8.In section 125(4) disqualifications from entitling maintenance are provided, they are as follows: (a) if she is living in adultery (b) without sufficient reason refuses to live with him or (c) living separately under mutual consent between husband and wife (d) when she is remarried.

  1. Territorial jurisdiction for filing application U/S 125Cr.P.C proceedings may be taken against any person in any district: (a) where he is or (b) where he or his wife resides or (c) where he resided with his wife or as the case may be, the mother of the illegitimate child.
  2. Evidence must be recorded in presence of respondent or his advocate. It must be recorded as summons case.
  3. When there is wilful avoiding of summons, court can declare such person as exparty and proceed. 14. Exparty order can be seta side only on showing good ground within 90 days.
  4. Court can order for costs also. 13.Court can issue warrant of imprisonment on failure to pay maintenance.
  5. The person claiming maintenance must be unable to maintain him or herself.
  6. Enquiry U/S 125-128 is not a trial. It can’t be considered as acquittal or conviction.
  7. If marriage is void in view of S.5 and 11 of Hindu Marriage Act, 1955 is not entitle to relief U/S125.

21.Kuldeep Kour v/s Surinder singh: Sending defaulting husband to jail is only a mode or method of recovery and not a substitute for recovery of the maintenance allowance. Husband is not absolved from his liability to maintenance, the amount is still recoverable.

Inherent powers: The power of court to do anything to meet the ends of justice in the absence of express provision of law is called inherent powers. This power can be expressed only the H.Court under 482 Cr.P.C.

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS OF INQUIRE AND TRIALS:                        

 Write a note on Doctrine of Double Jeopardy? Autrefois convict or Autrefois acquits

S.330 No man shall be punished twice for the same offence.

Conditions for its application: Thus person once convicted by court of competent jurisdiction can’t be tried again (A.20 COI).a) The first court must be Competent court.b) If accused is charged with different offence based on same set of facts, the second trial is barred. However, by obtaining consent of State government accused can be tried for the second offence. But accused is supposed to be charged under S. S.221 (1) or (2) Cr.P.C, even on consent of state accused can’t be tried again.c) This rule has no application if accused charged with one offence but his acts resulted to a different offence and the consequences had not happened or were not known to the court at the time when he was convicted.d) A Person discharged u/S.258 Cr.P.C shall not be tried again for the same offence except with the consent of the Court by which he was discharged or of any other Court to which the first mentioned Court is subordinate.
Whether Public Prosecutor can plead before court without written authority?Yes, as per S.301 Public Prosecutor or Assistant Public Prosecutor in charge of case under inquiry, trial or appeal may appear and plead without any written authority before any Court.   If any private lawyer is permitted to conduct prosecution, he can only assist and act according to the instructions or directions of Public Prosecutor concerned. Further, such private lawyer with the permission of the court can submit written arguments after the closure of evidence.
Who can conduct Prosecution?As per S.302 any person can conduct prosecution. It can be done either personally or by a pleader.  In order to conduct the same, the permission of the magistrate is mandatory.  However, for the following person permission is not mandatory. They are: Advocate-General, or Government Advocate or a Public Prosecutor or Assistant Public Prosecutor.Note: 1) Permission shall not be given if the police officer is below the rank of Inspector.  2) Permission shall not be given, if the police officer participated in the investigation of such case.
Whether accused can be defended by a pleader of his choice? What is the situation if he no means to engage a lawyer?S.303: Accused has a right to be defended by a pleader of his choice.S.304 says In case of trial before court of sessions, if accused can’t engage a due to lack of sufficient means, the Court shall assign a pleader for his defence at the expense of the State.
What is the procedure to be followed in case accused is a company?As per S.11 IPC accused can be artificial person or body of persons.  Hence, accused must be examined under S.239 or 313 Cr.P.C as the case may be and for such purpose S.305 devised. It says in case corporation is an accused, it can appoint a representative for the purpose of the inquiry or trial. This appointment need not be under the seal of the corporation.  Anything that has to be done i.e, examination, stating or explaining can be made to such accused. However, if such representative of a corporation does not appear, any such requirement as is referred to in sub-section (3) shall not apply.
Who is an approver?An approver is an accomplice who has tendered pardon with a view to securing his evidence against the remaining accused. Hence, he is exempted from criminal liability.  The law relating to approvers is contained in S.306, 307, 308 of Cr.P.C. The pardon can be rendered before any magistrate or sessions at any stage of trial but before pronouncement of judgment.
In which cases approver technique can be used?Offences exclusively triable by court of sessions or an offence punishable with more than seven years imprisonment.
IF the approver failed to comply with conditions of pardon, whether he can be tried for the said offence?Yes, but he shall not be tried jointly with any of the other accused. He can be prosecuted for giving false evidence with the sanction of the High Court (S.380).
Whether Court can adjourn Proceedings?As per S.309 the court proceedings must be done on day to day basis. The court after recording reasons postpone for a future date. However, in cases witness are present, no adjournment or postponement shall be granted, without examining them, except for special reasons to be recorded in writing.
Can a judge or Magistrate make a local inspection?Yes, as per S.310 A court is competent to make local inspection after giving due notice to the parties and a record of relevant facts observed becomes a part of record for appreciation of evidence.
Whether court can summon a witness and examine him?As per S.311 any court at any stage of inquiry, trial or other proceeding, summon any person, as a witness or examine any person in attendance or recall or re-examine any witness already examined, if such evidence is necessary for the just decision of the case.
Whether any person can be directed to give his specimen signatures?As per S.311A Cr.P.C magistrate can direct any person to give his specimen signature or hand writings if is arrested with respect to that offence.
Whether court award expenses to witnesses or complaint?As per S.312 the criminal court can order for reasonable expenses of any complainant or witness attending for the purposes of any inquiry trial or other proceeding before such Court under this Code. However, this power is subject to rules made by the state.
What is S.313 Cr.P.CThis examination shall be conducted soon after the completion ofProsecution evidence provided there is incriminating evidence against the accused. No oath shall be taken. This kind of examination can be conducted at any time. However, it is mandatory at the time of completion of prosecution evidence.
Whether Parties can submit arguments?Yes, either written or Oral (S.314)
Whether accused is a competent witness?Yes as per S.315 Cr.P.C accused is a competent defence witness if there is a request in writing by the accused
Whether court can proceed against any person if there is evidence during the trail suggesting he has committed the offence?Yes, as s.319 in the course of an inquiry or trial of an offence, it appears from the evidence that any person not being the accused has committed any offence for which such person could be tried together with the accused, the Court may proceed against such person for the offence which he appears to have committed.
Write on Compounding of offences? S.320 of the code permits parties to compromise certain offences. For some offences it is with the permission of the court and some others without the permission of the court.  Compounding amounts to acquittal. S.320 (1) lists out offences which can be compounded without the permission of the court and S.320 (2) Contain offense which can be compounded only with the permission of the court.
Write a short note on withdrawal of prosecution?The power of Withdrawal from prosecution is contained in S.321. It gives a general executive direction to withdraw from the prosecution subject to the consent of the court. The guiding consideration must be the interest of the administration of justice. It can’t be appealed.
During the course of inquiry or trial magistrate has come to know that he has no Jurisdiction to try that case. What he can do?As per S.322 case shall be sent to Chief judicial magistrate.
During the course of inquiry or trial magistrate has come to know that case shall be exclusively triable by court of session?  What he can do?As per S.323 he shall commit the case to court of Session (209 Cr.P.C)
If the accused is liable for enhanced punishment in but he can’t inflict the same, what he can do?As per S.324 case shall be sent Chief judicial magistrate having jurisdiction.  This kind of scenario arises in cases of offences against coinage, stamp-law or property i.e, offences punishable under Chapter XII (Of offences relating to coin and Governmentstamps) or Chapter XVII (Property offences) of the Indian Penal Code. Under these offences accused on subsequent offence is liable for life imprisonment.
When the Magistrate can’t pass sentence sufficient severely?As per S.325 case shall be sent Chief judicial magistrate having jurisdiction.   Ex: 494 IPC is triable by magistrate but punishment is less than 07 years.
What is denovo trial?As per S.326 when Judge of any court recorded the evidence and ceases to exercise jurisdiction, the succeeding judge magistrate can continue to proceed to record evidence, if any, and thereafter pronounce judgment.  There is no necessity of denovo trial.
Whether public court to be open? Yes, as per S.327 court must be accessible to all and ordinarily the proceedings are to be conducted in an open except in cases like rape or offences under Juvenile Justice Act.

 

Write a note on issues relating to Bail?

What is Bail?Setting a person at liberty by obtaining security.  Security can be demanded by way of bond with or without sureties.
List of different Kinds of Bails?Bailable offence (S.436)    Non-Bailable offence (437)  Bail by high court or Court of Session (439)  Anticipatory Bail 4) Interim Anticipatory Bail
Bailable offenceS: 436 of Cr.P.C talks about Bailable offence: S: 436 says:Person arrested in a bailable offence is entitled to bail as matter of right. It can be granted by either police or Court.  Person arrested on a bailable offence shall be informed of his right to be released on bail. Accused has the right to be released on bail if investigation is not completed within prescribed days i.e., 90 days or 60 days as the case may be. (i)  The day on which custody was granted couldn’t be excluded it must be included.  (ii) Detention u/s 57 Cr.P.C is excluded (iii) When there are no reasonable grounds for believing the accused guilty of a non-bailable offence but there is sufficient grounds for further inquiry, S.437 (2) Cr.P.C says that accused shall be released on bail u/S.436 Cr.P.C.
What is the fate of accused in a bailable offence if he fails to furnish security?In bailable offence if accused failed to furnish security, he would be continued to be in detention. If such period exceeds 07 days, he can be declared as indigent person and can be released on personal bond.
What isS.436A Cr.P.C?If any under trial prisoner is in detention for ½ of the longest period of the imprisonment alleged for that offence he shall be released on personal bond without or with sureties. However, if prosecutor objects and court by recording reasons in writing can continue the detention even after the lapse of half of the imprisonment period provided for that offence.It must also be mentioned that in no case a person can be detained for more than maximum period of imprisonment provided for that offence.
What isNon-Bailablae offence (S.437)It is Generally dealt by JMFC.In non-bailable cases grant of bail is at the discretion of court.The magistrate shall not grant bail in the following cases:1) If it appears that accused is committed an offence punishable with death or imprisonment for life.  2) If the accused is brought before him in a cognizable offence and previously convicted of an offence punishable with death or imprisonment for life or 07 years imprisonment.  3) If the accused is previously convicted in two or more offences which are cognizable in nature and which are punishable with imprisonment for 03 year and which is not less than 07 years imprisonment. However, the above rules not applicable in case persons under the age of 16 years or sick & infirm persons. Such person may be released on bail even if the offence charged is punishable with death or imprisonment for life.  The discretion exercised by the court is guided by law.  Similarly, a person u/S437 (2) can also be released on bail upon special reasons recorded in writing.
 As per 437 Mere pendency of TIP would not bar court to grant bail in non-bailable offence, if accused is entitled to bail otherwise.
 As per 437 Cr.P.C prosecutor shall give notice with respect to an offence punishable with imprisonment more than 07 years.
 As per S.437 Cr.p.C in the course of proceedings, the magistrate is of the opinion that the accused didn’t commit offence, which is non-bailable in nature, he can be granted with bail.
Anticipatory BailS.438It talks about anticipatory bail provided following conditions exist:a) Person must have a reason to believe that he may be arrested on accusation of having committed a non-bailable offence. Thus, there is no need of registration of FIR for A.bail. However, petitioner must be apply for this bail only if it is non-bailable offence. This bail can be filed before high court or courts of session. This is a concurrent jurisdiction. Issues to be considered while granting Anticipatory bail:  a) nature of accusation b) Antecedents of the accused which includes previous conviction in a cognizable case. c) Possibility of applicant flees from justice.
InterimAnticipatoryBail (S.438(1A)Granting bail pending anticipatory bail application is called Interim Anticipatory Bail. If court grants A.bail it shall give notice to Prosecutor and SP (Police). It can also direct the accused to appear before court.
439 Cr.P.CThe High court or court of session has power to cancel, alter or modify bail.

 

Misc:

In summons case substance of evidence can be recorded.

In Warrant cases as the examination of each witness proceeds, be taken down in writing either by the Magistrate himself or by his dictation in open Court. The same is the case with the trial before Court of Session.

S.280 Judge can record demeanour of witness (Non-Verbal Communication)

  1. Record of examination of accused.
  2. No formal proof of certain documents:- If the genuineness of document is not disputed it can be read in evidence without meeting S.67 IEA, provided that the Court may, in its discretion, require such signature to be proved.

In Criminal trial evidence shall be recorded in court in the presence of accused. It shall not be on affidavit except under S.138 NIAct and S.296 Cr.P.C

S.296. Evidence of formal character on affidavit.

298 talks about how to prove previous conviction or acquittal: It can be proved in the following ways: (a)            Certified copy of the court, under whose custody he had conviction or acquittal held. (b) in case of a conviction, either by a certificate signed by the officer in charge of the Jail in which the punishment is undergone.

 

  1. Record of evidence in absence of accused:- (1) If it is proved that an accused person has absconded, and that there is no immediate prospect of arresting him, the Court competent to try or commit for trial, such person for the offence complained of, may, in his absence, examine the witnesses (if any) produced on behalf of the prosecution, and record their depositions and any such deposition may, on the arrest of such person, be given in evidence against him on the inquiry into, or trial for, the offence with which he is charged, if the deponent is dead or incapable of giving evidence or cannot be found or his presence cannot be procured without an amount of delay, expense or inconvenience which, under the circumstances of the case, would be unreasonable.

(2) If it appears that an offence punishable with death or imprisonment for life has been committed by some person or persons unknown, the High Court or the Sessions Judge may direct that any Magistrate of the first class shall hold an inquiry and examine any witnesses who can give evidence concerning the offence and any depositions so taken may be given in evidence against any person who is subsequently accused of the offence, if the deponent is dead or incapable of giving evidence or beyond the limits of India.

Write a note on Plea Bargaining?

Ans:Plea Bargaining- means concession given to convict with respect to sentence upon admission of guilt. Section 265-A TO 265-L have been added in the CR.P.C so as to apply the plea bargaining. Plea-bargaining is the process whereby the accused and the prosecutor in a criminal case work out a mutually satisfactory disposition of the case subject to the court approval. Therefore, it can be said that plea-bargaining refers to pre-trial negotiations between the defendant through his/her counsel and the prosecution during which the accused agrees to plead guilty in exchange for lesser punishment.

 

The salient features of plea-bargaining: 

1) It is applicable only in respect of those offences for which punishment of imprisonment is up to a period of 7 years. 

2) It does not apply where such offence affects the socio- economic condition of the country or has been committed against a woman or a child below the age of 14 years.  

3) The application should be filed by the accused voluntarily.

4) An accused must file an application for Plea-bargaining in the court in which such offence is pending for trial. 

5) The accused and prosecution both are given time to work out a mutually satisfactory disposition of the case, which may include giving compensation to the victim by the accused and other legal expenses incurred during pendency of the case.

6) Where a satisfactory disposition of the case has been worked out, the Court shall dispose of the case by sentencing the accused to one-fourth of the punishment provided or extendable, as the case may be for such offence.

7) The statement or facts stated by an accused in an application for plea-bargaining shall not be used for any other purpose other than for plea-bargaining.

8) The judgment delivered by the Court in the case of plea-bargaining shall be final and no appeal shall lie in any court against such judgment.

9) Three essentials work at the time of filing an application of plea-bargaining:

      a) Accused‘s voluntariness to plead guilty.        b) The statements or facts stated by an accused in the application for plea-bargaining should not be used for any other purpose except plea-bargaining.                                                                 c) It is a contractual agreement between the prosecution and the defendant regarding the disposition of criminal charge. However, it is not enforceable until a judge approves it.

S.357 A Cr.P.CVictim Compensation
428 Cr.P.CSet-off of remand period w.r.t punishment awarded in the event of imprisonment awarded as a part of sentence.
List out proceedings whose irregularity does not vitiate proceedings?S.460 list out proceedings whose irregularity do not vitiate proceedings.
List out proceedings whose irregularity does not vitiate proceedings?S.461 list out proceedings whose irregularity do vitiate proceedings
Whether non-compliance with provisions of S.164 or 281 vitiate proceedings?S.463 non-compliance with provisions of sections 164 or 281 is not an irregularity unless it injures the accused in his defends on merits.
Whether proceeding in wrong place vitiate trial?S.462 proceeding in wrong place does not vitiate trail unless it occasioned failure of justice.
Whether omission to frame charge or irregularity in framing charge or misjoinder of charges vitiates trial?S.464 omission to frame a charge or irregularity in framing the charge or misjoinder of charges does not vitiates trial. Unless it occasioned failure of justice.
Whether any irregularity or error or omission occurred during the course of trial vitiate trial?Any irregularity or error or omission occurred during the course of trail does not vitiate trail unless it occasioned failure of justice.

 

 

CRIMINAL APPEALS:

  1. I. At the outset, it apt to remind Certain points:

Hierarchy of courts: JMSC—JMFC—-Asst.Sessions/Sessions Court- H.C- S.Court.

Criminal Court has no inherent powers except for H.C u/S.482 Cr.P.C.

In Chapter.29 Of Cr.P.C, S.372 to 394 talks about criminal appeals.

  1. The basic rule is there is no appeal unless provided. In following cases there no appeals:
  2. H.C imposes imprisonment up to six months or fine Rs.1000/-.
  3. Court of session imposes imprisonment up to three months or fine Rs.200/-.
  4. MFC or JMSC imposes imprisonment fine of Rs.100/-.
  5. Conviction is on plea of guilty except on legality of sentence (other than HC)

III.Procedure to appeal:In the event of acquittal or inadequate sentence  from any court, appeal lies to immediate Superior court. Appeal can be filed by victim also. It must be filed within ninety days(114LA) by state (is prosecuting agency) and thirty days by private complaint.  However, revision can be filed u/s.397 (90days). In the event of Conviction from any court, appeal lies to immediate superior court as matter of right. It must be filed within 30 days(A.115LA). Ex; S.498A IPC conviction from JMFC lies to Court of Session as a matter of right. If the appeal is to HC from any court of session sixty days (Art.115LA)

  1. Bail issues:(S.389): It is 2 kinds i.e., Bail by sentencing court and appellate court.

Bail by sentencing court: It can grant if the convict is on appeal and he is sentenced to imprisonment for a term not exceeding three years or offence is a bailable one, and he is on bail. It is for limited period i.e., till the appeal is filed.

Appellate court: It can exercise the power to grant bail only if (i) the person asking for release on bail is convicted person ii) he is in confinement iii) his appeal against the conviction is pending. The appellate court in exercising its powers under S.389(1) can suspend the execution of sentence and conviction also. Under this section, it is irrelevant whether the offence involved is baialble or non-bailable.

  1. Mode and manner of disposing appeal: Memo of appeal must be annexed with copy of judgment. It is duty on part of court to call of records and hear both parties before proceed to dispose the appeal.
  2. Powers of appellate court: Grant bail, arrest the accused, receive additional evidence or direct the lower court to record the evidence, re-appreciate the evidence.

Options available to appellate court:

      a) Dismiss the appeal: If the court considers that there is no sufficient ground for interfering, dismiss the appeal.

     b) In case of Appeal from conviction: Court can reverse the finding and sentence and acquit or discharge the accused or order him to be retired by a competent court.

     i) the appellate court may alter the finding and maintain the sentence or

     ii) the appellate court may with or without altering the finding, alter the nature or extent or the extent or the nature and extent of the sentence so as to enhance or reduce the same(S.386(c))

   c) In case of appeal from acquittal: The Court may reverse such order and direct that further inquiry be made or that the accused be retried or committed for trial as the case may be, or find him guilty and pass sentence on him according to law(386(a)).

As to the exercise of power of the appellate court, the S.C in Sanwat Singh v State of Rajasthan has laid down three principles.

First, the appellate court has full powers to review the evidence upon which the order of acquittal is founded. Second, the principles laid down by the judicial committee of the privy council in Sheo Swarup V King of Emperor AIR 1934 PC 227(See below) afford a correct guide for the appellate court’s approach to case in disposing of such an appeal. Thirdly, the appellate court in coming to its conclusion should not only consider every matter on record having a bearing on the questions of fact and the reasons given by court below in support of its order of acquittal, but it should also express those reason to hold the acquittal was justified. The appellate court should deal with each one of the reason which promoted the trial court to record the acquittal and should point out how, if at all, those reasons were wrong or incorrect.

   d) In an appeal for enhancement of sentence.-    i) Court can reverse the finding and acquit or discharge the accused or order him to be retired by a competent court.

     ii) Court can alter the finding and maintain the sentence or

     iii) Court can with or without altering the finding, alter the nature or extent of the sentence so as to enhance or reduce the same(S.386(c))

      e) In an appeal from any other order.- The appellate court may in such a case alter or reverse such order (S.386(d))

      f) Consequential or incidental orders.- The appellate court may make any amendment or any consequential or incidental order that may be just or proper (S.386(e)).

      g) No dismissal of appeal for default or on the appeal becoming infructuous.- No provision in code dealing with this issue. Once, the court decides to dismiss an appeal summarily; it should dispose it of giving reasons for its conclusion except u/s. S.394.

 

Misc: Only reference and revision is there in Criminal law but not review. On death of accused appeal abates, however, interested party can continue it by impleading (S.394).

Revisional powers of HC(S.407) and sessions court(S.397) are concurrent.

 

Revision: To see that lowers working within the framework of law.  That subordinate criminal court does not exceed their jurisdiction, or abuse their powers vested in them by the code. They can be  exercised Suo- motu, or on the petition of any aggrieved party or even on the application of any other person.

Revisioanl powers are exercised only in cases where there is a glaring defect in the procedure or there is manifest error on point of law and consequently there has been a flagrant miscarriage of justice.

There is no abatement on the death of the petitioner.

S.397 to 405 deals with the powers of revision conferred on higher courts and the procedure to regulate these powers. These powers are very wide and discretionary in nature. However, there are certain limitations on these powers:

       a) IF there is appeal but no appeal is brought, ordinarily no proceedings by way of revision shall be entertained

       b) revisional powers shall not be exercised in relation to any interlocutory order passed in any appeal, inquiry or trial.

       c) the revisional court is not authorized to convert a finding of acquittal into one of conviction

      d) A person is allowed to file only one application for revision either to the Court of Session or high court.

S.397 says the HC or Court of Session is empowered to call for and examine the record of any proceedings before any inferior court and satisfy itself as to the correctness, legality or propriety of nay order passed by the inferior court. If any defect, irregularity or illegality justifying, corrective action is found on the examination of the record, the subsequent sections namely 398 -401 empower the superior courts to pass suitable orders to remove the miscarriage of justice.   During the period of calling for records, the court can direct that the execution of any sentence or order be suspended, and if the accused is in confinement that he be released on bail or on his own bond pending the examination of the record.

The revisional powers shall not be exercised in relation to any interlocutory order passed in any appeal, inquiry or trial.

S.404: When the record of any trial held by a metropolitan magistrate is called for by the high court or court of session u/s.397, the magistrate may submit with te record a statement setting forth the grounds of his decisions or order and any facts which he thinks material to the issue; and the court shall consider such statements before overulign or settinga side the said decision or order.

 

S.398: Power to order inquiry: On examining  any record u/s.397 or otherwise, the high court or court of session may direct the CJM or any magistrate to conduct inquiry into any complaint which has been dismissed u/s.203 or 204(4) or into the case of nay person accused of an offence who has been discharged:

Provided that no court shall make any direction under this section for inquiry into that case of any person who has been discharged unless such person has had an opportunity of showing cause why such direction should not be made.

Thus powers exercisable under this section are limited to proceedings pending or concluded at the pre-stage charge.                                  .

 S.399: Sessions judge power of revision: It says the powers exercisable by session judge w.r.t to revision are same as that of high court u/s.401(1).  S.400 says the Additional session judge can exercise all the powers which a session judge can exercise.

S.401 sets out powers of revision and the limitations on such powers of the high court. 

The revisional powers are intended to be used by the high court to decide all questions as to the correctness, legality or propriety of any finding, sentence or order, recorded or passed by any inferior criminal court and even as to the regularity of any proceedings of such inferior court.

The object of conferring revisional power on the high court is to clothe the highest court in a state with a jurisdiction of general supervision and superintendence in order to correct grave failure or miscarriage of justice arising from erroneous or defective orders.

The error or defect may arise from misconception of law, irregularity of procedure, misreading of evidence, misapprehension or misconception about law or facts, mere perversity or even undue hardship or leniency.

S.401(1) confers on the HC all the powers of appellate court as mentioned in Ss386, 389, 390 and 391 and it also empowers the high court to direct tender of pardon to the accused person as contemplated by S.307. apart from these powers the code has given additional powers in espect of specific cases falling u/s.106(4), 356(4), 357(4), 359(2), 360(4) etc.

Any order passed in any proceedings under the code, except when it is specifically barred such as an interlocutory order, is revisable by the high court u/s.401.

S.403 is an exception to rule audi alterm partem. The section 401(2) is imperative and can be considered as an exception to S.403.

S.401(2) says court while passing order under S.401 shall hear parties to the case.

S.401(5) says if the party under the erroneous belief that there is no appeal prefers revision court can convert it into an appeal.

CRIMINAL LAW AMENDMENT -2013

                                                              CRIMINAL LAW AMENDMENT -2013                                                         AMENDMENTS TO THE INDIAN PENAL CODE




Assault or use of criminal force to woman with intent to disrobeVoyeurism

Stalking

Substitution of new sections 370 and 370A for section 370.

Employing of a trafficked person.

Substitution of new sections for sections 375, 376, 376A, 376B, 376C and 376D

Rape.

Punishment for Rape.

Punishment for causing death or resulting in persistent vegetative state of the victim.

Rape by husband upon his wife during separation.

Sexual intercourse by a person in authority

Rape by gang

Punishment for repeat offenders

Amendment of section 509

AMENDMENTS TO THE CODE OF CRIMINAL PROCEDURE, 1973

Amendment of section 54A

Amendment of section 154

Amendment of section 160

Amendment of section 161

Amendment of section 164

Insertion of new section 198B

Amendment of section 273.

Amendment of section 327.

Amendment of First Schedule.

AMENDMENTS TO THE INDIAN EVIDENCE ACT, 1872

Insertion of new section 53A.

Evidence of character or previous sexual experience not relevant in certain cases.

Substitution of new section for section 114A:- Presumption as to absence of consent in certain prosecution for Rape.

Substitution of new section for section 119.

Witness unable to communicate verbally.

Amendment of section 146.

Introduction:

Changes are made in IPC, Cr.P.C and Indian Evidence Act. The changes are made by the President of India by way of Ordinance in exercise of his powers under A.123 (1) of Constitution.

 

AMENDMENTS TO THE INDIAN PENAL CODE:

  1. In S.100, the term Grievous hurt is added.
  2. Another S.166A is added. As per this section if any person authorized to investigate refuses to register FIR and fails to obey any direction given by law for the purpose of investigation of any offence or any other matter especially for offences like S.354, 354A, 354B, 354C, 354D (2), 376, 376A, 376B, 376C, 376D, 376E, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term which may extend to one year or with fine or with both.
  3. A new section called 326A and 326B are added.

S.326A: Voluntarily causing grievous hurt by use of acid, etc: Not less than ten years but which may extend to imprisonment for life and with fine which may extend to ten lakh rupees. The fine shall be given to victim.

S.326B: Voluntarily throwing or attempting to throw acid: with imprisonment of either description for a term which shall not be less than five years but which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine. The fine shall be given to victim.

 

  1. The Punishment for S.354 is enhanced to imprisonment of either description for a term of one year which may extend to five years and shall also be liable to fine.

 

  1. The new sections called S.354A, 354B, 354C and 354D are inserted. New offenses are introduced like Sexual Harassment, Assault or use of criminal force to woman with intent to disrobe, Voyeurism, Stalking.

 

  1. S.354A defines Sexual Harassment (SH): The following any of the act is said to be SH:

(i) Physical contact and advances involving unwelcome and explicit sexual overtures; or

(ii) A demand or request for sexual favours; or   (iii) making sexually coloured remarks; or

(iv) Forcibly showing pornography; or (v) any other unwelcome physical, verbal or non-verbal conduct of sexual nature.

(2) The Punishment for offences specified in clause (i) or clause (ii) of sub-section (1) shall be punished with RIwhich may extend to five years, or with fine, or with both.

(3) The punishment for offences specified in clause (iii) or clause (iv) or clause (v) of sub-section (1) shall be punishable with imprisonment of either description that may extend to one year, or with fine, or with both.

 

  1. Assault or use of criminal force to woman with intent to disrobe

354B. Assaulting or using criminal force on women with an intention to disrobing or compelling her in any naked place shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which shall not be less than three years but which may extend to seven years and with fine.

 

  1. Voyeurism: 354C. Watching or capturing the image of women who is engaging in any private act where she would usually have the expectation of not being observed either by the perpetrator or by any other person at the behest of the perpetrator.

The punishment for 1st conviction shall not be less than one year, but which may extend to three years, and shall also be liable to fine.

The Punishment for 2nd conviction or subsequent conviction is with imprisonment of either description for a term which shall not be less than three years, but which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine.

 

  1. Stalking: 354D. (1) Whoever follows a person and contacts, or attempts to contact such person to foster personal interaction repeatedly, despite a clear indication of disinterest by such person, or whoever monitors the use by a person of the internet, email or any other form of electronic communication, or watches or spies on a person in a manner that results in a fear of violence or serious alarm or distress in the mind of such person, or interferes with the mental peace of such person, commits the offence of stalking. However the following are exceptions:

(i) that it was pursued for the purpose of preventing or detecting crime and the person accused of stalking had been entrusted with the responsibility of prevention and detection of crime by the state; or

(ii) that it was pursued under any law or to comply with any condition or requirement imposed by any person under any law; or

(iii) that in the particular circumstances the pursuit of the course of conduct was reasonable.

Punishment: Imprisonment of either description for a term which shall not be less than one year but which may extend to three years, and shall also be liable to fine.’.

 

  1. S.370 IPC is replaced with S.370 and S.370A IPC.

S.370 defines Trafficking.

S.370 Says for the purpose of exploitation if any person (a) recruits, (b) transports, (c) harbours, (d) transfers, or (e) receives, a person or persons, by––

First.–– using threats, or

Secondly.–– using force, or any other form of coercion, or

Thirdly.–– by abduction, or

Fourthly.–– by practising fraud, or deception, or

Fifthly.–– by abuse of power, or

Sixthly.–– by inducement, including the giving or receiving of payments or benefits, in order to achieve the consent of any person having control over the person recruited, transported, harboured, transferred or received, commits the offence of trafficking.

Explanation 1.–– The expression “exploitation” shall include, prostitution or other forms of sexual exploitation, forced labour or services, slavery or practices similar to slavery, servitude, or the forced removal of organs.

Explanation 2.–– The consent of the victim is immaterial in a determination of the offence of trafficking.

Punishment: RI for a term which shall not be less than seven years, but which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine. IF more than one person is involved it shall be punishable with RI for a term which shall not be less than ten years but which may extend to imprisonment for life, and shall also be liable to fine.

IF the offence involves the trafficking of a minor, it shall be punishable with RI for a term which shall not be less than ten years but which may extend to imprisonment for life.

IF the offence involves the trafficking of more than one minor at the same time, it shall be punishable with RI for a term which shall not be less than fourteen years but which may extend to imprisonment for life.

IF a public servant including police officer is involved in the trafficking of a minor then such public servant shall be punished with imprisonment for life, which shall mean the remainder of that person’s natural life.

If a person is convicted of the offence of trafficking of minors, on more than one occasion, then such person shall be punished with imprisonment for life, which shall mean imprisonment for the remainder of that person’s natural life.

 

  1. Employing of a trafficked person.

370A. (1) IF any person despite knowing that a child has been trafficked, employs such child in any form of labour, shall be punished with RI for a term which shall not be less than five years but which may extend to seven years, and with fine.

(2) IF a person despite knowing that an adult has been trafficked, employs such adult for labour, shall be punished with RI for a term which shall not be less than three years but which may extend to five years, and shall also be liable to fine.’.

 

  1. S. 375, 376, 376A, 376B, 376C & 376D IPC are replaced with S.375, 376, 376A, 376B, 376C and 376D. S.375 defines Rape t:

‘375. A person is said to commit “Rape” if that person––

(a) Penetrates his penis, to any extent, into the vagina, mouth, urethra or  anus of another  person or makes the person to do so with him or any other  person; or

(b) inserts, to any extent, any object or a part of the body, not being the penis, into the vagina, the urethra or anus of another person or makes the person to do so with him or any other person; or

(c)  manipulates any part of the body of another person so as to cause penetration into the vagina, urethra, anus or any part of body of such  person  or makes the person to do so with him or any other person; or

(d)  applies his mouth to the penis, vagina, anus, urethra of another person or makes such person to do so with him or any other person;

(e) touches the vagina, penis, anus or breast of the person or makes the person touch the vagina, penis, anus or breast of that person or any other person, except where such penetration or touching is carried out for proper hygienic or medical purposes under the circumstances falling under any of the following seven descriptions:––

First:- Against the other person’s will.

Secondly:-  Without the other person’s consent.

Thirdly:- With the other person’s consent when such consent has been obtained by putting such other person or any person in whom such other person is interested, in fear of death or of hurt.

Fourthly:- When the person assaulted is a female, with her consent, when the man knows that he is not her husband and that her consent is given because she believes that he is another man to whom she is or believes to be lawfully married.

Fifthly:- With the consent of the other person when, at the time of giving such consent, by reason of unsoundness of mind or intoxication or the administration by that person personally or through another of any stupefying or unwholesome substance, the other person is unable to understand the nature and consequences of that action to which such other person gives consent.

Sixthly:-With or without the other person’s consent, when such other person is under eighteen years of age.

Seventhly. –– When the person is unable to communicate consent.

Explanation 1.–– Penetration to any extent is “penetration” for the purposes of this section.

Explanation 2.–– For the purposes of this section, “vagina” shall also include labia majora.

Explanation 3.–– Consent means an unequivocal voluntary agreement when the person by words, gestures or any form of non-verbal communication, communicates willingness to participate in the specific act:

Provided that, a person who does not physically resist to the act of penetration shall not by the reason only of that fact, be regarded as consenting to the sexual activity.

Exception.–– Sexual intercourse or sexual acts by a man with his own wife, the wife not being under sixteen years of age, is not Rape.

Punishment for Rape.

  1. 376. (1) Whoever, except in the cases provided for by sub-section (2), commits Rape, shall be punished with RI of either description for a term which shall not be less than seven years but which may extend to imprisonment for life, and shall also be liable to fine.

(2) Whoever,––

(a) being a police officer, commits Rape –

(i) within the limits of the police station to which such police officer is appointed; or

(ii) in the premises of any station house; or

(iii) on a person in such police officer’s custody or in the custody of a police officer subordinate to such police officer; or

(b) being a public servant, commits Rape on a person in such public servant’s custody or in the custody of a public servant subordinate to such public servant; or

(c) being a member of the armed forces is in the area by virtue of deployment by the Central or a State Government, commits Rape; or

(d) being on the management or on the staff of a jail, remand home or other place of custody established by or under any law for the time being in force or of a women’s or children’s institution, commits Rape on any inmate of such jail, remand home, place or institution; or

(e) being on the management or on the staff of a hospital, commits Rape on a person in that hospital; or

(f) being a relative, guardian or teacher of, or a person in a position of trust or authority towards, the person assaulted, commits Rape on such person; or

(g) commits Rape on a woman knowing her to be pregnant; or

(h) commits Rape on a person when such person is under eighteen years of age; or

(i) commits Rape, where the person assaulted is incapable of giving consent; or

(j) being in a position of economic or social dominance, commits Rape on a person under such dominance; or

(k) commits Rape on a person suffering from mental or physical disability; or

(l) while committing Rape causes grievous bodily harm or maims or disfigures or endangers the life of a person; or

(m) commits persistent Rape,

shall be punished with RI for a term which shall not be less than ten years but which may extend to imprisonment for life, and shall also be liable to fine.

Explanation 1.–– For the purposes of this sub-section,––

(a) “women’s or children’s institution” means an institution, whether called an orphanage or a home for neglected women or children or a widow’s home or an institution called by any other name, which is established and maintained for the reception and care of women or children;

(b) “hospital” means the precincts of the hospital and includes the precincts of any institution for the reception and treatment of persons during convalescence or of persons requiring medical attention or rehabilitation;

(c) “police officer” shall have the same meaning as assigned to the expression “police” under the Police Act, 1861;

(d) “armed forces” means the naval, military and air forces and includes any member of the Armed Forces.

Explanation 2.–– Where a person is subjected to Rape by one or more persons in a group of persons acting in furtherance of their common intention, each of the persons in the group shall be deemed to have committed Rape within the meaning of this sub-section.

14.Punishment for causing death or resulting in persistent vegetative state of the victim.

376A. Whoever, commits an offence punishable under sub-section (1) or sub-section (2) of section 376 and in the course of such commission inflicts an injury which causes the death of the person or causes the person to be in a persistent vegetative state, shall be punished with RI for a term which shall not be less than twenty years, but which may extend to imprisonment for life, which shall mean the remainder of that person’s natural life, or with death.

 

  1. Rape by husband upon his wife during separation.

376B. IF husband commits Rape on his own wife, who is living separately under a decree of separation or under any custom or usage, without her consent, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description, for a term which shall not be less than two years but which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine.

 

  1. Sexual intercourse by a person in authority

376C. Whoever,––

(a) being in a position of authority or in a fiduciary relationship; or

(b) a public servant; or

(c) superintendent or manager of a jail, remand home or other place of custody established by or under any law for the time being in force, or a women’s or children’s institution; or

(d) being on the management of a hospital or being on the staff of a hospital,

and abuses such position or fiduciary relationship to induce or seduce any person either in the first mentioned person’s custody or under the first mentioned person’s charge or present in the premises and has sexual intercourse with that person, such sexual intercourse not amounting to the offence of Rape, shall be punished with RIof either description for a term which shall not be less than five years but which may extend to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine.

Explanation 1: – In this section, “sexual intercourse” shall mean any of the acts mentioned in clauses (a) to (c) of section 375.

Explanation 2: – For the purposes of this section, Explanations 1 & 2 to S.375 also applicable.

Explanation 3.–– “Superintendent”, in relation to a jail, remand home or other place of custody or a women’s or children’s institution, includes a person holding any other office in such jail, remand home, place or institution by virtue of which such person can exercise any authority or control over its inmates.

Explanation 4.–– The expressions “hospital” and “women’s or children’s institution” shall respectively have the same meaning as in Explanation 1 to sub-section (2) of section 376.

 

  1. Rape by gang:376D. Where a person is sexually assaulted by one or more persons constituting a group or acting in furtherance of a common intention, each of those persons shall be deemed to have committed the offence of Rape, regardless of gender and shall be punished with RI for a term which shall not be less than twenty years, but which may extend to life and shall pay compensation to the victim which shall be reasonable to meet the medical expenses and rehabilitation of the victim.

Explanation.–– For the purposes of this section, imprisonment for life shall mean imprisonment for the remainder of that person’s natural life.

18.Punishment for repeat offenders:S.376E says for every subsequent offence: 376E. Whoever has been previously convicted of an offence punishable u/S.376 or section 376A or section 376C or section 376D and is subsequently convicted of an offence punishable under any of the said sections shall be punished with imprisonment for life, which shall mean the remainder of that person’s natural life or with death.’

  1. The punishment for S.509 IPC is enhanced to simple imprisonment for a term which may extend to three years and shall also be liable to fine.

 

 

 

AMENDMENTS TO THE CODE OF CRIMINAL PROCEDURE, 1973

1For S.54A, the following proviso is inserted. It says: ––  If the person identifying the arrested person is mentally or physically disabled, such process of identification shall take place under the supervision of a Judicial Magistrate. He shall take appropriate steps to ensure that such person identifies the person arrested using methods that the person is comfortable with. This whole identification process may be videographed.

 

  1. 1For S.154, the following provisos must be inserted. It says: ––

IF the information is by the woman against whom an offence u/s.326A, 326B, 354, 375, 376, 376A, 376B, 376C, 376D, 376E, 509 of the Indian Penal Code is alleged to have been committed or attempted, then such information shall be recorded by a woman police officer. Further, such woman shall be provided legal assistance and also the assistance of a healthcare worker or women’s organisation or both:

Provided further that––  IF such above said offense are committed against mentally or physically disabled person, then such information shall be recorded by a police officer, at the residence of the person seeking to report such offence or at a convenient place of such person’s choice, in the presence of a special educator or an interpreter. This process must be videographed.  It is also the duty of the police officer to get the statement of the person recorded by a Judicial Magistrate under clause (a) of sub-section (5A) of section 164 as soon as possible.

 

  1. Changes to S.160 Cr.P.C: The Statements of persons who are under the age of eighteen years or above the age of sixty-five years or a woman or a physically or mentally disabled person shall be recorded at the place of residence.

 

  1. Changes to S.161: The statements of victim for the following offences shall be recorded by woman police officer: u/s.326A, 326B, 354, 375, 376, 376A, 376B, 376C, 376D, 376E, 509 of the Indian Penal Code.

 

  1. Changes to S.164: For the above offenses the Judicial Magistrate shall record the statement of the person against whom such offence has been committed in the manner prescribed in sub-section (5), as soon as the commission of the offence is brought to the notice of the police. If such person is physically or mentally disabled, the Magistrate shall take the assistance of an interpreter or a special educator in recording the statement. The same shall be recorded with the assistance of an interpreter or special educator, may be videographed.

The statement recorded of physically or mentally disabled shall be considered a statement in lieu of examination-in-chief, as specified in section 137 of the Indian Evidence Act, 1872 such that the maker of the statement can be cross-examined on such statement, without the need for recording the same at the time of trial.

  1. Insertion of new section 198B: In case of offence under S.376B IPC, where the persons are in a marital relationship, except upon prima facie satisfaction of the facts which constitute the offence upon a complaint having been filed or made by the wife against the accused husband.
  2. Provisio is added to S. 273: IF the victim who is giving evidence is less than 18 years is alleged to have been subjected to Rape or any other sexual offence, is to be recorded, the court may take appropriate measures to ensure that such person is not confronted by the accused while at the same time ensuring the right of cross-examination of the accused.
  3. Amendment of section 327: In section 327 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, in sub-section (2), for the words, figures and letters “trial of rape or an offence under section 376, section 376A, section 376B, section 376C or section 376D of the Indian Penal Code”, the words, figures and letters “trial of Rape or an offence under section 376, section 376A, section 376B, section 376C, section 376D or section 376E of the Indian Penal Code” shall be substituted.

There is a change to 1st Schedule of Cr.P.C in view of this Amendment.

 

AMENDMENTS TO THE INDIAN EVIDENCE ACT, 1872

  1. S.53 A is inserted: It says Evidence of character or previous sexual experience not relevant in certain cases.

“53A. In a prosecution for an offence under section 354, section 354A, section 354B, section 354C, sub-section (1) or sub-section (2) of section 376, section 376A, section 376B, section 376C, section 376D or section 376E of the Indian Penal Code or for attempt to commit any such offence, where the question of consent is in issue, evidence of the character of the victim or of such person’s previous sexual experience with any person shall not be relevant on the issue of such consent or the quality of consent.”.

 

2.S.114 A is inserted: It says Presumption as to absence of consent in certain prosecution for Rape.

S.114A: In a prosecution for Rape under clause (a), clause (b), clause (c), clause (d), clause (e), clause (f), clause (g), clause (h), clause (i), clause (j), clause (k), clause (l) or clause (m) of sub-section (2) of section 376 of the Indian Penal Code, where sexual intercourse by the accused is proved and the question is whether it was without the consent of the other person alleged to have been sexually assaulted and such other person states in that person’s evidence before the court that such person did not consent, the court shall presume that such person did not consent.

Explanation.–– In this section “sexual intercourse” shall mean any of the acts mentioned in clauses (a) to (c) of section 375 of the Indian Penal Code.’.

 

3.S.119 A is inserted. It talks about a situation when a Witness is unable to communicate verbally.

S.119:- A witness who is unable to speak may give his evidence in any other manner in which he can make it intelligible, as by writing or by signs; but such writing must be written and the signs made in open Court, evidence so given shall be deemed to be oral evidence:

Provided that if the witness is unable to communicate verbally, the Court shall take the assistance of a special educator or interpreter in recording the statement, and such statement may be videographed.”.

 

4.For S.146 Proviso is added:

   “Provided that in a prosecution for an offence under sub-section (1) or sub-section (2) of section 376, section 376A, section 376B, section 376C, section 376D or section 376E of the Indian Penal Code or for attempt to commit any such offence, where the question of consent is an issue, it shall not be permissible to adduce evidence or to put questions in the cross-examination of the victim as to the general immoral character, or previous sexual experience, of such victim with any person for proving such consent or the quality of consent.

INDIAN CONTRACT ACT, 1872

INDIAN CONTRACT ACT, 1872:

List out certain General rules relating to Contract?

What is offer or proposal?2(a) says one person signifies to another his willingness to do with a view to obtaining the assent of that other to such act he is said to make a proposal. Similarly, it can be an omitting to do also.
What is acceptance?2(b) says if a person to whom the proposal is made, signifies his assent thereto, the proposal is said to be accepted.
What is promise?A proposal, when accepted, becomes a promise. The person making the proposal is called the “promisor”, and the person accepting the proposal is called “promisee”.
What are reciprocal promises?(f) Promises which form the consideration or part of the consideration for each other are called reciprocal promises.
What is agreement?2(e) Every promise and every set of promises, forming the consideration for each other, is an agreement.
What is Consideration?2(d) When, at the desire of the promisor, the promisee or any other person has done or abstained from doing, or does or abstains from doing, or promises to do or to abstain from doing, something, such act or abstinence or promise is called a consideration for the promise.
What is contract?2(h) An agreement enforceable by law is a contract.
What is consideration?2(g) An agreement not enforceable by law is said to be void.
What is voidable contract?2(i) An agreement which is enforceable by law at the option of one or more of the parties thereto, but not at the option of the other or others, is a voidable contract.
What is unenforceable contract?2(j) A contract which ceases to be enforceable by law becomes void when it ceases to be enforceable.
What is Void Contract?A contract which is entered into may be valid initially. It may subsequently become void due to the occurrence of some event. A contract which was valid initially, but has become void due to the occurrence of some event is called Ex: A contract to import goods from another country is a valid contract but if war breaks out between the two countries, the contract becomes a void contract.

 

Write a note on essential elements of Contract?

Ans:   In common usage there is no big difference between agreement and contract. However, in the eye of law the difference is striking and significant difference to note.  Any understanding between two or more can be called as an agreement but not contract. In order to call any agreement as contract, it must possess following essentials:

1) Parties to agreement must competent and not disqualified by law

2) The purpose of agreement must be lawful and entered with an intention to create legal relations. 

3) Parties must be entered into agreement with free consent

4) Such agreement must not be declared void by law

4) It must comply with legal formalities like: writing, Stamp, registration etc., Agreement required to be in writing or stamped or registered or attested only if it is demanded by law. 5) Agreement must be for consideration

6) Conditions imposed under agreement must be certain and possible to perform.

7) There must be offer by one party and acceptance by other party.

If any of the above rules not satisfied the agreement does not become a contract.

Write a note on rules relating to offer and Acceptance?

Ans: For every contract there must be at least two parties, one making an offer or proposal and another accepting it.  The legal rules relating to proposal are:

  1. Proposal conveys a promise to do or to abstain from doing anything, with a view to obtaining the assent of the person to whom proposal is made to such act or abstinence. If the proposal doesn’t involve a promise in law, its acceptance cannot mature into a promise.
  2. The proposal must be capable of creating legal relations. It must be such that, when it is accepted, a contract is formed. No contract can come into existence, if the terms are vague, indefinite or illusory, or unenforceable at law.

The legal rules relating to acceptance are:  

1) It must be communicated to offeree.

2) It must be absolute & unqualified,

3) It must be according to the mode prescribed or usual mode.

4) It can’t come before offer is made.

 

S.4 talks about Communication, acceptance and revocation of offer:

Communication  of offer Acceptance Revocation
Communication of offer is completed upon receipt of information by the promisee.Acceptance of offer against the promisor is complete when it is put in the course of transmission and it is out of the control of promiseeAcceptance of offer against the promisor is complete when it is put in the course of transmission and it is out of the control of promisee
 Communication of acceptance is completed against promissee upon receipt of information by the promissor.Promisor has right to revoke the offer before the Communication of its acceptance by the promissee. S.66 says the rescission of a voidable contract may be communicated or revoked in the above manner only.

 

Who are competent to enter into contract?

Competence of parties to contract: Competence refers to power of parties to enter into contract. Capacity of a party is an essential element of a valid contract.

According to Sec.11, every person is competent to contract, who is of the age of majority, sound mind, not expressly disqualified.

Consequences if contract is entered with minor, lunatic, unsound mind?

Position of Minors Agreements:

  1. An agreement with or by a minor is void and in operative abinitio i.e., from the beginning: All agreements with minors are void ab-initio i.e., from the beginning. The relevant case law is Mohiri bibi Vs. Dharma Das Ghosh.
  2. He can be a promise or a beneficiary: a minor is incapable to enter into a contract but he can always be a beneficiary in a contract. Such contracts may be enforced at his option, but not at the option of the other party.  Ex: L Who is aged 17 years, agreed to purchase a second hand car for Rs.7,000/- from m and paid 1,000/- rupees as advance with the promise that he will pay the remaining amount the next day.  When L went with the money the next day M said that he has changed his mind and is ready to return the advance.  Held, the M cannot avoid the contract but if L chooses he may.
  3. His agreement cannot be ratified by him on attaining the age of majority

Write a note on consideration?

Consideration: S.10 ICA says Consideration is one of the essential elements of a contract. According to S.25 of ICA an agreement without consideration is void.

S.2(d) ICA defines consideration. It says: When at the desire of the promisor, the promisee or any other person has done or abstained from doing, does or abstains from doing, promises to do or abstain from doing something, such act, abstinence or promise is called consideration for the promise.

(a) Consideration must pass at the desire of the promisor only, that is an act or abstinence must be done at the desire of the promisor. It is done at the instance of a third party or without the desire of promisor, it will not be a valid consideration.

Ex: A saves B’s goods from the fire without being asked for it. A cannot demand payment for it.

(b) It may move from the promisee or any other person: Consideration may move from the promisee or any other person. It means as long as there is a consideration, it is immaterial, who furnishes it. Thus in India there is no privity of consideration. Ex: Mother gifted property to defendant by deed stipulating that she would give annuity to plaintiff. Defendant held liable to pay annuity to plaintiff. 

(c) Consideration may be past, present or future

(d) Act, abstinence or promise constitutes consideration: Consideration must be of some value, not necessary in monetary from, always.

(i) Forbearance to sue is a valid consideration: Plaintiff has a right of action against the defendant but on a promise by the defendant, he refrains from bringing the action. It applies only if the claim is immediately due. An agreement to compromise a bonafide action pending in the court is a valid consideration.

Consideration need not be adequate: Section.25, Explanation (2) says an agreement to which the consent is freely given is not void merely because the consideration is inadequate, though it must have some value in the eye of law.  However, it can be considered whether contract is outcome of free consent or not.

Agreement without consideration is void and Exceptions to this rule:

S.25 of ICA says an agreement without consideration is void. However, they are some well-recognized exceptions to this rule. They are:

(a) A written registered agreement based on natural love and affection between near relatives is enforceable even without consideration.

(b) A contract of agency

(c) S.25 Explanation (1) says a completed gift. In this case there need not be nearness of relationship or natural love and affection between the donor and donee.

(d) A promise to pay for a Past voluntary service

(e) A promise by debtor to pay a time-barred debt is enforceable provided it is made in writing &signed by the debtor or his agent.

(f) Charitable Subscriptions.

Privity of contract: Stranger to a contract: Only parties to the contract can enforce contractual obligations, but no other, even if it solely for the benefit of third party. It is known as privity of contract. But it has no applicability in India. It was held by the S.C in M.C.Chacko Vs. State Bank of Travancore. Thus a person who is not a party to the contract can enforce contractual obligations. The following are the situations:

(a) The beneficiary may enforce a contract though he is a stranger to the contract creating trust.

 (b)Where a an agreement is made in connection with marriage and a provision is made for the benefit of a person, he may take advantage of the agreement although he is not a party to it. 

(c) If a provision is made in a partition or family arrangement for maintenance or marriage expenses of female members, such members though not parties to agreement can sue on the footing of the agreement. 

(d) If a charge is created in favour of a stranger in respect of a specific immovable property.

(e)Acknowledgment or estoppel 

(f) Covenants running with the land

Consent: Two or more person agreeing about same thing in same sense.

Free consent:  Consent is said to be free if the approval of the parties is not affected by: (1) Coercion (Sec.15) (2) Undue Influence (Sec.16) (3) Fraud (S.17) (4) Misrepresentation (S.18) (5) Mistake (S.20, 21, 22).

If the consent to the proposal has been through any of the above means, the contract become voidable at the option of the party whose consent has been so obtained. Contract resulted without free consent is Voidable contract except in case of Mistake of fact.

 Coercion: Committing or threatening to commit any act forbidden by the IPC or unlawful detaining or threatening to detain any property, to the prejudice of any person, with an intention to get approval of the party to a contract is called Coercion. Even the threat to commit suicide amounts to coercion.

Undue Influence- Sometimes the relationship between the parties is such that one party is in a position to influence the will of another.  In such a case undue influence is said to have been employed. Sec(16) defines undue influence as “A contract is said to be induced by undue influence where the relations subsisting between the parties are such that one of the parties is in a position to dominate the will of the other and uses that position to obtain an unfair advantage over the other. The following relationships usually raise a presumption of undue influence viz,. Parent and child, Guardian and ward, Trustee and beneficiary, Religious adviser and disciple, Doctor and Patient, Solicitor and client, Finance and Financer.

 

Misrepresentation: S.16 ICA deals with it. Misrepresentation is a statement of fact which one party makes in the course of negotiations to another with an intention to induce the other party to enter into a contract.  Representations may be expressed by words spoken or written or implied from the behaviour of the parties.

Fraud: An intentional material representation of a fact with an intention to induce a party to enter into a contract and act upon it. Due to which, party acted upon it and suffered an injury.

S.17ICA deals with it. The following acts committed by a party to a contract with an intent to deceive another party or to induce him to enter into the contract are also called as frauds:

(i) A false suggestion known to be false or not believed to be true

(ii) The active concealment of a fact, with knowledge or belief of the fact

(iii)A promise not intended to be performed,

  (iv) Doing any other act fitted to be deceive

(v) Doing any such act or omission as the law specially declares to be fraudulent.              

Mere silence as to facts likely to affect the willingness of a person to enter into a contract is not fraud unless the circumstances of the case reveal:

(a) That it is duty of the person keeping silence to speak; or

(b) his silence is, in itself equivalent to speech. 

In either case of misrepresentation or fraud the aggrieved party can:

(a) Avoid or rescind the contract (Voidable).

(b)Accept the contact but insist that he shall be placed in the position in which he would have been if the representation made had been true (rescission).

 

Mistake – kinds of Mistake: Section.20,21,22 of ICA deals with Mistake. Mistake may be defined as an erroneous belief about something. It can be either of fact or law. Mistake of fact occur either due to both parties or one of the party. S.20 deals with bilateral mistake. S.22 deals unilateral mistake. S.21 deals with mistake of law.  Mistake of law is not an excuse. However, mistake of foreign law is treated as mistake of fact.

Bilateral Mistake: If either party to an agreement are under a mistake as to a matter of fact essential to the agreement, the agreement is void. However, an erroneous opinion as to the value of thing which forms the subject-matter of the agreement, is not to be a deemed a mistake as to a matter of fact.

Explanation: Mistake must be mutual. A unilateral error due to one’s own stupidity, ignorance, carelessness doesn’t effect. It was his duty to know or he has means of knowledge, knowledge will be imputed to him in law debarring him from avoiding the contract.

Ex: X sold the property to Y upon the belief that he is the owner of the property. The same was also got registered and developed by Y believing that X is the owner of the property. Subsequently, it was it came to light that Aneel is the actual owner of the property. Since X and Y are mistaken belief as to the title of X, the sale becomes void. However, u/s.65 of ICA, Y recover purchase price from the defendant.

 

Unilateral Mistake: If one of the party to the contract is mistaken regarding the subject matter or understanding the terms of the agreement, the mistake is unilateral. It is not allowed as a defence to avoid the contract. But in certain cases if the consent is given under a mistake which is so fundamental to the agreement that the agreement is declared void.

The following are the situations: (a) If there is a mistake as to the identity of the person contracted with.           (b) If there is a mistake as  to the nature of the contract. Ex: If a person signing a document of a different class. A old man having poor eye sight endorsed a Cheque thinking that it was a guarantee. It is not a contract as the mind of the signer didn’t accompany the signature.

According to S.23 ICA the consideration or object of an agreement is lawful, unless- it is forbidden by law; or is of such a nature that if permitted it would defeat the provisions of any law; or is fraudulent; or involves or implies, injury to the person or property of another; or the court regards it as immoral or opposed to public policy. Such agreements are voidabintio.

 

List out agreements declared voidable under Contract Act and HMA.

Kind of Voidable Agreement

 

Coercion (S.14)

Undue influence (S.15)

Misrepresentation (S.16)

Fraud (S.17)

 
Time is the essence of Contract(S.55)

In a contract if time is specified for the performance of contract + Parties intention is that contract must be performed within stipulated

S12 of Hindu marriage Act:Voidable marriage(a)    Not consummated due to impotency of respondent;(b)   Not capable of giving consent due to unsound state of mind(c)    Though Capable to give valid consent but suffering from mental disorder to such an extent as to be unfit for marriage and the procreation of children.(d)   Has been subject to recurrent attacks of insanity or epilepsy;(e)    that the consent of the petitioner was obtained by force or by fraud as to the nature of the ceremony or as to any material fact or circumstance concerning the respondent; or

(f)     that the respondent was at the time of the marriage pregnant by some person other than the petitioner.

List agreements declared void under Contract Act and Hindu marriage Act:

Void agreements are unenforceable in the court of law. Many provisions of the contract Act expressly declared which are void agreements.  They are: S.10, 20, 22, 23, 25 to 30, 34, 35, 36, 56. As per S.64 & 65: If the agreement is discover void (S.64) or voidable(S.65) contract is rescinded, the party who receives benefit shall compensate the other party or bound to restore the benefit received.

Kind of Void Agreement

 

S.10. Not competent to enter into contract is void.

Ex: Minor, Unsound mind, Disqualified by law (Insolvent)

20: Parties to the contract are mistake as to essential matter of fact.

 

22 Contract caused by mistake of one party as to matter of fact.

 

23 If considerations or objects are unalwful such agreement unlawful.

To consider Object or consideration unlawful it must meet any of the following:  1) It is forbidden by law; 2) It is of such a nature that if permitted it would defeat the provisions of any law; 3) It is fraudulent; 4) It involves or implies, 5) It is injury to the person or property of another; 6) If the court regards it as immoral or opposed to public policy.

25. Without consideration.

Three Exceptions to this rule: 1) Transferring property in writing and registered,2)Promise to compensation for something done 3)Promise to pay a time barred debt. It must be in writing and signed.

26 Restraint of marriage void.

It is absolute.

27 Restraint of trade void.

Exceptions: 1) Conducing same business upon sale of good will within particular area and specified period 2) Parties mutually agree that they don’t carry similar business during the subsistence of termination of partnership business or there can be restriction on outgoing partner.

28 Restraint of legal proceedings.

Exceptions: 1) agreement to refer the matter Arbitration 2) Conferring jurisdiction on one court, when more than one court has jurisdiction.

29 Uncertain agreementEx: A agrees to sell B “a hundred tons of oil”. There is nothing whatever to show what kind of oil was intended. The agreement is void for uncertainty.
30 Wagering Agreements.Exception on favour of certain prizes for horse-racing which prize money doesn’t exceed Rs.500/- or its value to the winners.
56 To do impossible actEx: A agrees with B to discover treasure by magic.
S.11 of HMA says marriage under certain situations is void.a) Bigamy, b) Prohibited degree of relationshipc) Sapinda relation.
Transfer of Property can be made either with or without conditions. In case they are subject to conditions. The following shall not be the conditions:1. Absolute restraint –S.10,  2.Restraining enjoyment S-11 3. Transfer terminates upon transferee becoming insolvent or attempted alienation –S.12  4.Transferring against rules of perpetuity –S.14   5.C. impossible to perform –S.25   6. Unlawful conditions –S.25, 7. Transfer for unlawful object or consideration –S.25.

 

Conditional contract: Performance of contract depends upon future uncertain event. It is called Contingent Contract. It can be happening or non happening.

Ex: A Contracts to pay B Rs.1000/- if B’s house is burnt. This is a contingent contract.

S.32: Event Happening: Performance can be demanded in the event of happening uncertain future event.

If the event becomes impossible such contracts becomes void.

Ex: A promises to pay Rs.10,000/- if the ship reaches Mumbai port on or before 31/5/2014. If the ship reaches before 31/5/14 contract can be enforced.

If the ship reaches after 31/5/14 or Sunks: It is void.

S.33: Event Non-Happening: Performance can be demanded in the event of non-happening uncertain future event. If the event becomes impossible such contracts becomes valid. Ex: A promises to pay Rs.10,000/- if the ship doesn’t reach Mumbai port on or before 31/5/2014. If the ship reaches after 31/5/14 contract can be enforced – Valid.  If it reaches before  31/514 contract can’t be enforced Void.

If there occurred an event which makes it impossible to return prior to 31/5/14- Contract is enforceable. If the ship reaches before 31/5/14 or Sunks: It is valid.

S.35: Performance of contract depends upon happening or non-happening of an even within the time fixed, contract becomes void if the even doesn’t happen.

Contract performance can also be enforced if before the time fixed, occurrence event become impossible.

S.36: If condition imposed is impossible to happen, it is a void condition.

 

Write a note on Wagering Agreement?

Ans: 1. A wager is a promise to pay money or money’s worth on the happening or non-happening of an uncertain event.

  1. A contingent contract need not necessarily be a wager. Thus we can say that all wagering agreements are contingent but all contingent contracts are not wager.
  2. In case of a wagering agreement promise must be mutual.
  3. Example. In wagering agreement A agrees to pay B 20 rupees if it rains on Monday and if it does not rain B will pay 20 rupees to A. In the above example there is mutuality of agree­ment but this mutuality of promises is not necessary in case of a contingent contract.
  4. In a wagering agreement there is no independent interest apart from the money to be won or lost.

Example: A promises to pay Rs. 100 to B if it rains on Monday. It is a wagering agreement as A has no independent interest.

  1. In a wagering agreement determination of an uncertain event is the main condition of the contract.

 

Who has to perform the promise?

Promisor or his legal representative can perform the contract. However, if contract only promisor shall perform the contract, he shall alone perform the contract.

If the promise accepts performance from third party, he can’t later seek its enforcement from third party. In case contract has to be performed by several promissors, promise may compel any one to perform the promise. (Joint liability)

Ex: Three taking debt from one.  One of the joint promissory who performed the contract can seek other promissors to compensate him to contribution.

 

 How to perform the promise?

S.46: If the time is not specified for the performance of the contract, it can be performed within reasonable time.  S.47: If time is specified at any time during usual hours.

S.48: If the promise is to be performed on a certain day and the promissor has not undertaken to perform it without application by the promise, it is the duty of the promise to apply for the performance at a proper place and time within the usual business hours.

S.49: If the promise is to be performed without the application of the promisee, and no place is fixed for the performance of it, it is the duty of the promisee to apply for the performance to appoint a reasonable place for the performance of the promise.

S.50: The performance of any promise may be made in any manner or at any time which the promise prescribed or sanctions.

 

Time is the essence of Contract (S.55): In a contract if time is specified for the performance of contract + Parties intention is that contract must be performed within the stipulated time= Such contract is called as time is the essence of contract.  Intention can be gathered from the terms of contact. It is a voidable contract.

 

When performance in case of Reciprocal promises:

Ans:  a) Willful prevention: If the performance of promise depends upon another and same is prevented by another, he is exempted from performance.

     b)  Failure to do some positive condition agreed upon by parties: If the performance of promise depends upon promise of another and same is not performed, the other party is exempted from performance. In both cases (S.53 & 54) compensation can be claimed.

Difference between S.53 & 54: In both the case other person didn’t perform his part of contract. However, reasons for such non-performance are different and person entitled for compensation are different. Under S.53 it is due to willful prevention to perform and whereas under S.54 such non-performance other is due to failure to do some positive condition agreed upon.  The other important difference is that under S.53, party who is prevented to perform will be given compensation and whereas under S.54 who is failed to perform compensation shall give compensation.

 

Whether performance of promise can be demanded in case contract consists of legal and illegal promises?

Ans: This is dealt under S.57, 58. They say merely because a contract consists of promise of which some are legal and remaining are illegal. The same is the case with alternative promise. The part to the extent is legal is valid. The illegal agreement is void.

Ex (S.57): A and B agree that A shall sell B a house for 10,000 rupees, but that, if B uses it as a gambling house, he shall pay A 50,000 rupees for it. The first set of reciprocal promises, namely, to sell the house and to pay 10,000 rupees for it, is a contract. The second set is for an unlawful object, namely, that B may use the house as a gambling house, and is a void agreement.

Ex (S.58): A and B agree that A shall pay B 1,000 rupees, for which B shall afterwards deliver to A either rice or smuggled opium. This is a valid contract to deliver rice, and a void agreement as to the opium.

 

What Contracts that need not be performed?

Ans: The following contracts need not be performed.  They are dealt under S.37, S.56, 62, 67, 63.

S.37:  If the performance is dispensed or exempted by law.

S.38: If the promise refuses to accept the performance, promisor need not perform.

S.39: Promisee may put an end to contract, if the promissory refused to perform or failed to perform.

S.56: a) An agreement to do an impossible act is void.

     b) Contract to do an act afterwards becoming impossible or unlawful (DOF)

S.62: a) Parties agree to substitute a new contract, b) Parties to contract rescind or alter it.

S.63: Promisee may dispense with or remit, wholly or in part the performance of the promise made to him. It may extend the time for such performance or may accept, instead of it any satisfaction which he thinks fit.

 

Write a note on Quasi Contracts?

Ans: The concept of quasi contracts is dealt under S.68 to 72.

S.68: If a person under obligation or to a person who can’t enter into contract is supplied with Necessaries suited to his condition in life, The person who has furnished such supplied must be reimbursed from the property of that person.

S.69: Person who is interested in payment of money which another is bound to pay.

S.70: Obligation of person enjoying benefit of non-gratuitous act:  New Model car.

S.71: Responsibility of finder of goods.

 

Appropriation of debts (Several debts):  S.58 if a person owes several distinct debts to same person money paid shall be applicable as per direction of the debtor. If not indicated, they apply as per order in time including time barred debts. If neither party indicated, court would apply in order of time It can also be applied to a debt even though it is barred by limitation. If the debts are of equal standing, the payment shall be applied in discharge of each proportionally.

 

Agreement to do impossible act-

The following agreements or contracts need not be performed:

1) An agreement to do an act impossible in itself is void.

2) Contract to do act afterwards becoming impossible or unlawful

3) A contract to do an act which, after the contract is made, becomes impossible by reason of some event which the promisor could not prevent, unlawful, becomes void when the act becomes impossible or unlawful.

If one person has promised to be something which he knew or, with reasonable diligence, might have known, and which the promisee did not know to be impossible or unlawful, such promisor must make compensation to such promise for any loss which such promisee sustains through the non-performance of the promise.

Illustrations

(a) A agrees with B to discover treasure by magic. The agreement is void.

b) A and B contract to marry each other. Before the time fixed for the marriage, A goes mad. The contract becomes void.

(c) A contracts to marry B, being already married to C, and being forbidden by the law to which he is subject to practise polygamy. A must make compensation to B for the loss caused to her by the non-performance of his promise.

 

Comment: Doctrine of frustration: Contract whose performance is possible, at the beginning, becomes either impossible or unlawful, due to a subsequent event, such a situation is often referred as frustration of contract or Doctrine of frustration. It has been aptly explained by Viscount Simon LC in Satyabrat Ghosh Vs. Mugneeram Bangur.

The grounds of frustration are as follows:  (a)Destruction of the subject matter                                         (b)Change of circumstances             (c) Non-occurrence of contemplated event       (d) Death or incapacity of the party (e) Government of legislative intervention (f)Intervention by war.

 

Breach of Contract:

S.73: The court in the event of breakage of contract can award damages. The court while awarding damages would take following issues into consideration:

1) Loss or damage that would arouse in the usual course of thing because of such breach.

2) The loss or damage that would occur, which parties had knowledge at the time of entering into contract itself.

The above rules are laid down by Court of England in Hadley v. Bexendale, 9 Ex 742. The object of this rule is that damages cannot include compensation for any remote and indirect loss or damages even if it is due breach of contract.

The same rules will apply with respect to quasi contracts upon assumption that parties having knowledge of loss or damage occur in the event of breakage of contract or violation of condition of contract.

S.74: If the contract stipulates amount as penalty for its violation in the event of breach of contract the court can award such amount as damages or reasonable compensation.  Thus court has discretion to award either of the one.

 

   INDEMNITY AND GUARANTEE:

There are sections twenty three sections spread over S.124 to 147 of the Act.

 

Contract of Indemnity:  As per Section 124 of the ICA, the contract of indemnity is defined as “a contract by which one party promises to save other from loss caused to him by the conduct of the promisor himself, or by the conduct of any other person’.

Ex: Suppose you are hired by a newspaper to write articles for them as a freelancer. Typically, your contract would have an indemnity clause so that if you write something against a very important person and that person files a suit against the newspaper for defamatory material, the newspaper can show the indemnity clause that you signed, protecting them from any form of loss caused due to your conduct. Then, the onus of fighting the defamation suit becomes your responsibility. A person who promises to bear the loss is known as indemnifier and the person whose loss is covered is known as indemnified. These types of contracts are mainly formed between insurance companies and their customers.

 

Contract of Guarantee: As per S.126, of the Act, a contract of guarantee is defined as, “a contract to perform the promise, or discharge the liability of a third person in case of his default.” This type of contract is formed mainly to facilitate borrowing and lending money.

The three parties involved in this type of contract are:

Surety: is the person by whom the guarantee is given.

Principal Debtor: is the person from whom the assurance is given.

Creditor: is the person to whom the guarantee is given.

Differences between Contract of Indemnity and Guarantee:

The following are few important distinctions between a contract of indemnity & contract of guarantee:

  1. Number of Parties: In a contract of indemnity only two parties are involved, whereas in a contract of guarantee, three parties are involved.
  2. Purpose: A contract of indemnity is formed to provide compensation of loss. There is an agreement to bear loss, in the event of loss. A contract of guarantee is formed to give assurance to the creditor in lieu for his money. It’s an assurance to perform the contract.
  3. Nature of Liability: In a contract of indemnity, the indemnifier is the sole person who is held liable. In a contract of guarantee, the liability is shared by the surety and principal debtor.  A Contract to perform the promise, or discharge the liability, of a third person in case of his default is called Contract of Guarantee.
  4. Surety has the right to sue the third party (Principle Debtor) directly. The Law puts him in the position of Creditor. Whereas in Contracts of Indemnity, the Indemnifier cannot sue the third party in his name. He has to sue in the name of the Indemnity-holder or after obtaining the rights from him.
  5. Anything done, or any promise made, for the benefit of the principal debtor, may be a sufficient consideration to the surety for giving the guarantee. The guarantor need not personally derive any benefit from the guarantee.
  6. The liability of the surety is co-extensive with that of the principal debtor, unless it is otherwise provided by the contract. The creditor can straightway proceed against the guarantor without first proceeding against the principal debtor. The surety however may restrict his liability to part of the Principal debtor’s liability by contract. Surety’s liability is distinct and separate

 

Continuing Guarantee: A Guarantee which extends to a series of transactions is called a continuing guarantee. A continuing guarantee may at any time be revoked by the surety, as to future transactions, by notice to the creditor. Any variance, made without the surety’s consent, in the terms of the contract between the principal debtor and the creditor, discharges the surety as to transactions subsequent to the variance.

 

Rights of a surety: The rights of sureties can be classified into two kinds. One is against is creditor and other is against the principal debtor.

As against the Creditor:

S.133: If the creditor shall not vary terms of the contract between the creditor and the principal debtor without the surety’s consent. Any such variance discharges the surety as to transactions subsequent to the variance. However, if the variance is for the benefit of the surety or does not prejudice him or is of an insignificant character, it may not have the effect of discharging the surety.

Sec. 134:- The creditor should not release the principal debtor from his liability under the contract. The effect of the discharge of the principal debtor is to discharge the surety as well. Any act or omission on the part of the creditor which in law has the effect of discharging the principal debtor puts an end to the liability of the surety.

Sec. 135: – If an agreement is made between the Creditor and Principal debtor for compounding the later’s liability or promising him extension of time for carrying out the obligations or promising not to sure, discharges the surety unless he assents to such a contract.

Sec. 139: – The surety is discharged if the creditor impairs the surety’s eventual remedy against the principal debtor.

As against the Principal Debtor:

Right of subrogation:- The surety on payment of the debt acquires a right of subrogation.

S.140:- The surety cannot claim the right of subrogation to the creditor’s securities, if he has signed up as a security for a part of the agreement and security has been held by the creditor for the whole debt.

Surety obtained under following cases is invalid:

Guarantee obtained by means of misrepresentation made by the creditor (S.142 part-I).

Guarantee though obtained with his knowledge and assent but concealing a material part of the transaction, is invalid (S.142 part-II).

Guarantee obtained by means of keeping silence as to material circumstances (S.143).

If a person gives a guarantee upon a contract that the creditor shall not act upon it until another person has joined in it as co-surety, the guarantee is not valid that other person does not join (S.144).

Miscellaneous:

S.145: There is an implied promise by the principal debtor to indemnify the surety and on its basis the latter is entitled to recover from the former whatever sum the latter had rightfully paid under the contract of guarantee; C.K. Aboobacker v. K.P. Ayishu, AIR 2000 Ker 29 (NOC).

S.146: In the absence of the contract to the contrary Co-sureties are liable to contribute equally.

S.147: Co-sureties who are bound in different sums are liable to pay equally as far as the limits of their respective obligations permit.

 

 

 BAILMENT:

Bailment: It is a kind of legal relationship where physical possession of personal property, is transferred from one person (the ‘bailor’) to another person (the ‘bailee’) who subsequently has possession of the property. It arises when a person gives property to someone else for safekeeping or for doing specific duty with respect to that property. Further, upon accomplishment the goods must be returned or otherwise disposed of according to the directions of the bailor (S.148).

Ex: Giving your coat to washer man. The person delivering the goods is called the Bailor. The person to whom they are delivered is called the Bailee.

It is different from contract of sale or gift  as it only involves the transfer of possession and not its ownership. Though in lease where possession of the property is handed over to the lessee, there is a transfer of right of enjoyment but bailee can’t do so in the case of Bailment.

 

S.149: The goods are deemed to have delivered to bailee, if they are put in his possession or any person authorized by bailee.

 

S.150: It is the duty of the Bailor to disclose the material defects of the goods bailed which materially interfere with the use of them, or expose the bailee to extraordinary risk. If bailor didn’t make such disclosure, he is responsible for damage arising to the bailee directly from such faults.

 

S.151. The bailee is under an obligation to take as much care of the goods bailed to him as a man of ordinary prudence would, under similar circumstances, take of his own goods of the same bulk, quantity and value as the goods bailed.

 

S.152: In all cases of bailment the bailee is bound to take as much care of the goods bailed to him as a man of ordinary prudence would under similar circumstances.  However, bailee is not responsible for the loss, destruction or deterioration of the thing bailed, if he has taken the amount of care of it described in section 151 unless there is a special contract in this regard (S.152).

S.153: The contract of bailment is voidable at the option of the bailor, if the bailee does any act with regard to the goods bailed, inconsistent with the conditions of the bailment.

S.154: Bailee is liable to pay compensation for the damage caused if the goods bailed are not used according to the conditions of the bailment.

Ex: (a) A lends a horse to B for his own riding only. B allows C, a member of his family, to ride the horse. C rides with care, but the horse accidentally falls and is injured. B is liable to make compensation to A for the injury done to the horse.

S.155: If the bailee, with the consent of the bailor, mixes the goods of the bailor with his own goods, the bailor and the bailee shall have an interest, in proportion to their respective shares, in the mixture thus produced.

 S.156: If the bailee, without the consent of the bailor, mixes the goods of the bailor with his own goods and the goods can be separated or divided, the property in the goods remains in the parties respectively; but the bailee is bound to be bear the expense of separation or division, and any damage arising from the mixture.

 

S.157: If the bailee, without the consent of the bailor, mixes the goods of the bailor with his own goods in such a manner that it is impossible to separate the goods bailed from the other goods, and deliver them back, the bailor is entitled to be compensated by the bailee for the loss of the goods.

 S.158: If by the conditions of the bailment, the goods are to be kept or to be carried, or to have work done upon them by the bailee for the bailor, and the bailee is to receive no remuneration, the bailors shall repay to the bailee the necessary expenses incurred by him for the purpose of the bailment.

S.159: The lender of a thing for use may at any time require its return, if the loan was gratuitous, even though he lent it for a specified time or purpose. But if, on the faith of such loan made for a specified time or purpose, the borrower has acted in such a manner that the return of the thing lent before the time agreed upon would cause him losses exceeding the benefit actually derived by him from the loan, the lender must, if he compels the return. indemnify the borrower for the amount in which the loss so occasioned exceeds the benefits so derived.

 

S.160: It is the duty of the bailee to return, or deliver according to the bailor’s directions, the goods bailed, without demand, as soon as the time for which they were bailed has expired, or the purpose for which they were bailed has been accomplished.

 

S.161: Bailee’s responsibility when goods are not duly returned.—If by the fault of the bailee, the goods are not returned, delivered or tendered at the proper time, he is responsible to the bailor for any loss, destruction or deterioration of the goods from that time.

 

S.162: A gratuitous bailment is terminated by the death either of the bailor or of the bailee.

 

S.163: In the absence of any contract to the contrary, the bailee is bound to deliver to the bailer, or according to his directions, any increase or profit which may have accrued from the goods bailed.

Illustration: A leaves a cow in the custody of B to be taken care of. The cow has a calf. B is bound to deliver the calf as well as the cow to A.

 

S.164: The bailor is responsible to the bailee for any loss which the bailee may sustain the reason that the bailor was not entitled to make the bailment, or to receive back the goods, or to give directions, respecting them.

 

S.165: If several joint owners of goods bail them, the bailee may deliver them back to, or according to the directions of, one joint owner without the consent of all in the absence of any agreement to the contrary.

 

S.166: If the bailor has no title to the goods, and the bailee, in good faith, delivers them back to, or according to the directions of the bailor, the bailee is not responsible to the owner in respect of such delivery.1

 

S.167: If a person, other than the bailor, claims goods bailed he may apply to the court to stop delivery of the goods to the bailor, and to decide the title to the goods.

 

S.168: The finder of goods has no right to use the owner for compensation for trouble and expense, voluntary incurred by him to preserve the goods and to find out the owner; but he may retain the goods again the owner until he receive such compensation; and where the owner has offered a specific required for the return of goods lost, the finder may sue for such reward, and may retain the goods until he received it.

 

S.169: If the thing which is commonly the subject of sale is lost, if the owner cannot with reasonable diligence be found, or if he refuses upon demand, to pay the lawful charges of the finder, the finder may sell it –

(1) When the thing is in danger of perishing or of losing the greater part of its value, or

(2) When the lawful charges of the finder, in respect of the thing found, amount to two-thirds of its value.

 

Right to Lien: S.170: If the bailee has in accordance with the purpose of the bailment, rendered any service involving the exercise of labour or skill in respect of the goods bailed he has in the absence of a contract to the contrary, a right to retain such goods until he receives due remuneration for the services he has rendered in respect of them.

 

Illustrations

(a) A delivers a rough diamond to B, a jeweller, to be cut and polished, which is accordingly done. B is entitled to retain the stone till he is paid for the services he has rendered.

(b) A gives cloth to B, a tailor, to make into a coat. B promises A to deliver the coat as soon as it is finished, and to give a three months credit for the price. B is not entitled to retain the coat until he is paid.

 

S.171: Bankers, factor, wharfingers, attorneys of a High Court and policy brokers may, in the absence of a contract to the contrary, retain as a security for a general balance of account, any goods bailed to them; but no other person have a right retain, as a security for which balance, goods, bailed to them, unless is an express contract to that effect.

PLEDGE

Definition of terms Pledge, Pawnor and Pawnee (S.172):   The term pledge means bailment of goods as security for payment of a debt or performance of a promise. The bailor is in this case called Pawnor. The bailee is called Pawnee.

Pawnee’s rights:

Right to retain: (S.173): In order secure the debt or performance of promise Pawnee has right to retain the goods pledged. Further, such right can be exercised even to secure interests of the debt and all necessary expenses incurred by Pawnee in respect to the possession or for the preservation of the goods pledged.

This right to retain is can’t be exercised with respect to other goods even though pledged to same Pawnee unless there is a contract to the contrary. However, in the absence of contract to the contrary court shall presume that it extends to subsequent advances made by the Pawnee (S.174).

Further, Pawnee is entitled to receive from the pawnor extraordinary expenses incurred by him for the preservation of the goods pledged (S.175).

Pawnee’s right where pawnor makes default: If the pawnor makes default in payment of the debt, or performance, at the stipulated time, or the promise, in respect of which the goods were pledged, the pawnee may bring as suit against the pawnor upon the debt or promise, and retain the goods pledged as a collateral security; or he may sell the thing pledged, on giving the pawnor reasonable notice of the sale (S.176 part-I).

If the proceeds of such sale are less than the amount due in respect of the debt or promise, the pawnor is still liable to pay the balance. If the proceeds of the sale are greater that the amount so due, the pawnee shall pay over the surplus to the pawnor (S.176 part-I).

Defaulting pawnor’s right to redeem (S.177): If a time is stipulated for the payment of the debt, or performance of the promise, for which the pledged is made, and the pawnor makes default in payment of the debt or performance of the promise at the stipulated time, he may redeem the goods pledged at any subsequent time before the actual sale of them; but he must, on that case, pay, in addition, any expenses which have arisen from his default.

Pledge by mercantile agent(S.178):  If a mercantile agent is in possession of goods or the documents of title to goods, any pledge made by him, when acting in the ordinary course of business of a mercantile agent, is valid.  However, the possession of the agent is with the consent of the principal and he is authorized by contract to pledge (including at the time of pledge) the goods and agent must act in good faith.

Pledge by person in possession under voidable contract (S.178A): If the pawnor has obtained possession of the other goods pledged by him under a contract voidable under section 19 of section 19A, but the contract has not been rescinded at the time of the pledge, the pawnee acquired a goods title to the goods, provided he acts in good faith and without notice of the pawnor’s defect of title.

 

S.179: If the right of the pawnor is limited in the goods bailed, the pledge is valid to the extent of that interest.

S.180: If a third person wrongfully deprives the bailee of the use of possession of goods bailed, or does them any injury, the bailee is entitled to use such remedies as the owner might have used in the like case if no bailment has been made; and either the bailor or the bailee may bring a suit against a third person for such deprivation or injury.

S.181: Whatever is obtained by way of relief of compensation in any such suit shall, as between the bailor and the bailee, be dealt with according to their respective interests.

 

LAW OF AGENCY:

 

                    The law of agency is an area of commercial law dealing with a set of contractual, quasi-contractual and non-contractual relationships that involve a person, called the agent, who is authorized to act on behalf of another (called the principal) to create a legal relationship with a third party. The agent is, thus, required to negotiate on behalf of the principal or bring him and third parties into contractual relationship.

The common law principle in operation is usually represented in the Latin phrase, qui facit per alium, facit per se, i.e. the one who acts through another, acts in his or her own interests and it is a parallel concept to vicarious liability in which one person is held liable in criminal law or tort for the acts or omissions of another.

 

There are fifty sections under law of Agency: (S.182 to 232)

 Definition of Agent and Principal:  S.182 says an agent is a person who is employed to do any act for another or to represent another in dealing with third person.  The person who is so represented as Principal.

 

Who may employ agent: S.183 says every person who attained majority and is sound mind can be employed as agent.  However, if a minor or unsound mind is appointed as agent, agent is not responsible between the act of such minor agent and principal (S.184).  An agent can be appointed either orally or by way of writing (S.186). In case of express it must be in writing and whereas in case of implied it can be inferred from such facts and circumstances (S.187).

 

S.185 says in a contract of agency consideration is not required.

 

Powers of agent: 

 a) Agent has authority to do every lawful thing which is necessary in order to do such act. Similarly, in case of a person who is acting as agent is conducting business, he has authority to do every lawful thing necessary for the purpose of conducting such business. Further, all the acts that can be usually done in the course of conducing such person (S.188).

  b) Second, in case of emergency he can do such act, which he would in his own case, to prevent any financial loss (S.189).

 c) An agent can’t appoint sub-agent. However if the trade permits or agency is of such nature, sub-agent can be appointed (S.190). The term sub-agent means a person employed by and acting under the control of, the original agent (S.191).

 d) Agent is responsible to the principal for acts of the sub-agent. The sub-agent is responsible to agent for his acts. However, in case of fraud or willful wrong sub-agent is responsible to principal (S.192).

 e) If sub-agent is appointed without the authority of principal, such agent is responsible for the acts of such sub-agent, to third parties and principal (S.193).

 f) If an agent is authorized to name another person to act for principal, the person so appointed by agent is not a sub-agent; he is called as agent (S.194). In selecting such agent for principal, the agent is bound to exercise same discretion as a man of ordinary prudence (S.195).

 g) If a person acts on behalf of another, but without his knowledge or authority, such another person may ratify it. If it is ratified, he is called as agent. Such ratification can be done either expressly or impliedly (S.196 & 197).

h) If the knowledge of the facts is materially defective, ratification is not valid (198).

  i) If part of the act is done by agent is not authorized but transaction is ratified, it is deemed that the unauthorized part is also ratified (S.199).

  j) If ratification of unauthorized act can’t injure third person. An act done by one person on behalf of another, without such other person’s authority, which, if done with authority would have the effect of subjecting a third person to damages, or of terminating any right or interest of a third person, cannot, by ratification, be made to have such effect (S.200).

 k) A minor in India can’t ratify, after attaining majority. That is because a void agreement cannot be ratified. Ratification may be express or implied. Ratification, when valid operates retrospectively. When time is limited for doing ac act, the ratification must be before the expiry of that time. When no time is fixed, the ratification must be within a reasonable time.

 

Termination of agency: An agent’s authority can be terminated at any time. If the trust between the agent and principal has broken down, it is not reasonable to allow the principal to remain at risk in any transactions that the agent might conclude during a period of notice.

S.201 says an agency is terminated in the following ways:

a) If the principal revokes agent authority,

b) The agent renouncing the business of the agency,

c) The business of agency is completed;

d) The death of principal or agent or any one of them becomes unsound mind, the principal becoming insolvent.

e) The agreement between parties.

f) The efflux of lien, the subject matter ceasing to exist, the principal losing his control over the subject matter.

 

When agency can’t be revoked: As per S.202 says if agent’s authority is coupled with interest it can’t be revoked. In other words, if the agent himself has interest in the property which forms the subject-matter of the agency, the agency can’t be terminated unless there is an express contract to the contrary.

S.205, if the agency is for a fixed period, the principal cannot terminate the agency before the time expired, except for sufficient cause. If he does, he is liable to compensate the agent for the loss caused to him thereby. The same rules apply where the agent, renounces an agency for a fixed period. Notice in this connection that want of skill, continuous disobedience of lawful orders, and rude or insulting behavior has been held to be sufficient cause for dismissal of an agent.

Further, reasonable notice has to be given by one party to the other; otherwise, damage resulting from want of such notice, will have to be paid (s.206). As per s. 207, the revocation or renunciation of an agency may be made expressly or impliedly by conduct. The termination does not take effect as regards the agent, till it becomes known to him and as regards third party, till the termination is known to them (s.208).

 

Time of revoking agent’s authority: This is dealt under S.203, 204 & 210.

S.203 says The principal may revoke the authority given to agent at any time before the authority has been exercised by agent. However, principal cannot revoke the agent’s authority after it has been partly exercised, so as to bind the principal (section 204),

If an agent’s authority is terminated, it operates as a termination of subagent also (section 210).

Agent’s duty towards principal (S.211 to 221):

S.211: Agent is bound to conduct business according to the directions given by the principal and in the absence of directions as per customs prevailing. If any loss is sustained agent must make it good to his principal and if any profit accrues, he must account for it.

S.212:  Agent has to discharge his duties with skill, care and due diligence. He shall make compensation to his principal in respect of the direct consequences of his own neglect, want of skill or misconduct.

S.213: An agent is bound to render proper accounts to his principal on demand.

S.214: Agent in case of difficulty to use all reasonable diligence in communicating with his principal and in seeking to obtain his instructions.

S.215: If an agent deals on his own account in the business of the agency, without first obtaining the consent of his of his principal and acquainting him with all material circumstances which have come to his own knowledge on the subject, the principal may repudiate the transaction, if the case shows either that any material fact has been dishonestly concealed from him by the agent, or that the dealings of the agent have been disadvantageous to him.

 

Principal duty to agent (S.222 to 225):

The employer is under an obligation to indemnify the agent for the consequences of all lawful acts done by agent in exercise of the authority conferred upon him (S.222) and similarly for the acts done in good faith (S.223). However, employer is not liable to indemnify the agent even though is to do a criminal act (S.224). The principal must make compensation to his agent in respect of injury caused to agent by the principal’s neglect or want of skill (S.225).

 

Effect of agency on contracts with third person (s.226 to 238):

Contract entered by agent is treated like as if contract entered by principal himself (S.226) and same is the case with the notice issued by agent (S.229).

If the agent entered into contract beyond his authority, if such contract can be separated from exceeded part, part within the authority can be enforced (S.227). If it can’t be separated, the principal is not bound to recognize the transfer (S.228).

As per S.230, Agent cannot personally enforce contracts entered by him on behalf of his principal. He is also personally not bound by them. However, the following are exception:

1) If there is contract to the contrary

2) If the contract is made by an agent for the sale or purchase of goods for a merchant resident abroad.

3) If the agent does not disclose the name of his principal; and

4) If the principal, though disclosed, cannot be sued.

5) The undisclosed principal can seek for the enforcement of contract. The other contracting part has same rights against the principal. However, if the agent wouldn’t have entered into contract had the principal is known, he can refuse to fulfill the contract (S.231).

 

Rules relating to Undisclosed Principal:

Undisclosed Principal: Meaning: The anonymous party represented by an agent, authorized to act on the behalf of the principal. The actions of the agent then are legally binding upon the principal.

Rules:

1) An undisclosed principal can enforce only such rights and obligations that subsist between agent and principal (S.232).

2) In cases where the agent is personally liable, a person dealing with him may hold either him or his principal, or both of them (S.233).

3) If contacting party induces that agent (or principal) the agent (or principal) is liable, later he can’t retract (S.234).

4) Pretended agent is liable to make compensation for the loss caused to the contracting party (S.235).  Pretended agent means a person untruly representing himself to be the authorized agent of another. A person, with whom a contract has been entered into in the character of agent, is not entitled to require the performance of it if he was in reality acting, not as agent, but on his own account (S.236).

5) If an agent without authority, done acts or incurred obligations to third persons on behalf of his principal, the principal is bound by such acts or obligations, if he has by his words or conduct induced such third persons to believe that such act and obligations were within the scope of the agent’s authority (S.237).

6) Misrepresentations made, or frauds committed, by agents acting in the course of their business for their principals, treated as if they are made by the principal. However, if they do not fall within their authority, do not affect their principals.

Miscellaneous:

1) If an agent, without the knowledge of his principal, deals in the business of the agency on his own account instead of on account of his principal, the principal is entitled to claim from the agent any benefit which may have resulted to him from the transaction (S.216).

2) Agent is bound to pay to his principal all sums received on his account (S.218).

3) However, an agent may retain, out of any sums received on account of the principal in the business of the agency, all moneys due to himself in respect of advances made or expenses properly incurred by him in conducting such business, and also such remuneration as may be payable to him for acting as agent(S.217).

4) Similarly, he can detain money towards remuneration, if there is no contract to the contrary (S.219).

5) In the absence of any contract to the contrary, an agent has right of lien over the goods, papers, and other property, whether movable or immovable, of the principal received by him, until the amount due to himself for commission, disbursements and services in respect of the same has been paid or accounted for to him(221).

6) An agent who is guilty of misconduct in the business of the agency is not entitled to any remuneration in respect of that part of the business which he has misconducted (220).

 

TRANSFER OF PROPERTY ACT, 1882

                TRANSFER OF PROPERTY ACT, 1882

List out certain General rules relating to transfer of immovable Property?


What is meant by transfer of Property?S.5 says its act by which a living living person conveys property to another living person or persons or to himself, in present or future.  The term living person includes a company or association or body of individuals whether incorporated or not.
Who can transfer Property?S.7: 02 Conditions: Competency as per S.11 + Title to the Property.
Whether a person without title can transfer Property?Generally No. However, they are certain exceptions to this rule. They are: 1.Doctrine of election 2.Transfer by Ostensible owner3. Transfer by Unauthorized person who acquired title, subsequently.
Which Properties can’t be transferred?S.6 says that property of any kind may be transferred but not the following. They are:  1)Spe successions 2) A mere right of re-entry 3) An easement right apart from dominate heritage 4) Personally restricted interest 5) Right to future maintenance 6) A mere right to sue 7) Public offices 8) Stipends and Pensions 9)Transfer for unlawful object 10)Transfers which are opposed to the nature.
What are the formalities to affect transfer?Any Property can be transferred by way of oral agreement unless law mandates to be in writing, stamped or registered or attested. The T.P.Act requires the following transfers to be effected by a written instrument:  1) Sale or exchange of immovable property of the value of Rs.100/- or upwards.   2) Mortgage (except mortgage by deposit of title deeds) when the principal money secured is Rs.100/- or upwards. 3) Lease 4) Gifts.
Whether Transfer of property can be with conditions also?Yes, Transfer of property can be with conditions also: Transfer of Property can be made either with or without conditions. In case they are subject to conditions. The following shall not be the conditions:1. Absolute restraint of alienation  (S.10)2. Restraining mode of enjoyment of property by transferor (S.11)3.Transfer terminates upon transferee becoming insolvent or attempted alienation (S.12)

4.Transferring property against rules of perpetuity (S.13 &14)

5. Condition imposed is impossible to perform (s.25)

6. Transfer is subject to unlawful conditions or unlawful object or consideration (S.25).

Write a note on doctrine of Election?S.35: Essential requisites: (1) If a person professes to transfer a property by way of will or deed in which he has no right to transfer and (2) as a part of the transaction, he confers any benefit on the owner of the property.  On fulfilment of above conditions the doctrine of election applies and the owner of the property, so transferred, is required to make election. Such owner must elect either to confirm the election such transfer or to dissent from it. He who accepts the benefit under the transaction of this choice must adopt the whole of it and renounce everything inconsistent with it. Election once made is final.
Whether transfer made by an Ostensible Owner is valid?Yes, as per S.41. The following shall be the conditions: There is a transfer of property by an ostensible owner.  The transferor should hold the immovable property either with express or implied consent of the real owner. The transfer must for consideration. The transfree shall be bonafide purchase. It means he should have taken all reasonable steps by acting in good faith to find out transfeere’s capacity to transfer. The purchaser should not have any notice as to the rights of the real owner.
Whether unauthorised person who transferred property without title acquires the right of the same property what is the fate of such earlier transfer?It is valid, it binds such transferor. It is called Doctrine of feeding the grant by estoppel. S:43: If a man sells the property in which he has no title, if subsequently he acquires the title, he will be compelled to convey that title to the purchaser. The transferor is bound to perform his legal obligaton when he enters into contract wihout the power of performing it when he subsequently acquires the power of performance.
Whether property can be transferred subject to conditions?  What is Vested interest and Contingent interest?Yes, Basing on kind of conditions imposed interests are classified into two kinds: a) Vested interest b) Contingent interest. In both cases the condition to be happened or fulfilled is of future one. However, such event is certain to happen it is called vested interest and whereas in case of contingent the happening of event is uncertain.
What are Condition Subsequent, Precedent and Limitation?Conditions basing on time classified into: condition subsequent, precedent and limitation.Condition Precedent means a condition to be performed before an interest arises.Condition Subsequent means property arises immediately and divests upon happening of condition.

Conditional limitation is a condition subsequent as regards the prior interest and condition precedent as regards the ulterior interest.

If Condition Subsequent is unlawful or unlawful object or consideration, transfer is valid and whereas in case of Condition Precedent both transfer and condition are void. Condition Subsequent must be strictly complied and in case of Condition Precedent substantial compliance is adequate. This substantial compliance is called Doctrine of Cypress (S.26).

What is Covenant?It is a written binding obligation between contracting parties.S:40: says only Negative covenants are binding even on subsequent assignes of the covenantor’s interest if they have notice of such covenants. Ex: Krish sells a vacant site to Rakesh with the condition that Rakesh should not build on his portion in such a way as to obstruct Krish’s enjoyment of his house.This is a negative covenant and can be enforced against Rakesh but also agianst a transfee from Rakesh, if suh transfree had notice of the covenant, even if the transfer was for consideration.
Write a note on Rule against Perpetuity?  S.14 & 13Any condition in the transfer limiting the transferee’s right to transfer the property is void. However, for some special reasons law permits some period with in which property can be tied up. This period is called rule of perpetutiy. The period of Perpetuity in India is: Living persons plus the minority of the ultimate beneficiary.These rules are:

1. A life interest should be created in favour of persons who are in the existence.

2. The entire property must be transferred to the unborn person i.e., no life interest can be conferred on an unborn person (S.13).

3. To the above rule there is one exception namely, that is permissible to lay down that the unborn person is not to acquire ownership in the property until he attains the age of majority. (S14)

4. The unborn son must come into existence on or before the termination of the last life estate.

The effect of this rule is that the property can be tied up in the hands of living persons plus the minority of the ultimate beneficiary.

What are the exception to  Rule against Perpetuity?  S.14 & 13Exceptions:  1. Covenants of redemption in a mortgage don’t offend the rule.   2. The rule does not apply in the case of transfer of property for the benefit of the public, in the advancement religion, knowledge, commerce, health, safety or another object beneficial to the mankind (S.18).  3. Perpetual leases.4. A direction that the income of the property shall be accumulated for payment of debts doesn’t tie up the property absolutely because the person indebted discharges the debt at any time.5. Personal agreements which cannot create in interest in the property.
Whether Property can be transferred during court litigation?According S.52 pending suit property can be transferred by party to the suit.  However, such transfer is subject to ultimate decision of the court.  The transfer is subject to ultimate decision of the court: In such suit the right to immovable prioperty should be directly or specifically in question in the suit or proceeding.  However, this rule has no application if the party to the suit obtained permission of the court to sell the property or suit is collusive one.Thus it must be noted the transfer of property pending the suit is not ipsofacto void, but it is only voidable at the option of the party.It means the party can transfer the property pending the suit, but the trasnfer will not affect the right of any party, thereto under any decree.
When a third person is entitled for maintenance or profits over property but same is sold. What is the fate of such third party rights?S:39 says such third person can enforce right against the transferee.  Provided transferee has a notice of such right or such transfer is gratutios only. However, if the transfer is for consideration and without notice of right, such can’t be enforced.
If a property is covered under policy of insurance for loss or damage of immovable property, whether transferee of such property can receive benefits under policy?Yes, as per S.49. However, there is a contract to the contrary this rule doesn’t apply. 
If a person is possession made improvements of property is evicted by a person with superior title, what is the fate of improvements made by such person?As per S.51 he is entitled ask either to sell the prperty or to pay compensaion to transfreee at the then market value thereof, irrespevctive of the value of such improvement. The only rider is transferee undertaken improvements in good faith.
If a person who is liable to pay rents or profits arises out property paid to a person with defective title? What is the legal consequence of such act?As per S.50 It’s a proper payment and he can’t be charged with liability again as he acted in good faith believing that person to whom he has paid is entitled to receive the same.
Whether two or more persons can purchase property?  What is there quantum of interest in the property?Yes, There are equally entitled to equal shares in such property if consideration is paid out of joint funds (S.45).If the property is purchased from distinct funds, interest would be in accordance with consideration advanced. If no evidence to this effect it shall be presumed that both are equally entitled.
What is extent of interest transferee of a co-owner would take in the event sale by co-owner? Whether purchaser can demand possession in property?As per s.47 transfer by co-owner would affect transfer to the extent of his share only. In such case, transferee for consideration would take share to the extent of his transferor interest only (s.46). As per S.44 Transferee has a right to demand for right of separate possession.  However, he can’t demand right of separate possession in a dwelling-house belonging to an undivided family and he is not a member.
When there are multiple transfers over a property which transfer will prevail?As per S.48, 1st transferee will have better title. However, they are three exceptions to this rule: 1) S.78: If the successive rights are created by fraud, misrepresentation or gross negligence of a prior mortgages another person has been induced to advance money on the security of the mortgaged property, the first mortgagee will loose his preference and shall be postponed to the place of subsequent mortgagee.2.To secure future advances,3. Registered deed would prevail.
What is fraudulent transfer?As per S.53: Every transfer of immovable property made with intent to defeat or delay creditors of the transferor shall be voidable at the option of any creditor, so defeated or delayed. It means any creditor defeated or delayed can exercise this right  u/s 53.
Write a note on Doctrine of part performance? Section 53ABy way of registered agreement person contracted to transfer immovable property for consideration besides delivering possession.   In such case transferee has right to continue in possession provided the transferee has done some act in furtherence to the contract, and the transferee performed or is willing to his part of the contract.It cab be used only  as shield not as weapon to attack.Nothing in this section shall affect the rights of a transferee for consideration who has no notice of the contract or of the part performance thereof.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

          SALE Sale is a transfer of ownership in exchange for price paid or price promised or part paid and part promised.. Since the price can be price paid or price promised or part paid and part promised, the question arises whether title passes only on receipt of consideration. It must be noted that mere registration transfers title. It doesn’t matter whether consideration is paid or not. However, if it is mentioned in the sale deed that title passes only after receipt of entire consideration, mere registration doesn’t result in transfer of title.
Seller Rightsand Liabilities Before sale: Seller’s liabilities: S.55(1): a. To disclose material defects,b. To produce title deeds, c. To answer question as to title; d. To execute conveyance,e. To take care of property, f. To give the buyer, such possession of property as its nature admits; & g.To pay outgoings. After sale, Seller’s liabilities: 1. To give possession; 2. Implied covenant for title 3. To deliver title deeds on receipt of price.

After sale, if the price or any part of it remains unpaid, the seller acquires a statutory charge of the seller for unpaid-price.

  Buyer Rights  and Liabilities    Buyer’s Duties before sale: S.55(5) (a): Before completion of sale, the duties of the buyer as under: To disclose facts which materially increases the value of property (ii) To pay the price.Buyer’s Duties after sale: S.55(5) (c):After completion of sale, the duties of the buyer as under: (i)To bear the loss to property, if any (ii) to pay the out goings. Buyer’s rights After sale: S.55(5) (a):Before the completion of sale, buyer has a lien on the property for any sum of money paid by him as price if sale could not be completed.
Difference between Contractfor Sale and Contract to sell:

 

Difference between Contract for Sale and Contract to sell: 1. A contract for the sale of immovable property is agreement to make a transfer but not a sale. It does not, itself, create any kind of interest or charge in the property on the date of the agreement. Whereas transfer by way of sale. It results in the passing of ownership from the seller to buyer.2. A contract of sale is a right in rem. Contract for the sale is jus a rem which given to application connected to the ownership of the property.

3. No specific performance arises since the property is transferred immediately. It may specifically enforced by the buyer against the seller.

4.  In contract of sale all rights pass over immediately. Whereas in contract for sale rights passes on the fulfillment of the terms and conditions stipulated in the sale agreement.

5. After sale, if the price or any part of it remains unpaid, the seller acquires a statutory charge over property for unpaid-price.

ExchangeIf two persons mutually transfer the ownership of a property for the ownership of another property, the transaction is known as exchange.  A transfer of property by way of exchange can affected like Sale. The rights and duties of seller and buyer would apply accordingly.

 

 

 

Lease It’s a transfer of right of enjoyment in an immovable property. Such transfer can for a certain time or perpetutity in consederation of a price paid or promised or of money, a share of crops, service or any other thing of value, to be rendered periodically or on sepcified occasions to the transferor by the transferee.
Formalities for creating Lease A lease of immovable property from year to year, or for any term exceding one year,  reserving a yearly rent, can be made only by a registered instument. All other leases of immovable property may be made either by registered instrument or oral agreement accompained by a delivery of possesion. The lease of immovable property made by a regestered instrument shall be executed by both lessor and lesee. The State govt by notification in official gaezette can make exceptions to this rule.
Time period of Lease:   Parties at discretion to fix the period of lease. Otherwise, Lease of immovable property for agricultural or manfacturing purposes shall be deemed to be lease from year to year and terminable with six months prior notice. If it is for any other purpose shall be deemed to be a lease from month to month. It can be terminated either lessor or lessee by giving fifteen days prior notice. The period shall commence from the date of receipt of notice.
End of Lease:a)By expiry of time.  b)By happening of an event on which the term depends c)By termination of lessors interest d)By merger e)By express surrendedr  f) By implied surrender g)By forfeiture and  h)By notice to quit.  i) The lessee is an adjudged insolnvent and the lease provides that the lessor amy re-enter on the happening of such event; and in any of these the lessor or his transfree gives notice in writing to the lessee of his intention to determine lease.
Lessor Rights and liabilitiesLiabilities of Lessor: 1. To disclose material defects of the lease property.  2. To put the lessee in possession of the property. 3. Covenant for quiet enjoyment.
Lessee Rights and Liabilities:Lessee rights: 1. Right to accession 2 Right to usufructs. 3. Right to repairs 4. Deduction from rent 5. Right to remove his belonging 6. Right on destruction of the property 7. Right to transfer his interest.Liabilities of lessee: 1. Liability to disclose facts.  2. Liability to pay rent,  3. Liability to keep and restore property in good condition 4. Liability to inform the lessor about any proceedings 5. Liability about use of property 6. Not erect permanent structure 7. To put the lessor in possession upon expiry of lease.

 

  Gift  (S.122)Elements of Gift1) Transfer of certain existing movable or immovable property made voluntarily and without consideration.2) Donee shall also accept the gift.These two conditions must be fulfilled to call there occurred a gift of property.

Donee must accept the gift during the lifetime of the donor and donor is competent and entitled to deliver the property. i.e, (S.07 T.P.Act)

Formalities (S.123)Gift of immovable property must be effected by a registred instrument signed by or on behlf of the donor, and attested by atleast two witnesses. Gift of moveable proprty, the transfer may be effected either by a registered instruent signed as aforesaid or by delivery.
S.124:If  the Gift compromises both existing and future property, gift is void to the extent of future property.S.125:If there are more than two donees, of which one or few doesnot accept the gift, the gift to the extent of their share or interest, if they had taken, is void.S.126:Parties to the Gift agree that on the hapening of an event whcih does not depend upon the will of the donor a git shall be suspended or revoked. If parties agree that Gift will be revoked at he mere will of the donor it is void. Except as provided above Gift shall not be revoked.

Nothing contained in this section shall be deemed to affect the rigths of transfrees for consideration withou notice.

Universal Gift or Onerous Gift: S.127: It means a person who receives the advantage must also suffer the burden or loss. According to S.127 If in a single transfer by way of gift several properties are transferred to one person, of which some or any one of them burdened with obligation, donee shall accept the gift fully or reject the transfer, otherwise he get nothing from such transfer.
Universal Donee:  If a person by way of gift transfer’s his entire property, the donee is called as Universal donee. The donee is under personal liability for all debts due by the donor at the time of gift to the extent of property comprised therein

 

ChargeS.100It is a claim to any unsecured debt arised out of transaction relating to immovable property not in the possession of claimant. It may arise out of contract or operation of law. Ex: House tax to GHMC
S:3 defines Ationable cliam:It is a claim to any unsecured debt or a claim to any interest in movable property not in the possession of claimant.Following are the actionable claims:1.Arrears of rent 2.Money due under life insurance policy

3. Fixed deposit in bank    4. Amount payable under decree

Following are not actionable claims:

1.Shares in a company              2. Claim to a copy right

3. Claim to mense profits           4. Mortgage debt.

Mode of transfer of Actionable Claim130: The transfer of actionable claim whether with or without consideration. This section lays down that transfer of an actionable claim can only be effected by execution of an instrument, in writing signed by the transferor or his duly authorised agent.  All the rights and remedies of the transferor, whether by way of damages or otherwise shall vest in tt transfree.  A tansfer of actionable claim is complete when the instrument has been executed, even if no notice has been served. However the position of the transfree is not secures unless  the necessary notice is given. Inotherwords if the debtor in the absence of express notice pays of debt to the transferor on his demand be valid agaisnt such transfer of actionable calim. Transferee of actionable cannot sue the debtor(Illustration (i) of this section).
S:131:What are rules for transfer? Every notice of transfer of an actionable claim shall be in writing, signed by the transferor or his agent duly authorised in this behalf, or in case the transferor refuses to sign, by the transfree or his agent, and shall state the name and address of the transfree.
Judge can’t be an auction purchaser S:136:No judge, legal practitioner or officer connected with any court of justice shall buy or traffic in, or stipulate for, or agree to receive any share of, or interest in, any actionable claim, and no court of justice shall enforce, at his instance of any perosn claiming by or through him, any actionable claim so dealt with by him as aforesaid.
S:137:The provision of Actionable claim chapter doesn’t apply to shares or debentutes or to negotiable instruments or to any mercantile document of title goods.
             LAW OF MORTGAGES: S.58 TO 104
MortgageS.58“A mortgage is the transfer of an interest in specific immovable property for the purpose of securing: (a) The payment of money advanced or to be advance by way of loan or (b) an existing or future debt or (c) the performance of an engagement, which may give rise to pecuniary liability”.
FormalitiesThe instrument in which the transfer is affected is called a “mortgage deed”. Registration is essential u/s 59, where the amount exceeds Rs100/-and It should be attested at least by two witnesses.
Kinds of Mortgages1. Simple,  2.Conditional sale, 3.Usufructuary,4. English, 5.Title deeds, 6. Anomalous
Simple Mortgage:In simple mortgage mortgagor retains possession and binds himself to pay mortgage money. Mortgage has right to get property sold through court on default.
Mortgageby Conditional sale:Mortgagor ostensibly sells the movable property by sale. It is only ostensible not real. Conditions attached to the sale are: (a) On default of payment of mortgage money, the sale becomes absolute (b) On such payment sale become void (c) that on such payment property shall be transferred. (d) Delivery of possession is not necessary (e) It can be redeemed at any time.
 Usufructuary MortgageMortgagee authorizes to retain such possession until the mortgage money is paid and receive rents and profits accruing from the property, in lieu of interest or in payment of mortgage money.
 English Mortgage:The mortgaged property absolutely subject to the conditions that the mortgagor should retransfer the same to the mortgagor on the payment of money on the agreed date and the mortgagor binds himself to repay the mortgage debt.
Mortgage by title deed:Here title deeds are deposited without any writing or formalities. It is to give facility to merchant community. This facility is allowed in towns.
 Anomalous Mortgage:A mortgage which is not a simple mortgage, a mortgage by conditional sale, a usufructuary mortgage, an English mortgage or a mortgage by deposit of title-deeds within the meaning of section 58 is called an anomalous mortgage.
Difference between conditional sale and English mortgage:In both the cases there is a transfer of property. However, in case of conditional sale transfer becomes void upon payment of money and whereas in case of English mortgage, mortgagee shall retransfer (register) the property upon payment of money. Otherwise, earlier sale becomes absolute. Thus in English mortgage the transfer is subject to condition of retransfer on payment of money.
RedemptionS: 60:Doctrine of redemption: The term redemption means the right of a mortgagor to get back his property or documents of title relating to property from the mortgagee on payment of debt on or before a specified time. Once the money is paid by the mortgagor, he gets the right of redemption immediately.  Any stipulation forming part of the mortgage transaction & inconsistent with the right of redemption is a clog on redemption.Last paragraph of S.60 speaks about partial redemption. It says that person having a share in the mortgage property cannot redeem his share in the property as of a right where there are several mortgages, none of them can redeem his share alone, but any of them can redeem the entire mortgage. The integrity of the mortgage cannot be broken. The last paragraph is based on the principle that mortgage is one and indivisible. It prohibits the piecemeal redemption. So tenant in common or joint tenants can redeem the whole property but not their shares separately.
ForeclosureS.67 Foreclosure means to take legal measures to terminate a mortgage and take possession of mortgaged property. A mortgagor has right to redeem the property u/s 60 of the Act and a corresponding right is also provided to a mortgagee in s.67 which is known as right of foreclosure or right of sale.When the mortgagor’s right to redeem has become complete and he has failed to avail himself thereof, the mortgagee has the right to apply to the court for a decree that the mortgagor shall be absolutely barred of his right to redeem the mortgaged property. Until the time fixed in the deed for payment has arrived, there is no question of foreclosure. If the mortgagor has paid or deposited the mortgage money or if a decree for redeem is made, the mortgagor is not entitled to exercise the right of foreclosure or sale.
MarshallingSection 81 of the Act, deal with doctrine of Marshalling. It is an equitable doctrine. This doctrine explains the principles of adjustment among mortgagees. It means where an owner of several properties mortgages to one person and mortgages to one property to another, the subsequent mortgagee has a right of request, the prior mortgage to realize the mortgage debt out of the property not mortgaged to him.  The main object of this section is to protect subsequent mortgages in respect of the properties mortgaged to them being sold to satisfy a prior mortgage, when the prior mortgagee has other properties also mortgaged to him, which could be sold to satisfy his dues.
ContributionS.82 of the Act, deals with doctrine of contribution. According to this doctrine when two or more persons are the owners of the property and when they are equally liable to pay a debt, such persons are equally liable to contribute to the debt, according to the value of their shares in the property as on the date of the mortgage. It means it is an adjustment in between or among the common debtors or mortgagors.
SubrogationS: 92: If any person (other than the mortgagor) pays the entire amount to the mortgagee, the person redeemed is entitled to all the rights of mortgagee and he will enter into the shoes of the mortgagee. He is called subrogee and his right is called right of subrogation
Rights and Liabilities of Mortgagor:S.60: Right of mortgagor to redeem:  Right of a mortgagor to get back his property or documents of title relating to property.S.60A: Obligation to transfer to 3rd party instead of re-transference to mortgagor. In case of several encumbrancers, prior encumarancer over prevail. S.60B: Right to inspection and production of documents during the subsistence of right of redemption.  S.61: Right to redeem separately or simultaneously of the mortgaged properties.  S.62: Right of usufructuary mortgagor to recover possession upon realization of debt;S.63:Accession acquired in virtue of transferred ownership. S.63A: Improvements to mortgaged property S.64: Renewal of mortgage lease; S.65: Implied contracts by mortgagor  S.65A: Mortgagor’s power to lease;S.66: Waste by mortgagor’s power to lease
Rights and liabilities of mortgagee (S: 67 to S: 77).S.67: Right to foreclosure or sale:  It’s a right of mortgagee terminate the mortgage. Further, to take possession of the property. It also means seek the court that mortgagor may be absolutely barred of his right to redeem the mortgaged property.  This right arises upon lapses of time. If there are more than two mortgages, mortgagee is bound to sue on all the mortgages over which money is due.
Right to sue for Mortgage money: (S.68):In the following cases mortgagee has only right to sue for recovery of money:If the mortgator binds himself to pay 2) If the mortgagee due to default of mortgagor act deprived of security of the mortgaged property. 3) If the mortgagor is entitled to possession, but he was deprived of the same due to superior title, 4) If the mortgagor property is destroyed and as a result security became insufficient.
Whether mortgagee has a right to sell without the intervention of the court?No, except under S.69. Such sale must be in accordance with rules laid down  (S.69): The mortgagee must be government. 2)It doesn’t apply to particular religios viz., Hindu, Muslim, Buddhu. 3) Parties must expressly agree in the contract w.r.t power of mortgagee that in the event of non-payment mortgagee has right to sell the property. 4) It applies to certain tows only. This power can be exercised only in the following cases: 1) If money is due for a period more than three months despite service of notice 2) an interest which is more than Rs.500/- is due for a period of three months. In case if improper exercise of the power of sale, the only remedy is claiming damages by a person who sustained loss due to improper or irregular exercise of power of sale.
How the sale proceeds must be applied in case of sale under S.69The sale proceeds shall be applied like this:1)      For the payment of the costs of the sale; For the payment of the mortgage money including post including costs in respect of the mortgageFor the payment of the surplus tom the person entitled to the mortgaged property i.e., the subsequent encumbrances and ultimately the mortgagor.
S.70: Accession to mortgage property:Any accession to the mortgage property shall become part of the security.
S.71:  IF the mortgaged property is a lease, mortgagee is the lessor, he is entitled for renewal of lease.
S.72: Rights of Mortgagee in possession:Mortgagee can spend money towards:  a) Preservation of the mortgaged property from the destruction etc., b) Supporting the mortgagor’s title to property c) Supporting his title agasint mortgagor d) renewal lease from mortgagor
S.73: If property is sold owing to failure to pay arrears of revenue or other public charges, after clearing of arrears mortgagee shall be entitled to claim payment of the mortgage money.
Liabilities of mortgagee in possession:1)      To manage the property as man of ordinary prudence2)      To use his best endevarous to collect the rents and profits thereof3)      To pay government revenue and other charges of public nature

4)      To make necessary repairs as the income of the property permits

5)      Mortgagee shall not commit any act which is destructive or permanently injuries to the property

6)      To keep clear and accurate accounts

7)      To account receipts of the property

 

 

 

TRANSFER OF PROPERTY ACT (Problems and Solutions)

 

S.nProblem Principle
1Whether standing timber, growing crops and grass are immoveable property?No, Transfer of property Act, expressly excludes them from the purview of immoveable property though they are rooted in the earth.
2Whether timber tree is an immoveable property?Yes, Tree means growing and still deriving sustenance form the soil is an immoveable property.
3Block of stone placed on the top of another for the purpose of forming a dry wall – is a immovable property?Yes, It is considered to be embedded in land and hence part of the immoveable property.
4Block of stone if deposited in builder’s yard and for convenience, if stacked on top of another form of wall- – is a immovable property?No, It is not considered to be embedded in land and hence part of the immoveable property.
5Whether the materials like fixtures such as doors, windows, and shutters of a house are immoveable property?Yes, The material attached to immoveable property for the purpose of beneficial enjoyment of immoveable property also fall within the ambit of IMP.
6A grants a lease of plot of land for 5 years to B with the condition that B shall not dig a tank on the land. B digs the tank. A transfers to C the right of reentry for the breach of the condition committed by B. whether the transfer is valid?In valid. Mere right of re-entry on breach of condition subsequent is not transferable.
7Whether right of way over one piece of land, such as right of way, for the benefit of another piece of land can be transferred?No, Easement is not transferable independently of the dominant heritage.
8A house lent to a person for personal use can transfer such right?No, An interest in property, restricted in its enjoyment to the owner personally, cannot be transferred.
9A agreed to manufacture salt for B, and the terms of contract allowed B credit for payment and a discretion as to the quantity of salt to be demanded, whether B could assign/transfer this right?No, An interest in property, restricted in its enjoyment to the owner personally, cannot be transferred.
10Village allotted to a person under a compromise, for maintenance but without the power to transfer during life time – can he assign/transfer this right?No, It’s a right to future maintenance and hence not transferable.
11A agrees to sell 10 gunny bags to B on a future date. B transfers her interest to C. Thereafter A breaches the contract. Whether C can recover damages from A.Yes, he can. Assignment of B to C is not a mere right to sue, but for its right to receive the performance of contract. However, if the transfer is made subsequent to breach of contract, transfer is invalid as it is mere right to sue.
12Whether a restriction that A shall not transfer property by way of gift is valid?Valid, It’s partial restraint. S.10 only bars absolute restraint.
13A, a Hindu who has separated from his father B, sells to C three fields, X, Y and Z, representing that A is authorised to transfer the same. Of these fields Z does not belong to A, it having been retained by B on the partition; but on B’s dying A as heir obtains Z. C, not having rescinded the contract of sale can demand the A to deliver Z to him?Yes, As per S.43 if a person by erroneously representing himself to be owner of the property and subsequently acquire property can’t retract provided C acted boanfidely. Hence, C may require A to deliver Z to him.
14Whether a restriction that A shall not transfer property by way of alienation for a period of three year is valid?Valid, It’s partial restraint. S.10 only bars absolute restraint. However, if it is for 20 years invalid as it amounts to absolute restraint.
15Whether condition that vendor must be given right of first refusal is valid?Valid, Partial restraint.
16A makes an absolute gift/sale of house to B with the direction that B shall reside in it. Whether such condition is valid?Condition is void When the interest created is absolute any condition directing mode of enjoyment is void and can be ignored. Hence, condition to reside in it is invalid.
17A makes an absolute gift/sale of house to B and made a direction for the purpose of securing the beneficial enjoyment of another piece of property belonging to transferor – is it valid? Valid condition Ex: Not to raise wall this obstructs the passage of light and air to transferor adjoining house. Similarly, transfer who has some plots in the middle of the property can make direction to allow the passage to the reserved plots.
18A has only one piece of land and sells it to B, whether a covenant is binding on B?No, However, if A has X and Y (two) pieces of land and sells X to B, the covenant binds B, whether it is positive or negative. Further, if B sells X to C, C would be bound by the covenant with A, if the covenant is negative and C has notice to it.
19A transfer’s property to B for life and thereafter to B’s unborn first child. However, if the B’s child changes religion the property shall be forfeited. Is it a valid transfer to unborn person?Not a valid condition. When property is transferred to an unborn child it must be absolute as in the present case it is limited by condition, it is void.
20A is given an estate for life and then to B for life and then to B’s unborn child. The child in this case didn’t come into existence before the death of B. what is the effect of transfer?It’s invalid transfer.
21A transfer’s property to B for life and thereafter to such child of B as shall attain age of 25 years. Is it a valid transfer to unborn person?Yes, The child being unborn as on the date of transfer of B for life is valid, but interest created in favour of B’s son is void, as that extends beyond –  minority of an unborn person.
22A makes a transfer of property to B for life and then to B’s unborn children, with the condition that a female child shall get only a life interest.It doesn’t fail completely The interest of the daughter will fail on account of S.13, but it doesn’t fail with regard to the whole class, or the sons.
23A transfer a property to B on the condition that B marries C. At the date of transfer, C was dead (or B shall desert her husband).The transfer is void.
24A makes a bequest to B, with a condition that it shall not have any effect if B doesn’t marry A’s daughter. B marries a stranger and thereby indefinitely postpones the fulfillment of the conditions.The bequest ceases to have an effect.
25A sues B in respect of a house in B’s possession. During the pendency of the litigation, B sells the house to C.A’s suit is dismissed. B’s transfer to C shall hold good.
26A suit for specific performance, where the agreement did not mention the khasra number or the exact area of the land sold, and its boundaries – It is void for uncertainty.Yes, when there is an ambiguity suit for specific performance wouldn’t lie
27Where A contracts with B to sell a house for a sum of Rs.1,00,000/-, B is entitled to a decree directing A to convey the house to B, by payment of the purchase money.Yes, as per S.10 the presumption in case of immovable by way of compensation in money is not an adequate remedy.
35‘A’ assigned leasehold rights in property leased from the Government to B. A was not entitled to assign such interest, and therefore, the Government forfeited the lease and leased it to B. A’s claim against for Government for forfeiture succeeded, and A obtained repossession of the property. A surrendered the property to the Government after the expiry of the lease. In this scenario whether B has to reclaim the lease from governmentB has the right reclaim it from the Government. If the vendor or the lessor subsequently acquires any interest in the property, the purchaser or the lessee may make good the contract out of such interest.
28Where a person is entitled to assign a lease with the consent of the lessor, and the lessor is required not to withhold the consent if the lease is to a respectable person. Whether lessor can refuse to give consent?No, the purchaser of leasehold right is entitled to seek a specific direction to the seller, that the seller must obtain such consent.
28Whether in a suit for specific performance vendor can cliam the defence of bad or incomplete title?No
29The inhabitants of a village claim property, B alleges to be the owner of the right of way on A’s land. Whether a declaratory suit can be filed over the property claiming the possession back from A.Yes, A may seek a declaration to hold the property.  There is a cloud on the title.
30Where A makes a settlement of an estate on B and his children, and then contracts to sell the estate to C. Whether B, or any of his children, may sue for injunction to restrain the sale.Yes, as the defendant is trustee of the property of the plaintiff;
31The inhabitants of a village claim right of way on A’s land. In a declaratory suit against several such villagers, A obtains a declaration to hold that that they do not have a right of way on their land. Several other villagers’ file suits against A for obstructing their way. Whether A can file a suit for perpetual injunction.Yes, he can file suit for injunction.

Civil Procedure Code, 1908

CIVIL PROCEDURE CODE, 1908:

CIVIL SUIT – ADJUDICATORY PROCESS

Adjudicatory Process – Civil Suit                                                                                       CIVIL 
Method of addressing grievance  & rules relating to itEvery suit commences by presentation of plaint. In common law tradition they are numbered as Original suits and whereas in Civil law tradition they are called Original Petitions. Every Plaint must satisfy the rules laid down under OVI and VII of CPC and Chapter I of Civil Rules of Practise. All these rules talk about mode and manner of drafting plaint and contents of plaint.
SummonsChapter VII of Civil Rules of Practise talks about how to serve summons and the contents of summons and the duties of process server in the event of absence of person against whom process is to be served.
Opportunity to other sideOVIII Written statement talks about the about mode and manner of drafting written statement and its contents.
Effort to resolve amicablyIn view of S.89 CPC, Since 2002 it is the duty of the court if there exist elements of a settlement which may be acceptable to the parties to refer them to Arbiration or Concilation or Judicial settlement by formulating the terms of settlement.
Fixing up disputed questionOn receipt of plaint and written statement court will come to material facts and law over which parties at variance as such OXIV mandates framing of issues by Court. Even Rule.106 of the Civil Rules of Practise talks about the same.
Evidence & marking of documentsGenerally Plaintiff is directed adduce evidence and the mode of recording of evidence and they name through which he is referred is mentioned in R.95 and R.113 and 115 of the Civil rules of Practise. O.18 R.9 of CPC talks about recording of evidence. (Objection w.r.t to production of secondary & unstamped documents)
Submitting argumentsRight averred in the plaint and evidence disclosed in support of it coupled with law called as Argument.
DecreeThe operative portion of judgment
JudgmentThe grounds on which decree is passed
ExecutionO21 CPC and  Chapter 16 of Civil rules of Practise
Filing appealChapter 13 of Civil rules of Practise and S.96 to 112 talks about appeals.

 

INTERLOCUTORY PETITION IN A CIVIL SUIT ADJUDICATORY PROCESS:

IA Process                                            CIVIL 
Filing PetitionIt is governed by Chapter IV and V of civil rules of practise.
CounterOpposite party has a right to oppose it and it can be followed by an inquiry
OrderDisposal of petition
EnforcementS.151 CPC

 

Civil Procedure Code, 1908: CPC, 1908 contains 158 sections, 51 Orders and One schedule

Definitions—

(1) Code includes rules.

 (2) Decree:   It’s a formal expression of an adjudication given by court which conclusively determines the rights of the parties with regard to all or any of the matters in controversy in the suit.

Following are also called as Decrees: i) It shall include the rejection of a plaint

ii) Determination of any question within S.144.

Following are not called as Decrees:

(a) any adjudication from which an appeal lies from an order or          b) any order of dismissal for default.

Decree can be either preliminary or final. A decree is preliminary when further proceedings have to be taken before the suit can be completely disposed of. It is final when such adjudication completely disposes of the suit. A decree can be partly preliminary and partly final.

Decree-holder (3): means any person in whose favour a decree has been passed. It also means any person in whose favour an order capable of execution has been made.

District (4): means the local limits of the jurisdiction of a principal civil court of original jurisdiction (hereinafter referred as District court) and includes the local limits of the ordinary civil jurisdiction of a high court.

Foreign court (5): To call any court as foreign court it must meet two conditions:  a) It must situate outside India b) It must not be established or continued by the authority of India.

Foreign judgment (6): means the judgment of a foreign court

Government pleader(7): includes any officer appointed by the state government to perform all or any of the functions expressly imposed by this code on the government pleader and also any pleader acting under the directions of the government pleader.

High court (7-A); India (7-B);

Judge (8): Presiding officer of a civil court

 Judgement S.2 (9): Judgement means the statement given by the judge on the grounds of a decree or order. Every judgment should contain: a) a concise statement of the case b) the points for determination c) the decision thereon and d) the reason s for such decision.     Items 2 and 3 need not be there in small cause’s court. The court shall record its findings on each issue the findings form part of the judgement. A judgement once signed cannot afterwards be amended or altered except (i) to correct clerical or arithmetical mistakes, or errors due to accidental slips or omissions (S.152); or (ii) On review (S.114).

 As per S.33 upon pronouncement of judgement, a decree shall follow.

 Judgement-debtor (10) : It means any person against whom a decree been passed. It also means any person in against whom an order capable of execution has been made.

Legal representative (11) : As per S.11 CPC the following are treated as Legal representatives:

      i) Any Person who in law represents the estate of a deceased person or

     ii) Any person who intermeddles with the estate of the deceased and where a party sues or sued in a representative character the person on whom the estate devolves on the death of the party so suing or sued.

Mesne profits (12): IF a person is in wrongful possession of property, whatever profits he actually received together with interest on such profits are called as Mesne profits. However, it shall not include profits due to improvements made by the person in wrongful possession.

Movable property (13) including growing crops.

 Order (14) means the formal expression of any decision of a civil court which is not a decree.

 Pleader (15) means any person entitled to appear and plead for another in court, and includes an advocate, a vakil and an attorney of a High Court.

 Prescribed (16) means prescribed by rules.

 

Who is party? Who can file suit?  Write a note on different kind of parties?

Ans: Party to suit means it can be plaintiff or defendant. Any person who has a right to sue or cause of action can institute a suit and he is called as Plaintiff. Person against whom right is claimed and liability is sought to be enforced is called defendant. OI CPC talks about kind of parties.

 

Necessary PartyProper PartyJoinder of Parties. OI rule.1
Parties whose presence is essential for the adjudication of the claim and in whose absence a decree can’t be passed. Thus presence necessary party is indispensable for the disposal of the suit; otherwise it is fatal to the case.  Parties in whose absence an effective decree can’t be passed.Thus his presence is necessary for complete and final adjudication of suit claim. Lack of proper party is not fatal to the suit.It refers to an idea that all person who are proper and necessary parties to the suit must be made as parties to the suit. If either the proper or necessary parties are not made as parties to the suit such suit is called as non-joinder of parties. If persons other than necessary or proper parties are joined as parties such suit is called misjoinder of parties.  All objections relating to non-joinder and misjoinder of parties shall be raised at the earliest point of time or before settlement of issues. Otherwise, they are deemed to have been waived.  Non-joinder of necessary party is fatal to the suit.

 

 

Write a note on Cause of Action?

Cause of action: Bundle of facts which entitles to a relief in a suit.  Every plaint must disclose a cause of action; if it doesn’t, it is the duty of the court to reject the plaint (O.7 r.11).

O.II CPC says Plaintiff can unite all or any one of causes of action against one defendant or defendants in one suit. This is called joinder of cause of action.  In such case the jurisdiction of the Court as regards he suit shall depend on the amount or value of the aggregate subject matters at the date of instituting the suit’. However, court has discretion to direct the plaintiff to file a separate suit if opines that it would delay or embarrass the trial. Objection as to misjoinder of cause of action shall be taken before settlement of issues.

 

Whether court has power to permit a person or body of persons to present opinion or take part in the proceedings?

Ans: Yes, as per R.8A if court is satisfied that a person or body of persons is interested in any question of law which is directly and substantially in issue in the suit and that it is necessary in the public interest.

 

Whether court has power to strike out or add or substitute any person as plaintiff?

 Ans: Yes, as per Rule.10. If the suit is instituted in the name of the wrong plaintiff the court at any stage of the suit and that it is necessary for the determination of the real matter in dispute adding or substituting any person as plaintiff is necessary, it can do so. However, court must be satisfied that the suit is instituted under a bona fide mistake.

(1)The Court may at any stage of the proceedings strike out any party if party is improperly joined. Similarly, the Court may at any stage of the proceedings add any person as party to the suit if it opines that whose presence before the Court may be necessary in order to enable the Court effectually and completely to adjudicate upon and settle all the questions involved in the suit, be added. The addition or striking out of parties can be either at the application of the party or on suo-moto by court.

(2) No person shall be added as a plaintiff suing without a next friend or as the next friend of a plaintiff under any disability without his consent.

(3) Where defendant added, plaint to be amended-

Where a defendant is added, the plaint shall, unless the Court otherwise directs, be amended in such manner as may be necessary, and amended copies of the summons and of the plaint shall be served on the new defendant and, if the Court thinks fit, on the original defendant.

(4) Subject to the provisions of the Indian Limitation Act, 1877 (15 of 1877), section 22, the proceedings as against any person added as defendant shall be deemed to have begun only on the service of the summons.

Conduct of suit: The Court may give the conduct of a suit to such persons as it deems proper. If there are more than one plaintiff or defendant, one can be authorised by other to represent them, plead or act in proceeding.

 

What is Jurisdiction and write a note on various kinds of Jurisdiction?

Jurisdiction: Jurisdiction may be defined to be the power or authority of a court to hear and determine a cause, to adjudicate and exercise any judicial power in relation to it.

JurisdictionMeaningExtent Defect in Jurisdiction
Territorial or localAreas within which court is permitted to adjudicate civil legal claims.Limits are fixed by Government. A.P.Civil Court Act.It need not be considered unless Objection is taken before settlement of Issues and as a result there occasioned a failure of justice.
PecuniaryMonetary limits within which court is permitted to adjudicate civil legal claims.Limits are fixed by Government. A.P.Civil Court Act.Same as Above
Inherent or Subject matter(S.9).Kind of Civil legal claims court is permitted to adjudicate.Civil Court has power to try all suits of civil nature unless barredIt is an incurable defect and can be raised at any stage including before Supreme court for first time.

 

 

Write a note on forum for the institution of different kinds of Suit?

Ans: S:15 to 20 of the CPC1908 regulate the forum for the institution of suits.

S15: Every suit shall be instituted in the court of the lowest grade competent to try it.

Immovable Property Movable Property Suits of other kinds
S.16: The Place where immovable property is situated.S.17: If the property is situated in the jurisdiction of more than one court, case can be filed in any one court. If there is an uncertainty court may after recording a statement to that effect proceed to entertain and dispose of the suit.S.19:These suits may be brought at the option of the palintiff either(a) where the tort is committied, or(b) where the defendant resides or(c) carries on buisness (d) or personally works for gain.S.20 provides for all other cases not covered by any of the foregoing rules. All such suits may be filed at the plaintiff option in any of the following courts:(i) where the cause of action, wholly or partly arises or(ii) where the defendant resides or carries on buisness or personally works for gain.

 

Under What circumstances party is barred to file or continue Suit?

Time LimitationLaw of Limitation prescribes time period within which suit shall be filed and same is not filed it shall be dismissed unless further time is granted by S.6 to 27 of Limitation Law.
JurisdictionIf the civil Court has no inherent or subject matter jurisdiction suit shall not filed. It shall be dismissed such objection can be taken at any stage including before supreme court for the first time.
Res Subjudice: S.10Suit is pending and the subject matter or issue in that suit and also in a subsequent suit, the subject matter or issue, is also same, the 2nd court is barred from entertaining such matter provided it is between same parties. Further, the earlier court is competent court to adjudicate the matter. Bar is against subsequently instituted suit. Suit under this section doesn’t include foreign suit.
Resjudicata:S.11If a suit is heard and finally decided by a competent court and the subject matter or issue directly and substantially the same, court is barred from entertaining the second suit on the same subject matter provided it is between the same parties. Bar is against suit which is not disposed off. Suit under this section include foreign suit unless hit by S.13.
Foreign Judgment (S.13)A foreign judgement (FJ) is conclusive and will operate as resjudicata between the parties. However, to operate as resjudicata any of following circumstances shall not exist: They are: 1. FJ not by a competent court. 2.FJ not on merits  3.FJ agaisnt international law or Indian law 4.FJ opposed to natural justice. 5.FJ obtained by fraud.  6.FJ founded on a breach of Indian law.
Death of a Party(0.22)Death of a party abates the suit unless right to sue survives.  The right to sue survive either in favour parties who are already on record or if legal representative (LR) are brought on record within 90 days. It is the duty of the counsel to communicate the death to the court. If there is no LR court can appoint any person as LR provided he has no adverse interest to that of the decease person.  If the death of the party is between the conclusion of the hearing and the pronouncing of the judgment, the court can pronounce the judgment and it shall have the same force and effect as if it had been pronounced before the death took place.
Marriage(O.22)Marriage of a female party doesn’t abate the suit. Moreover, husband is liable for decreetal debts as per any law, decree can be executed against him with the permission of the court.
Insolvency (O.22)If a party is declared insolvent, suit can be continued by official receiver or liquidator. Court can demand security from such person and in the event of non-furnishing the same, suit can be dismissed.  There shall be no separate suit on the same cause of action. The only remedy is setaside the dismissal by showing sufficient cause.
Devolutionor transferof Interest(O.22)Person in whose favour interest is transferred by party to the suit can continue the suit with the permission of the court (leave of the court). The term interest includes attachment of a decree pending an appeal in favour of person who procured such attachment.

 

 

How to enforce a foreign Judgment in India?

Presumption as to foreign judgements: As per S:14 the court upon the production of any document purporting to be a certified copy of a FJ, that judgment is pronounced by a court of competent jurisdiction, unless the contrary appears on the record or is proved.

A FJwhich is conclusive u/s 13 can be enforced in india in the folllowing ways:

    1. By instituting a suit on such FJ

    2. By instituting execution proceedings

    3. By instituting a suit on such FJ it may be enforced in india. If such foreign judgment is embodied in a decree of Indian court, the Indian court cannot go into the merits of the origianl claim. Such a suit must be filed within three years from the date of judgeemnt.

    4. A foreign judgemnt can be enforced in execution u/s 44 & 44A of the CPC. U/S 44A, a certified copy of a decree of a superior court in a reciprocating territory can be enforced in the District court, as if the decree is passed by the District court in which the execution proceedings are filed. The judgement debtor may raise all such objectios which are open to him u/s 13 as if a suit had been filed.

 

What are the others rules that also treated as Resjudiata?

Ans: S.11 explanations list out circumstances which shall also called as resjudicata.

  1. The term former suit refers to suit which is disposed of first but not suit which is instituted first
  2. Once court of competent jurisdiction is disposed the matter whether matter is appealed or pending is irrelevant.
  3. In the former suit one party must have either alleged and other must have admitted or denied.
  4. Any matter which might and ought to have been made ground of defence or attack in such former suit shall be deemed to have been a matter directly and substantially in issue in such suit.
  5. Any relief which is prayed but not granted is deemed to have been refused.
  6. This rules applies to representative suit i.e, right claimed is private or public provided it is filed with boanifide intention.
  7. The above rules equally applicable to execution proceedings.
  8. Even if the matter is decided by court of limited jurisdiction the above rules provided it is a competent court though earlier court which decided the suit jurisdiction is ousted subsequently.

 

What is the difference between Resjudicata and Res Subjudice? 

ResJudicata (S.11)Res sub judice (S.10)
It applies to a matter adjudicatedIt applies to matter pending in trial
It bars the trial of a suit or an issue which has been decided in a former suitIt bars trial of a suit which is pending decision in a previously instituted suit.

 

 

What is the difference between Explanation IV Resjudicata and OII Rule 2?  

Explanation IV ResjudicataOII Rule 2
Grounds of attack or defence which might or ought to have been raised but not raised.All claims or reliefs arise out of same cause of action.
They must be raised either plaintiff or defendant.This rule is related to Plaintiff only.

Write a note on Transfer of suits?

What grounds for filing transfer application?1) If two persons have filed two suits against each other in different courts on the same cause of action

2) If judge is interested in one party or biased agaisnt the other

3) To avoid multiplicity of proceedings or conflicting decisions

4) To prevent the abuse of process of court.

5) In matrimonial proceedings, Hindu Marriage Act,1955 permits transfer of the case in the interest of woman, so that she may not be harrased

6) On the ground of balance of convenience

7) The apprehension that there will not be any impartial trial by the court.

8) The grounds or ground shown must be reasonable, sufficient, cogent, convincing.

Who can file transfer application?It can be filed either by defendant or a third party. Defendant u/s.22 and third party u/s.24 CPC.Application must be filed after notice at the earliest possible opportunity and at or before issues are settled.
Write a note onGeneralPower of transfer& withdrawl?S:24: deals with general power of transfer and withdrawl:The High court or District court can transfer or withdraw an application either on its own motion or on the application of a party at any stage:

a) Transfer any suit, appeal or other proceeing pending before it for trial and disposal to any subordinate to it and competent to try or dispose of the same; or

b) Withdrawl of any suit, appeal or other peroceeding, pending in any court subordiante to it,

c) Try or dispose of the same or transfer the same for trial or disposal to any court subordiante to it and competent to try or dispose of the same; or re-transfer the same for trial or disposal to the court from which it was drawn

S.25: The power of Supreme Court to withdraw or transfer the case from one court to another in the interest of justice.

 

How suit is instituted and with how many days summons must be served on defendant?

Ans: S.26 CPC says every suit shall be instituted by the presentation of a plaint or in such other manner as may be prescribed.   In every plaint, facts shall be proved by affidavit. As per S.27 if the suit has been duly instituted, a summons may be issued to the defendant to appear &answer the claim. They shall be served on the defendant within 30 days from the institution of the suit.

Upon duly institution of suit court may issue SummonsWithin Thirty daysDuty of Court
Defendant shall file written statement within thirty days upon receipt of SummonsWithin Thirty daysRight of The defendant
Defendant may be permitted to file written statement after 30 days & 60 days thereafter.Extendable up to another Sixty daysDiscretion of the Court to grant by recording reasons.

Whether court has power to summon any person to be a witness or produce thing or document?

Ans: Yes, court is a search engine of truth. As per S.30 the court at any time either of its own motion or on the application of any party: –

     a) Make such orders as may be necessary or reasonble in all matters relating to the delivery and answering of interrogatories, the admission of documents and facts, and the discovery, inspection, production, impounding and return of documents or ther material objects produce as evidence;

    b) Issue summons to persons whose attendance is required either to give evidence or to produce documents or such other objects as aforesaid;

    c) Order any fact to be proved by affidavit.

S.30 says the rules laid down in S.s 27, 28, &29 shall apply to summons to give evidence or to produce documents or other material objects.

 

What powers court can exercise in the event of disobedience to summons issued to a witness or person directed to produce a thing or documents?

Ans: S.31 talks about such powers. S.31 says the court may compel the attendance of any person to whom a summons has been issued u/S.30 and for that purpose may:-  a) issue a warrant for his arrest; b) attach and sell his property c) impose a fine upon him not exceeding Rs5000-/- d) Order him to furnish security for his appearance and in default commit him to civil prison.

 

Write a note on rate of interests to be awarded?

Ans: S.34 talks about rate of interest to be awarded.  It is obligatory on part of court to grant interest and court shall give reasons for not awarding interest. If for any reason decree doesnot provide for interest, it will be deemed to have been refused. The rates of interest are different at different stages.

 

Prior to Suit During Pendency Date of decree till the payment
Substantive law or agreement between the parties or mercantile usage etc Discretion of the court.As a general rule, the  court awards  contractual rate of interest unless  it is inequitable. It is at the discretion of the court. However, it shall not exceed six percent per annum provided if contractual rate of interest is less than the 6%, the court shall award contractual rate of interest.If the liability arises out of a commercial transaction the rate of interest shall be the interest that is charged by nationalised banks in relation to commercial transactions.

 

 

Write a note on rate of interests to be awarded?

Ans: S.35 , 20A, 35A, 35B, 95 talks about costs. Imposing costs is the discretion of court and normally court shall impose costs upon the disposal of judgment or petition. The court for imposing costs need not give any reasons but for not imposing costs it shall give reasons.

Costs a civil court imposes can be classified into following kinds:

a)General Costs (S.35);

b) Miscellaneous costs (O.20A);

C) Compensatory costs for false and vexatious claims or defences-S.35A;  

d) Costs for casuing delay-S.35 B.

General CostsCosts imposed from the date of filing the suit or petitions and till their disposal. These are at the discretion of the court. Further, court has discretion to say who has to pay costs and out of what property costs must be realized. The fact that the court has no jurisdiction to try the suit shall be no bar to the exercise of such powers.
Miscellaneous costs-O 20 AThe court can award costs in respect of cetain expenses incurred in giving notices, typing charges, inspection of records, obtaining copies and prodcuing witnesses.
Compensatory costs  in respect of false or vexatious claims or defencesThis can be done after recording reasons. But, such amount should not exceed Rs3000-/- or the pecuniary limits of the court, which ever is less.  The payment of costs is not an exemption for any criminal liability. But the quantum of costs awarded can be taken into account in a suit instituted filed for claiming damages or compensation in respect of such claim or defence in a suit.
Costs for obtaining  Supplementary order on insufficient grounds (S.95)If order mentioned in S.94 is passed or effected on insufficient grounds, or the suit of the plaintiff fails and it appears to the court that there was no reasonable or probable ground for instituting the same, the court grant compensation not more than RS.50,000/-(Rupees Fifty thousand rupees) to the defendant for the expense or injury (including injury to reputation) caused to him.  This doesn’t bar to file suit for compensation and compensation awarded here can be set-off.
Costs for casuing delay-S.35 BThe court can award costs for causing delay by any party to the suit:a) fails to take the step which he was required by or under this code to taken on that date, or b) obtains an adjournment for taking such step or for producing evidence or on any other ground

 

List out what are Supplementary Proceedings and Incidental Proceedings?

 Supplementary Proceedings (S.94)Purpose: Preservation of right of parties pending suitIncidental Proceedings (S.75) Additional tools so as to ensure effective delivery of Justice.
Temporary Injunctiona) to examine any person
Appoint Receiverb) to make local investigation
Issue warrant of arrest the defendant and bring him before the court to show cause why he should not give security for his appearance, and if he fails to comply with any order for security commit him to civil prison.c) to examine or adjust accountsd) to make a partitione) to hold a scientific, technical or expert investigation f) To conduct sale of property which is subject to speedy and natural decay and which is in the custody of the court pending the determination of the suit
Direct the defendant to furnish security to produce any proerty belonging to him and to place the same at the disposal of the court or order the attachement of any proeprty.Make such other interlocutory orders as may appear to the court to be just and convenientf) To conduct sale of property which is subject to speedy and natural decay and which is in the custody of the court pending the determination of the suit.

 

Write a note on Settlement of disputes outside the court?

Ans: S.89 CPC talks about Settlement of disputes outside the court: The court upon receipt of pleadings on either side examine the parties and there if it appears to the court there exist elements of a settlement which may be acceptable to the parties, the court shall formulate the terms of settlement and give them to the parties for their observations and after receving the observations of the parties, the court may reformulate the terms possible settlement and refer the same for : – (a)Arbiration; (b) Concilation; (c) Judicial settlement including settlement through Lok Adalat (d) Mediation . Thereafter the court shall affect a compromise between the parties and shall follow such procedure as may be prescribed.    

 Miscellaneous

Whether women are exempted from personal appearance in court?No, unless such Women shall not appear in public (S.132).  However, it doesn’t means that she is exempted from arrest in execution of civil process if code permits elsewhere 
List out official persons who are exempted from Personal appearance?As per S.133 The following persons are entitled to exemption from the personal appearance namely:-

i) the president of India 

ii) the vice-president of India

iii) the speaker of the house of the people

iv) the ministers of the union

v) the judges of supreme court

vi) the governors of states and the administration of union territories

vii) the speakers of the state legislative assemblies

viii) the chairman of the state legislative councils

ix) the ministers of state

x) the judges of the high courts.

 
Whether provisions relating to arrest under S.s 55, 57 & 59 under chapter Execution shall apply to person arrested general process by Court?Yes, as per S.134. 
List out official persons who are exempted from arrest under civil process appearance?  (S.135)1) Judge, Magistrate or other judicial officer when they are going to court for holding the office of court or returning from such court.2) Similarly, the following persons who are going or retuning from tribunal or court w.r.t matter pending before such forum are entitled for Exemption from arrest under civil process. They are:  1) The parties to tribunal or court proceedings

2) Parties Pleaders, revenue agents and recognized agents and their witnesses acting in obedience to a summons.Provided their matter is pending before a tribunal having jurisdiction therein. Further or believing in good faith that it has such jurisdiction.

However, the above rule is not applicable to contempt of court proceedings issued by such tribunal or court.

(3) Further, nothing in the sub-section(2) shall enable a judgment debtor to claim exemption from arrest under an order for immediate execution or where such judgment-debtor attends to show cause why he should not be committed to  prison in execution of a decree.

 
 What is restitution?  (S.144)If a person has received any kind of benefit under a decree or order of the court and if such decree or order has been reversed or setaside, the person who has received the benefit is under a legal obligation to return the same to the person from whom it has been received.   S.144 bars filing a separate suit for the relief. It can be claimed by way of an application u/s 144(2) CPC. Under this section 144 of CPC the court may make any orders including orders for the refund of costs, and for the payment of interests, damages, and compensation and mesne profits. An application for restitution is treated as an application for execution for the purpose of limitation and it is governed by the article 136 of that Act. It’s a decree. It can be enforced with 12 years.
 Whether a third party can stand as surety holder to discharge the labiality of defendant or JDR?  (S.145)Comment: As per O.38 Rule 1 or 5 CPC the court can order the defendant to give security. This section explains the liabilities of such security given by a third party and his legal obligations or liabilities.Yes as per S.145 and court can demand him to discharge the liability and the court in any suit or in any proceeding execute or enforce the obligation of such surety like decree for execution. However, court shall give notice to such surety.   In other words (i)if he has rendered himself personally liable, against him to that extent;(ii)if he has furnished any property as security, by sale of such property to the extent of the security;(iii)if the case falls both under clause(i) and (ii), then to the extent specified in those clauses,(iv)and such person shall be deemed to be a party within the meaning of section 47.
Whether Proceedings against parties to suit are applicable to LR’s?Yes as per S.146 All the proceedings are equally applicable for or against legal representatives of parties.
What is S.148?It is about granting time by court. As per S.148: if the court has granted time to do any act, it has discretion to extend such time. However it shall not exceed thirty days in total.
What is Caveat? (S.148A)It’s a caution or giving notice to the court not to issue grant or to take any step without notice given to the party lodging the caveat. Hence, no ex-parte order shall be passed against the caveator. The life time of caveat is 90 days from the date on which it was lodged.
Whether court has power to direct the party to pay deficit fee at any time?Yes, as per S.149. But it must be paid within the time fixed by the court. In the eye of law such payment is deemed to have been paid from the date on which fee is supposed to be paid. Ex: In case of court fee on plaint, if paid at or before judgment, the date on which plaint is presented.
Whether Civil Court has Inherent powers?Yes, every civil court has inherent powers. As per S.151 The inherent powers of the court are in addition to the powers specifically conferred on the court by code. They are complimentary to those powers, and the court is free to exercise them for the ends of the justice or to prevent the abuse the process of court. They can be exercised in absence of express provision in code.
Whether court has Power of amendment of judgments, orders or decrees? (S.152)As per S.152 Once the judgement is signed, dated and pronounced by a judge in the open court, it shall not afterwards be altered or added (O.20 R3). But there are two exceptions to this general rule:Exception I: S.152 says that clerical or arithmetical mistakes in Judgements decrees or orders arising therein from any accidental slip or omission or errors may at any time be corrected by the court of its motion or on the application of the parties.Exception II: the judge can modify or amend his judgement, when the same case is presented before him to review (O.47 CPC).
    

 

ORDERS:

Pleadings: O: VI: The word pleading has been defined in the rule of this order: It says “pleading mean a plaint or written statement”. It includes the additional written statement, rejoinder, counterclaim, set-off. Civil law is set in motion by filing a plaint.

Plaint is a memorial tendered to a court in which the plaintiff sets forth his cause of action, so it is the exhibition of an action in writing.  A defendant’s statement is the written statement.

O.7: R: 11: Rejection of plaint: The conditions laid down under O.7 rule 11 CPC,1908 are:

a) where it does not disclose a cause of action;

(b) where the relief claimed is undervalued, and the  plaintiff, on being required by the Court to correct the valuation within a time to be fixed by the court, fails to do so;

(c) where the relief claimed is properly valued but the plaint is written upon paper insufficiently stamped, and the plaintiff, on being required by the Court to supply the requisite stamp-paper within a time to be fixed by the Court, fails to do so;

(d) where the suit appears from the statement in the plaint to be barred by any law:

(e) where it is not filed in duplicate; 

(f) where the plaintiff fails to comply with the provisions of rule 9.

 

Written statement: O: VIII: It must deal specifically with each allegation. The denial must be specific. It is not sufficient for a defendant in his written statement to deny generally the grounds alleged by the plaintiff, but he must deal specifically with each allegation of fact which he does not admit, except damages (R.3). Denial should not be vague or evasive. Where a defendant wants to deny any allegation of fact in the plaint, he must do so clearly, specifically and explicitly and not evasively or generally. Details of new facts, such as suit is not maintainable by pleading, void, voidable, fraud, barred by limitation , release, payment , performance or illegality must be pleaded(R.2). Every allegation of fact in the plaint, if not denied specifically or by necessary implication, or stated to be not admitted in the pleadings of the defendant, shall be taken to be admitted except as against a person under disability. The court may, however, require proof of any such fact otherwise than by such admission. When the defendant has not filed a written statement the court may either pronounce the judgment on the basis of the facts stated in the plaint(except as against a person under disability), or may require any such fact to be proved.   If a judgment is pronounced by the court, a decree shall be drawn up in accordance with it (R.5). If his denial of a fact is not specific but evasive the said fact shall be taken to be admitted. In such an event, the admission itself being proof, no other proof is necessary.  Where the defendant relies upon several distinct grounds of defence or set-off or counter-claim founded upon on separate and distinct facts, they should be stated separately and distinctly(R.7).  Any new ground of defence which has arisen after the institution of the suit or presentation of a written statement claiming a set-off or counter claim may be raised by the defendant or plaintiff, as the case may be, in his written statement. Here the court is empowered to take notice of subsequent events.

If the defendant fails to present his written statement within the time permitted or fixed by the court, the court will pronounce the judgment against him or pass such order in relation to the suit as it thinks fit a decree will be drawn up accordingly (R.10).

Set-off: A plea of set-off is ‘a plea whereby a defendant acknowledges the justice of the plaintiff’s demand of his own, to counter balances that of the plaintiff either in whole or part”. Thus it is a reciprocal acquittal of debts between two persons. The rights of the defendant to claim set-off have been recognized u/r 6. It obviates the necessity of filing a fresh suit by defendant.

EX: A sued B on a bill of exchange for Rs500. B holds judgement against A for Rs 100-/-. The two claims being both definite, pecuniary demands may be set-off. Following conditions must be satisfied before the defendant can plead set-off against the plaintiff: O: 8: R: 6: 1) The suit of the plaintiff must be legally for recovery of money.   2) The claim of the defendant against the plaintiff must be for ascertained sum of money and such sum must be legally recoverable. Such sum must not exceed pecuniary limits of jurisdiction of the court. Both the parties must fill in the same character in set-off as well as suit claim. Set-off is nothing but shield for defendant. It is almost like a cross suit. The provision regarding set-off is not exhaustive and the courts have allowed the defendant to claim set-off in certain circumstances dehors the code. Such set-off is called equitable set-off. Even unascertained sums of money are also allowed to be claimed by way of set-off on condition that such claim arises out of the same transaction out of which the suit claim has arisen. It is a matter of discretion of the court. Ex: A Bank can transfer amount deposited in current a/c to its loan a/c for set off and Solicitor’s heir for costs.

Counter claim: O: 8: R 6A to 6G: “A claim made by the defendant in a suit against the plaintiff” It is a claim independent of, and separable from, the plaintiff’s claim which can be enforced by a cross-action. It is a cause of action in favour of the defendant against the plaintiff. It can be filed either before or after the filing of the suit but before the defendants has delivered his defence or before the time fixed for delivery of his defence has expired. Such counter-claim, however, should not exceed the pecuniary limits of the jurisdiction of the court. In other words, by laying down counter claim, pecuniary jurisdiction of the court cannot be ousted and power to try the suit already entertained cannot be taken away by accepting the counterclaim beyond its pecuniary jurisdiction. Ex: In a suit for injunction, a counter-claim for possession can be allowed.

It is an attack mounted by the defendant on plaintiff. It is a means of attack to defendant. It was added by 1976 Amendment. Before that court had discretion to accept it or not. The object of inclusion is to avoid multiplicity of proceedings. The right to make counterclaim is in addition to the right to claim set-off and both are not inconsistent or mutually exclusive. It is like a sword in the hands of defendant.

The counter-claim shall be treated as plaint and will be governed by the rule applicable to plaint. Similarly, a reply filed in answer to counter claims shall be treated as a written statement and governed by rules applicable to written statement.

Differences between counterclaim and set-off:

  1. Set-off is a statutory defence to a plaintiff’s action, whereas a counter-claim is substantially a cross-action.
  2. Set-off must be for an ascertained sum of money or it must arise out of the same transaction; a counter-claim need not arise out of the same transaction
  3. Set-off is a ground of defence to the plaintiff’s action. Counter-claim is a weapon of offence, a sword, which enables the defendant to enforce the claim against the plaintiff effectually as an independent action.
  4. In the case of a legal set-off, the amount must be recoverable at the date of the suit, while in the case of a counter-claim the amount must be recoverable at the date of the written statement.
  5. When the defendant demands in a plaintiff’s suit an amount below or up to the suit claim, it is a set-off stricto sensu, but when it is for a larger amount, the claim for excess amount is really a counter claim.

Commissions: Order XXVI:

R.9 and 10: Commission to make local investigation: The court may, in any suit, issue a commission to such person as it thinks fit directing him to make local investigation and to report thereon for the purpose of

(a) elucidating any matter in dispute, or

(b) ascertaining the market value of any property or the amount of any mesne profits or damages or annual net profits. The object of local investigation is not to collect evidence which can be taken in court but to obtain evidence which form its very peculiar nature can be had only on the spot.

VARIOUS KINDS OF SUITS:

  Aggrieved O.I says any person who has right to sue or civil action against any person can institute suit. Plaintiff can withdraw the suit either in respect of whole or part of the claim either against all or any of the defendants. If such withdrawal is with the permission of court he file fresh suit basing on the same cause of action but it doesn’t save time limitation.  The can grant leave to withdraw only two conditions:  a) Formal defect b) Sufficient cause.  If there is more than one plaintiff, court can’t allow the plaintiff to withdraw the suit without the consent of other plaintiffs. O23R1A: If suit is withdrawn by plaintiff, the defendant can make a request to transpose him as a plaintiff. The court while granting leave shall have due regard to the question whether the applicant has a substantial question to be decided against the other defendants.  Any compromise or agreement or satisfaction can be recorded by court and can pass decree accordingly.  It is not necessary that the subject-matter of the compromise or satisfaction is the same as the subject-matter of the suit.
 Representative Suit (OI Rule.8)O.I Rule.8: A suit filed by/against one or more persons on behalf of themselves and others having the same interest in the suit with the permission of the court is called a Representative Suit. Object of filing such a suit is to facilitate the decision of questions in which large bodies of persons are interested without recourse to the ordinary procedure.  The Essential Conditions: 1)numerous parties 2)numerous parties must have the same interest in the suit 3)permission of the court; and 4)notice must have been issued to the parties whom it is to represent the suit. Any compromise or withdrawal in this kind of suit must be with the leave of the court, otherwise it is void.
   Two or more persons and Not directly affected but affecting public. (S.91, 92)Public nuisances(S.91): In case of a public nuisance or other wronguful act affecting or likely to affect, the public, the following persons can file suit even though no special damage has been caused to such persons:1) Advocate-General or 2) Two or more person by obtaining the leave of the court.Public charities(S.92): In case of any alleged breach of trust created for public purpose of a charitable or religious nature or direction of court is necessary for the administration of such trust, the following persons can file the suit: 1) Advocate-General or  2) Two or more person by obtaining the leave of the court. Such suit can be filed to institute:(a) removing any trustee; (b) appointing a new trustee;(c) vesting any property in a trustee; (cc) directing a trustee who has been removed or a person who has ceased to be a trustee, to deliver possession of any trust property in his possession to the person entitled to the possession of such property; (d) directing accounts and inquires; (e) declaring what proportion of the trust property or of the interest therein shall be allocated to any particular object of the trust; (f) authorizing the whole or any part of the trust property to be let, sold, mortgaged or exchanged; (g) settling a scheme; or (h) granting such further or other relief as the nature of the case may require.
     

 

Suit by or against Minor

  O.32 says Every suit by a minor should be instituted in his name by a next friend. The next friend should be a person who is of sound mind, who has attained majority, who is not a defendant in the suit, and whose interest is not adverse to that of the minor.   If the defendant is a minor, the court should appoint a guardian for the suit (guardian adlitem). The guardian adlitem should be person of sound mind who has attained majority, who is not a plaintiff in the suit, and whose interest is not adverse to that of the minor.  A decree passed against a minor in a suit which he is not represented by a guardian adlitem is a nullity. No next friend or guardian, without the leave of the court expressly recorded in the proceedings can enter into any compromise, on behalf of a minor with reference to the suit.  Any withdrawal or compromise entered into without such leave is voidable at the option of the minor.  Apart from that it must also satisfy following conditions: (a) An affidavit of the next friend of minor or person of unsound mind and (b) By a certificate of pleader, if any represents such case, to the effect that the abandonment proposed is, in his opinion, for the benefit of the minor or such other person. The above rules apply also to persons of unsound mind. S: 147 CPC also talks about the same. It says such compromise with leave of the court is valid.
  Special case (S.90)S.90: O: 36: A special case is one where parties don’t institute a suit by presentation of a plaint as they do in ordinary suits, but they, claiming to be interested in the decision of any question of fact or law, enter into an agreement in writing stating such question in the form of case for the purpose of obtaining the opinion of the court. Such suits are called friendly suits. The following conditions must be satisfied before the court to hear a special case: (1) that the agreement was duly executed by the parties. (2) that the parties have a bonafide interest in the question stated.(3) that the case is fit to be decided.   The court shall try it like an ordinary suit and pronounce the judgment and upon which a decree shall follow. There is no appeal against such a decree, as the decree will be in the nature of a comprise decree.
Interpleader SuitS.88 & O.35: It is a request by a third asking the court to decide who is the owner of it and for whom property must be delivered. In interplead suit the real dispute will be between defendants only and plaintiff claims no interest in the suit except costs or charges for filing the suit. This suit shall not be filed if there is any other suit pending in which this question can be decided. In every suit of interpleader, the plaint shall contain following facts: (a) That the plaintiff claims no interest in the subject-matter in dispute other than for charge or costs; (b) The claims made by the defendants severally; and (c) The there is no collusion between the plaintiff and any of the defendants.  It is also the duty of the plaintiff if the thing is capable of being paid into court or placed in the custody of the court, he shall deposit in the court.  S.35 R.5 puts a bar for agent or tenant to sue his principal or landlord respectively for the purpose of compelling him interplead with any person, other than the person making claim through the land lord.  S.116 of the IEA lays down that an agent cannot deny the title of his principle and the tenant cannot deny the title of his landlord.
Summary Suit O: 37 CPC A suit under this order may be instituted in all courts with regard to the following suits namely:(a) Suits upon bill of exchange, hundi, and promissory notes;(b)Suits seeking only to recover a debt or liquidated demand in money with or without interest, arising: (i) on a written contract (ii) on an enactment where the sum ought to recovered is a fixed sum of money or in the nature of a debt other than the a penalty; (iii) or on  a guarantee, where the claim against the principal is in respect of a debt or liquidated damages only.Institution and procedure of summary suit:Defendant does not have a right to defend the suit unless he enters the appearance within 10 days of the service of the summons upon him and gives notice of such appearance to the plaintiff or his pleader in the manner specified in sub-rule (3). Defendant doesn’t have a right to defend the suit unless he shows by filing affidavit or otherwise, that he has a defence to the claim of the plaintiff.

At this stage of deciding, the court has very wide powers. It can  grant leave to defend unconditionally or impose conditions before granting leave to defend or pass judgment as prayed for or otherwise  by refusing leave to defend. It can refuse leave if it is satisfied that the facts disclosed by the defendant don’t indicate a substantial defence or that the defence is frivolous or vexatious.

The court may require the defendant to deposit money before granting the leave. The court may also order expeditious hearing the suit.

If the defendant doesn’t enter the appearance at all, the allegations in the plaint shall be deemed to admitted and the plaintiff shall be entitled to a decree.   If the defendant at the hearing of summons for judgment doesn’t apply for leave to defend or if such application is made and refused the plaintiff shall be entitled to a judgment forthwith.

As to further procedure in suits under this order will be the same as that in suits instituted in ordinary manner.

   Indigent Suits O: 33It is not a charity and it is only a deferred payment only.Indigent person: 1) Does not sufficient means to pay the court fee – Suit property + S.60 CPC or 2) No Court fee to be paid for such suit + Does have not property worth Rs1000 + S.60 CPC.One can sue as indigent only if he has obtained the permission of the court to do so. He has therefore to apply for permission to sue as indigent.Grounds for Rejection of application:a)Where it is not properly framed and presented; or  b)Where the applicant is not an indigent person; or c) Where he has within two months next before the presentation of the application disposed of any property fraudulently or in order to be able to apply for permission to sue as an indigent person or d) Where his allegations don’t show a cause of action ; or e)Where he has entered into any agreement with reference to the subject matter of the proposed suit under which any other person has obtained an interest in such subject-matter.
Suit against state or its officers: (S.80):Sixty days prior notice is mandatory. It must be in writing. The notice should be in writing and it should state the cause of action, the name description and place of residence of the plaintiff and the relief claimed by him. Such notice has to be served upon a secretary in case of central government, a general manager in case of railway and a secretary or collector of the district in case of state govt. However, the court has the power to dispense with the requirement of the service of such notice if it is satisfied that the suit is filed to obtain urgent or immediate relief. For this purpose separate application is ordinarily made for leave of the court to sue without service of statutory notice.  Such leave may be granted if it appears to the court if requirement of service of statutory notice is inserted upon, it shall defeat the purpose or object of filing the suit. But even in such cases, the court has no power to grant any interim relief exparty without notice to the govt. No suit shall be maintainable without such notice.
 Suit by or against soldiers, sailors and airmen: O: 28:O: 28: Where any solider, sailor or airman is party to the suit who is in actual service, and is unable to obtain leave for prosecuting or defending the suit in personam, he may authorize any person to sue or defend him. The person so authorized may himself prosecute or defend the suit or appoint a pleader. Summons on a soldier, sailor or airman may be served through his commanding officer.
Suits by or against corporations:O:29It can be sued in its corporate name. Rule 1 of Order 29 provides that in suits by or against a corporation, any pleading may be signed and verified on behalf of the corporation by (i) the secretary; or (ii) any director; or (iii) other principal officer of the corporation able to depose to the facts of the case. Summons may be served as provided in Rule 2. The court may at any stage of the suit require the personal appearance of any of the above named officers, who may able to answer material questions relating to the suit.
Suits by or against trustees, executors and administrators: O:31:In suits between strangers and persons beneficially interested in the property vested in trustees, executors or administrators, it is not necessary to join the beneficiaries as parties to the suit. They can be represented by trustees, executors or administrators, as the case may be. The court may, if it thinks, order all or any of the beneficiaries as parties. If a suit is filed against trustees, executors or administrators, all of them should be joined as parties, except (i) the executors who have not proved the will of the testator; or (ii) trustees, executors or administrators staying outside India

Issues: Order: XIV

What is issue? How many kinds of Issues are there?Issue: Material Proposition of fact or law affirmed by one party and denied by other. Issues are of two kinds: Factual and legal.
What is the first date of Hearing?The day on which court applies its mind to the case either for framing issues or taking evidence can be said to be the first day of hearing of the suit.
What is the object of framing issue? How they must be framed?To ascertain with precision the propositions of law or fact on which the parties are at variance and on such questions issues are required to be framed. Issues must be framed in such manner that they should indicate burden of proof. Issues must be specific and clear and not vague or evasive.
What is the meaning of material proposition of fact or law?Material propositions are those propositions of law or fact which a plaintiff must allege in order to show a right to sue or a defendant must allege in order to constitute his defence (R.1 (2)). There shall be a distinct issue for each material proposition.
What is the basis for framing Issues?The court shall, after reading the plaint and the written statements, Allegations made on oath by the parties, documents field on record. Further court for the purpose of properly framing issue can examine any person or direct any person to produce any document.For that purpose court may adjourn the framing of issues to a day not later than seven days.
What court can do if upon reading pleading and documents on either side there is no issued to be framed?If there is no defence or defendant admits plaintiff claim, the court should pronounce judgment on all issues.
Is it mandatory upon court to record fining on all issues?It is the duty of the court to pronounce judgment on all issues. However, if the court is of the opinion that the case or any part thereof may be disposed of an issue of law only, it may try that issue first, if that issue relates to:   a) The jurisdiction of the laws; orb) A bar to the suit created by any law for the time being in force.  In fact, for this purpose, the court may if it thinks fit, postpone the settlement of the other issues until the issues of law have been decided.
Whether court can recast or frame issues at any time?Yes, the court has power to recast or re frame issues at any time or frame additional issues at any time before passing a decree for determining the matters in controversy. Similarly, it has also power to strike out any issues that appear to it be wrongly framed or introduced.
Whether parties can request the court to decide an issue by way by of agreement?Yes, It can be of question of fact or of law provided court if satisfied that agreement was executed in good faith may pronounce judgment and upon the judgment so pronounced, a decree shall follow.

 

 

 

Production, Impounding and Return of Documents (OXIII)

What is Marking?Marking refers to making a document or material object as part of record or evidence. In order to mark a document it has to meet three important tests. They are: Relevancy, Mode of proof and Admissibility.
At what stage documents shall be filed by parties?OXIII Rule.1 says Original documents are to be produced at or before the settlement of issues and later they shall not be received except with the permission of court. However following are exceptions:1) Documents produced for cross examination of witnesses of other party.2) Documents handed over to witnesses to refresh his memory.
What is the object of framing issue? How they must be framed?To ascertain with precision the propositions of law or fact on which the parties are at variance and on such questions issues are required to be framed. Issues must be framed in such manner that they should indicate burden of proof. Issues must be specific and clear and not vague or evasive.
What are the grounds for rejecting a document by the court?Rule.3 says: irrelevant or otherwise inadmissible.   As per rule.6, there shall be endorsement on those documents about rejection on any of these grounds and they shall be returned to party producing it as per rule.7.
What is impounding?Seizing a document by court. The court may for sufficient cause order a document to be impounded (kept in the custody of a court officer). Ex: not stamped or insufficiently stamped. Similarly, in case of forgery, the court has an apprehension that the document may be altered or destroyed.
Whether court can return documents marked?No, as per rule.9 the admitted document in a suit can be returned only after expiry of appeal time or appeal is not allowed.  However, court can return document at any time by substituting original with certified copies by filing appropriate petition.
Whether rules in O.13 apply to Material objects?Rule 11 says the above provisions applicable to material objects also.

 

     

 

 

 

Hearing of the Suit and Examination of Witnesses (O.18):

There are 19 rules under this order.

  
  
   
  
Who has right to begin? Rule.1The plaintiff has to right to begin. However, if the defendants admits facts but alleges some additional facts either on point of law or facts, stating that the plaintiff is not entitled to any part of the relief which he seeks, in which case the defendant has the right to begin.
Who has to let evidence if there are several issues? Rule.3:If there are several issues, the burden of proving some of which lies on the other party, the party beginning may, at his option, either produce his evidence on those issues or reserve it by way of answer to the evidence produced by the other party; and, in the latter case, the party beginning may produce evidence on those issues after the other party has produced all his evidence, and the other party may then reply specially on the evidence so produced by the party beginning; but the party beginning will then be entitled to reply generally on the whole case.
Who must be the first witness in a suit? Rule3AIf a party himself wishes to appear as a witness, he shall appear first as witness. However, if court permits, this rule has no application.
What is the mode Production of evidence? The party has right to begin and produce evidence in support of issues on the date fixed for hearing. Thereafter other party has right to produce evidence. The party beginning may then reply generally on the whole case. Parties can address oral arguments and submit written arguments. The written arguments shall form part of the record. No time shall be given for filing written arguments.
 What is the mode for Recording of evidence (R.4)?The examination-in-chief by way of affidavit and whereas cross-examination and re-examination can be by court or by the commissioner appointed by it. The Commissioner has power to record demeanour of any witness while under examination. Any objection raised during the recording of evidence before the Commissioner shall be recorded by him and decided by the Court at the stage of arguments. The commissioner shall submit his report within 60 days.
How evidence shall be taken in appellable case?(R.5)In appellable case evidence shall be taken in the language of the court by Judge personally or in the presence and under the personal direction and Superintendence of, the Judge, or from the dictation of the Judge directly on a typewriter; or if the Judge, for reasons to be recorded, so directs, recorded mechanically in the language of the court on the presence of the Judge.
Where deposition to be interpreted.-Where the evidence is taken down in language different from that in which it is given, and the witness does not understand the language in which it is taken down, the evidence as taken down in writing shall be interpreted to him in the language in which it is given.
8. Memorandum when evidence not taken down by Judge.- If the evidence is not taken down in writing by the Judge, or from his dictation in the open court, or recorded mechanically in his presence, he shall be bound, as the examination of each witness proceeds, to make a memorandum of the substance of what each witness proceeds, to make a memorandum of the substance of what each witness deposes, and such memorandum shall be written and signed by the Judge and shall form part of the record.
Whether Court has power to put question to parties either on its own motion or upon the request of parties? R.11Yes, the court has power to put question to parties either on its own motion or upon the request of parties.  In such case it is the duty of the court to take down such particular question and answer, or any objection to any question.
Whether Court shall record objection and reason for allowing or overruling such objection? R.11Yes, the Court shall record objection and reason for allowing or overruling such objection besides recording the name of party who took such objection.
Whether court has power to record demeanour of witnesses?  R.12Yes, the court has power to record demeanour of witnesses while under examination.
How to record evidence in non appealable cases? R.13In non appealable cases, it is enough if judge takes down substance of evidence.
If the Judge is died or transferred, whether successor can record evidence? R.15If the Judge is died or transferred, the successor need not record evidence already taken down and he can proceed with the suit from the stage at which his predecessor left it.
Whether court can take witness evidence before recording evidence? R.16If a witness is about to leave the jurisdiction of the court, or other sufficient cause is shown to the satisfaction of the court, why his evidence should be taken immediately, the court may, upon the application of any party or of the witness, at any time after the institution of the suit, take the evidence of such witness in the manner hereinbefore provided.
Whether court can recall any witness? R.17The court may at any stage of a suit recall any witness who has been examined.
Whether court can Suit inspect any property? R.18The court may at any stage of a Suit inspect any property or thing concerning which any question may arise and where the court inspects any property or thing. It is duty of the court to make a memorandum of any relevant facts observed at such inspection. It becomes part of the record of the suit.
    

 

 

 

 

             O.24 Payment into court       O.25 Security for costs
 Defendant has a right to deposit suit either in part or full satisfaction of calim. If it is full court can pass judgment. If it is part court would proceed with part of the claim.The notice of the same shall be given through the court. 3. There shall be no interest to be paid to the plaintiff upon the deposit of sum made by the defendant from the date of receipt of such notice.  It is left to the discretion the court to decide by whom the costs of each party to be paid. The court at any stage of the suit orders the plaintiff to give security for the payment of all costs.  This order can be passed by court either on its own motion or on the application of the defendant by fixing the time within which security must be given.This order shall be made in all cases if the plaintiff or plaintiffs are residing out of India and that such plaintiff or plaintiffs don’t posses any sufficient immovable property within India other than the property in suit.Whoever leaves India and there is a reasonable probability that he will not be forthcoming he may be called upon to pay costs on the ground that he is residing out of India (according to the proviso of sr.1).If the plaintiff failed to furnish security within the time permitted, the court shall make an order dismissing the suit unless the plaintiff is permitted to withdraw the case.The court shall set-aside the suit dismissed, if it is proved to the satisfaction of the court that he was prevented by any sufficient cause from furnishing security. It shall set-aside the dismissal upon such terms as to security, costs or otherwise and shall appoint a day for proceeding with the suit.
Temporary Injunction  (O.39)The Purpose of S.94 is to Preservation of right of parties pending suit
Why Temporary Injunction is granted?  (O.39)T.I is granted for the purpose of staying and preventing the wasting, damaging, alienation, sale, removal or disposition of the property or dispossession of the plaintiff or otherwise causing injury to the plaintiff in relation to any property in dispute in the suit
Whether it can be granted against plaintiff?Yes, if the Property in dispute is in danger of being wasted, damaged, or alienated by any party to the suit, or wrongfully sold in execution of a decree.
Whether TI can be granted against repetition or continuance of breach? Yes as per Rule 2, the court can grant TI  restraining the defendant from repetition or committing continuance breach of contract or other injury provided suit is filed for such purpose.
What is the remedy available in the event of violation of TI?As per Rule 2A: If there is disobedience or breach of order granted rule.1 & 2, the court may order attachment of property and may also order such person to be detained in civil prison for a term not exceeding three months.The attachment made under this order shall not be in force for more than one year. If the disobedience or breach continues, the property attached may be sold and out of the proceeds, the court may award such compensation to injured party and balance to the party entitled.
What is exparty ad interim temporary injunction?Injunction granted in favour of petitioner without notice to respondent. Court can make such order only, if the delay in granting would defeat the purpose.
What is the procedural formalities petitioner has to undertake upon exparty ad interim temporary injunctionApplicant after issuance of injunction, to deliver to the opposite party by registered post the following:-

a) a copy of the affidavit filed in support of the application,

b) a copy of the plaint, 

c) copies of document on which the applicant relies.The proof of delivery shall be filed along with affidavit on the same day or very next day.

Is there any duty upon the court to dispose the application within 30 days?As per Rule.3A the Court upon granting exparty ad interim temporary injunction shall dispose the application within thirty days from the date on which it is passed.  If court is unable to do so, it shall record reasons for its inability.
Whether court can vacate injunction granted?Rule.4:  If injunction order is passed after hearing both parties, the order shall not be varied discharge or set aside. However, there is a change in circumstances or order has caused hardship to party it can be varied, discharged or set aside.If the injunction order is passed without notice and such order is passed in view of false or misleading statement given on affidavit w.r.t material particulars, the court by recording reasons shall vacate the injunction.
When TI is directed against corporation – is it binding all the officers of corporation?Yes, as per Rule.5 If an injunction is directed to a corporation, it is binding not only on the corporation itself but also on all members and officers of the corporation whose personal action it seeks to restrain.
Whether court can order for sale of the property?Yes, as per Rule.6: The court may on the application of any party to the suit order for sale of the property in the following conditions:

a) If it is movable property,

b) It is subject matter of suit or attached before judgment

c) It is subject to speedy and natural decay

d) For any other just and sufficient cause it may be desirable.

Whether court can order for detention, preservation, and inspection etc., of subject matter of suit?Yes, as per Rule.7 the court can order for detention, preservation, and inspection etc., of subject matter of suit. The Provisions as to execution of process shall to person authorised to enter under this rule
Who has to bear the revenue arrears to government if the property orders to be sold under this order?Any party to the suit claiming to have in interest in such land be put in possession of the land provided he pay land revenue due to government. The same rule principle applies if rent is due on the land to any other person. The court may in its decree award against the defaulter the amount so paid, with interest.
Whether court order for deposit of property?Yes, as per Rule.10 if the subject matter of suit is money or anything capable of delivery, the court may order for the deposit of the same in the court or deliver to opposite party.The same rule applies if any party admits that he holds such money or property either as a trustee, possessor or person having its entitlement.
   

 

 

RECEIVER (O.40) 
Who is a Receiver?Receiver is an impartial person appointed by the court to collect and receive, pending the proceedings, the rents, issues, and profits of land, or personal estate which it doesn’t seem reasonable to the court that either party should collect and receive, or for enabling the same to be distributed among the persons entitled.
What is the object of appointment of a receiver?The object of the appointment of a receiver is the protection or preservation of property for the benefit of persons who have an interest in it until the proceedings is decided by the court.
What is principal ground for appointment of receiver?As per Rule.1 the court may appoint receiver only if it feels that it is  just and convenient.
What is Land mark Judgment on appointment of receiver? Thanga vellu Chettair v Krishna Swamy Chettiar
What is principal ground for appointment of receiver?1. The court should not appoint a receiver except upon proof by the plaintiff that prima facie he has an excellent chance of success in the suit.  

2. The party who seeks the appointment of a receiver must come before the court with clean hands.  

3. The court must see and protect the rights of all parties and the subject matter. 

4. The plaintiff must show the proof or convince the court that if the receiver is not appointed, that there is every likelihood of the danger to the property in the suit.  

5. The court will not be made the order if it has the effect of depriving dependant of a de facto possession, the possession however may be different, if the property is not in the enjoyment of none. 

6. The court has power to appoint receiver for immovable property situated outside its ordinary jurisdiction.

 

Arrest before judgment: O38 R 1-4R:1 says: If at any stage of a suit the court is satisfied by affidavit or otherwise:– a)That the defendant with intent to delay the plaintiff or to avoid any process of the court, or to obstruct or delay the execution of any decree that may be passed against him,

(i)  has absconded or left the local limits of the jurisdiction of the court, or is about to abscond or leave the local limits of the jurisdiction of the court, or

b) has disposed of or removed from the local limits of the jurisdiction of the court his property or any part thereof, or

c) If the defendant is about to leave India under circumstances affording reasonable probability that the plaintiff will or thereby be obstructed or delayed in execution of any decree that may be passed against the defendant in the suit, the court may issue a warrant that may be passed against the defendant in the suit, the court may issue a warrant to arrest the defendant and bring him before the court to show cause why he should not furnish security for his appearance.

The defendant shall not, however, be arrested if he pays to the officer entrusted with the execution of the warrant any sum specified in the warrant as sufficient to satisfy the plaintiff’s claim.

Whether Surety holder can give security under O38 R.1 Yes, the whole purpose is to ensure satisfaction of decree that may be passed against defendant and presence of defendant is only an incidental affair. Hence, any person can given security and in such S.145 would apply. However, if the surety holder wants discharge either he shall pay money or make an application. The court before disposing such application shall give notice to the defendant and direct him to furnish security. If he fails to furnish he may be committed to civil prison for a period of six months. If the suit claim is less than Rs.50/- detention in civil prison shall not be more than three months. If payment is made or security is shown, detention gets setaside.
Attachment before judgment: O: 38: R: 5:R:5 says: If at any stage of a suit, the court is satisfied, by affidavit or otherwise:-  (a)that the defendant, with intent to obstruct or delay the execution of any decree that may be passed against him,

(i) is about to dispose of the whole or any part of his property.

(ii) is about to remove the whole or any part of his property from the local limits of the jurisdiction of the court.

(b) The court may direct the defendant, within a time to be fixed by it, either to furnish security as may be sufficient to satisfy the decree, or to appear and show cause why he should not furnish security. If the defendant fails to furnish security, which is sufficient to satisfy decree within time fixed, it can pass an order of attachment of any specified property or such portion thereof as may be sufficient to satisfy the decree.   If an order of attachment is made without complying with the provisions of Rule 5(1), such attachment shall be void.

Difference between O.38 R.1 & R.5O38R.1 when the defendant is about to leave the local limits of the court. O38 R.5 when the defendant about to dispose the suit property. Normally and naturally in the absence of defendant there is no purpose in having a decree without person. Similarly, there is hardly any purpose having a decree without property. To meet this end only these two rules are designed. The object of these two rules is to ensure satisfaction of decree that may be passed in future. This is achieved by demanding security. However, the method and purpose of obtaining security in two cases is slightly different. In O38 R.1 the purpose is to ensure presence of defendant during the course of suit and whereas R.5 it is to prevent the disposal of defendant property.  The grounds for exercising power R5 are very limited and whereas under R.1 are very wide. U/R.1 security can be demanded on variety of reasons like not only removing property but also leaving the limits of court and whereas under R.5  it can be only for the purpose of removing or disposing of the property.
Whether O.38 R1 is applies to S.16 (a) to (d) of CPC?No, S.16 talks about suits relating to immovable property.
What rules shall be followed for attachment of property under this Order?As per R: 7:  The attachment of property under this order shall be made in accordance with O.21 CPC provided it is not contrary to the provisions of this order.
What shall be mode of adjudicating in case of any claim is preferred w.r.t property attached under this order? As per R: 8: If any claim is preferred to property attached before judgment, it must be adjudicated like adjudication of claims to property attached in execution of a decree for the payment of money.
Under circumstances Attachment under this order is withdrawn?As per R9 under two circumstances attachment made shall be withdrawn: a) If the defendant furnishes security together with costs of the attachment b) If the suit is dismissed.
Prior at attachment under this order if property is under attached because of any court decree, what is the fate of such decree?It doesn’t affect rights of the persons prior to the attachment. As per R.10: The rights of the persons prior to the attachment wouldn’t affect and also any person holding a decree against the defendant from applying for the sale of the property under attachment in execution of decree.
Whether property attached under this Order shall attached under O.21 CPC?No, as per R: 11: The Property is once attached under this order, need not be attached again for the purpose of execution of decree.
What rules shall be followed ether rules laid down O21 CPC for attachment of property shall to attachment made under this Order?R.11A: (1) The provisions applicable to an attachment made in execution of a decree shall be applicable to the attachment made before judgment.

(2) If the suit is dismissed for default attachment made under this section would not revive merely because suit has been restored.

Whether agriculture produce which is in possession of agriculturist is exempted from attachment?No, as per R: 12 the court cannot pass an order for the attachment of any agriculture produce which is in possession of agriculturist.
Whether Small causes can attach an immovable property?NO, as per R: 13 Small causes court has no power to attach immovable property. 

 

S.96 to 112 talks about appeals: Appeal is of two kinds, first and second.

It is the decree which is appealed but not judgment (even if its exparte). If preliminary decree is not appealed, it can’t be challenged when appeal is filed against a final decree.  If the decree is by way of consent there is no appeal.

 

 1st Appeal2nd Appeal
 It can decide both question of fact and law.It can’t decide question of facts, however, erroneous the findings may be.
 If the value of property is less than Rs.10,000/- there is no 1st appeal on question of fact. It can be on question of law.If the value of property is less than Rs.25,000/- there is no 2nd appeal on question of law.
   

 

If appeal is heard by two or more judges of High court, the majority opinion will prevail.

No decree shall be reversed or varied or remanded on the ground that there is misjoinder or non-joinder of parties or cause of action or any error or defect in the proceedings provided they don’t affect the merits of the case or the jurisdiction of the court. The same rule applies to execution proceeds. However, this rule has no application in case of non-joinder of necessary party.

 

Section 103 of the code provides that the High Court may, if the evidence on record is sufficient, determine any question of fact necessary for the disposal of the appeal, provided that the matter had not been determined by the lower appellate court or which has been wrongly determined by such court by reason of any illegality, omission, error or defect such as is referred to in sub-section (1) of section 100.  However, this section does not empower the High Court to frame questions of facts on issues that had not been raised at all in the lower Court.

 

Appeal from orders: (S.104): An appeal shall lie from the following orders of the court: An order u/s.35A b) an order u/s.91 or 92 refusing leave to institute a suit of the nature referred in S.91 or 92.c) an order u/s.95 d) an order which imposes fine or direction to arrest or detention in the civil prison except in case of execution of decree. e) if for any order appeal is expressly provided. D) There is no appeal against an order passed by appeal court.

 

Powers of Appeal court:  The 1st appellate court has all the powers of trial court.

  (a) to determine the case finally b) to remand a case c) to frame issues and refer them for trial d) to take additional evidence or require such evidence to be taken.

 (b) Remand means send back to the trial court. Conditions for remand of the case: Suit must have been disposed on preliminary point. The decision of lower court on preliminary part is reversed in appeal.

Effect of remand : It reverses the lower court’s decision and reopens the case for re-trial, except a matter decided by the appellate court. Remand order is appealable.

 

Reference: S: 113: O: 46: A reference may be made by a subordinate court to the high court on a question which arises-

(a) Decree is not subject to appeal at all or decree is not subject to second appeal to high court, or in the execution of such a decree.

(b) If it be a question of law or usage having the force of law, on which the court trying the suit or appeal entertains a reasonable doubt

Such reference may be made by the court either of its own motion or on the application of any of the parties. Where a question of the validity of any law in issue, a reference must be made to the high court, the high court, then hears the parties, and decides the points referred, a copy of its judgement is than sent to the court by which the reference was made. It is the duty of the latter court, on receipt of the judgement, to dispose of the case in conformity with the decision of the high court. In certain cases, questions as to jurisdiction on small causes may be referred.

 

Review: Reconsideration of its own decree by court which passed the decree is called review. Review is permitted when there is no appeal or right of appeal is not exercised. If review is preferred there is no right of appeal. Grounds for review: a) discovery of new and important matter or evidence b) decree passed on account of mistake or error apparent on teh acre of the record c) or any other sufficient reason.

 

Revision: S:115: The high court may call for the record of any case which has been decided by any court subordinate to it and in which no appeal lies thereto, if the subordinate court appears : a) to have exercised a jurisdiction not vested in it by law or b) to have failed to exercise a jurisdiction vested in it by law or c) to have acted in the exercise of its jurisdiction illegally or with material irregularity and the high court may make such order as in the case it thinks fit.

But by 2002 amendment following changes have been made:

But the high court shall not under this section, vary or reverse any order made or any order deciding an issue in the course of a suit or other proceeding , except where order

If had been made in favour of the party applying for revision, would have finally disposed of the suit or other proceedings, but not the order if allowed would occasion a failure of justice or cause irreparable injury to the party against whom order was made.

 

S.125: The high court has power to make rules under order provided in the code.

 

Order: 41: Appeals from original decrees:

Stay by Appellate court

R:5(1) An appeal shall not operate as a stay of proceedings under a decree or order appealed from, except so far as the appellate court may order nor shall execution be stayed by reason only of an appeal having been preferred;

But the appellate court may for sufficient reason order stay of execution.

(2) The court which passed the decree may also on sufficient cause being shown stay execution of an appealable decree before the expiration of the time allowed for appealing therefore.

(3) No order of stay shall be made under sub-rules (1) (2) unless the court is satisfied

(a) That substantial loss may result unless the order is made.

(b) That application has been made without unreasonable delay.

C) That security has been given by applicant for the due performance of such decree or order as may ultimately bind upon.

(4)Subject to the provisions of sub-rule (3), the court may make an ex-parte order for stay of execution pending the hearing of the application.

(5) Where an appeal is against a decree for payment of money the appellate court may deposit or furnish security in respect thereof within the time allowed by the court and where the appellant fails to do so the court shall not make an order staying the execution of the decree not withstanding anything contained in the foregoing sub-rules.

Where a security has been furnished by the surety for the performance of the decree u/o 412 R.5 of CPC the interests of the decree-holder are safeguarded. The person who offered security would be liable for the performance of the decree, as if he was a judgement debtor u/s 145 of the CPC.

 

R: 22:Cross objections: If a suit party is entitled to claim several reliefs. But court on findings on record granted only few and gave judgement in its favour with regard to rest. In such a case, a party has right to prefer appeal against those relief’s not granted by trial court. Such an appeal is cross-appeal. It has to been filed within the limitation period. If the defendant files an appeal against aggrieved order, if the time is expired than plaintiff has right to file cross-objections, these may be filed at any time within one month from the date of service of the notice upon him. The cross-objections are to be in the form of memorandum and they must comply with rules relating with the memorandum of appeal. Accordingly to O.41 R22(1) even when original appeal is withdrawn, cross-objections can be heard and disposed of.

 

R: 23 and 23A: Remand: S: 107(1) (b):

Remand means send back, where the trial court decided on preliminary point “without recording findings on other issues and if appellant court reverses the decree so passed, it may send back the case to the trial court to decide other issues and determine the suit.”

Conditions for remand of the case:

1) Suit must have been disposed on preliminary point.

2) The decision of lower court on preliminary part is reversed in appeal

3) Effect of remand is: it reverses the lower court’s decision and reopens he case for re-trial , except a matter decided by the appellate court. 

4) Remand order is appealable.

 

R: 25: Where the court from whose decree the appeal is preferred has omitted to frame or try any issue, or to determine any question of fact, which appears to the appellate court essential to the right decision of the suit upon the merits, the appellate court may, if necessary, frame issues, and refer the same to trial to the court from whose decree the appeal is preferred and in such case shall direct such court to take the additional evidence require.

And such court shall proceed to try such issues and shall return the evidence to the appellate court together with its findings thereon and the reasons therefore within such time as may be fixed by the appellate court or extended by it from time to time.

R:26(1) Such evidence and findings shall form part of the record in the suit; and either party may, within a time fixed by the appellate court, present a memorandum of objections to any finding.

 

R:27: Production of additional evidence in Appellate court:

(1)The parties to an appeal shall not be entitled to produce evidence, whether oral or documentary, in the appellate court. But if-

(a) The court from whose decree the appeal is preferred has refused to admit evidence which ought to have been admitted, or

(b) The party seeking to produce additional evidence, establishes hat notwithstanding the exercise of due diligence, such evidence was not within his knowledge or could not, after the exercise of due diligence, be produced by him at the time when the decree appealed against was passed, or

(c)The appellate court requires any document to be produced or any witness to be examined to enable it to pronounce judgement, or for any other substantial issue.

(d)The appellate court may allow such evidence or document to be produced or witness to be examined.

(2) Whenever additional evidence is allowed to be produced by an appellate court, the court shall record the reason for its admission.

 

EXECUTION:

Part-I Preliminary

What is Execution?The enforcement of rights determined by way of process of law is called execution.
What is time limitation for Execution of decree?As Article 136 of Limitation Act, 1963 any decree can be executed within twelve years. However, there are two exceptions to this rule: a) If the decree is for mandatory injunction, time limitation is 03 years only.  One year is the time limitation for delivery of possession of an immovable property at a sale in execution of a decree.
What is the starting the point for date of execution of decree?Decree can be executed the date on which it is pronounced and whereas the following can’t be executed immediately: 1)Time is granted in the decree 2) Country with which India is having hostilities, one after the  cessation of the same  3) Three years in case of decree against government.
Whether S.5 of Limitation Act,1963 is applicable to Proceedings under O.21 CPC,1908?No,S.5 of Limitation is not applicable for O.21 CPC proceedings. However, for limited purposes execution application can be file even after expiry of time. This is dealt in R.106(3) of O.21 CPC. It says if the respondent was set exparty due to non-service of notice, limitation starts not from the date of order, but from the date when the respondent came to know of the exparty order passed against him.
Whether notice must be issued before executing decree?No, however if the decree is executed two years after its passage or against legal representative of JDR notice must be given.  In case money decree or mortgage claim or charge, DHR must have succession certificate.
Who can file execution Petition?The following: a) Sole decree holder, b) Joint decree holder. The joint decree holder can execute decree with the permission of the court. C) Any person to whom decree is transferred by way of agreement or by operation of law (Legal representatives).  Decree if it offers transferrable rights it can be transferred. As such, transferee of a decree can execute decree (49).
How the execution application must be filed?It must be in the form of O21 R.11(2) CPC. It must be in writing. Execution application can also be oral if the JDR is in court.
Decree Can be executed against whom and over which property?Decree can be enforced against JDR or his legal representative to the extent of interest derived by him but not against his personal property and has not been duly disposed of.
How would court can ascertain about due disposition of property? What if the court can do if the property is not duly disposed-off by LR?The court for this purpose can compel such legal representative to produce such accounts as it thinks fit (S.50).  However, if the decree is payment for money out of the property of the deceased, it may be executed by the attachment and sale of any such property. If the JDR fails to show that about due disposal of property received from deceased, the decree may be executed against the judgment-debtor to the extent of the property in respect of which he has failed so to satisfy the Court in the same manner as if the decree had been against him personally (S.52).
Whether Decree can be executed against ancestral property?S.53 says For the purposes of S.50 & S.52, property in the hands of a son or other descendant which is liable under Hindu law for the payment of the debt of a deceased ancestor, in respect of which a decree has been passed, shall be deemed to be property of the deceased which has come to the hands of the son or other descendant as his legal representative.
Which court can execute Decree?Any of the following courts: a) Court which passed the decree. B)Courts to which decree is transferred c) Territorial jurisdictionThe Small cause’s court can execute decree only against movable property but not immovable property decree.
Whether executing court can go behind decree? No, except in two circumstances: a) Nullity b) Decree obtained by way of fraud. If there is a Conflict between Judgment and decree, Judgment will prevail.
What are the Questions to be determined by Court executing decree (s.47)?All questions relating to the execution discharge or satisfaction of the decree shall be determined by the Court executing the decree and not by a separate suit. It can also decide whether any person is the representative of a party or not.
How cross decrees are enforced? Person with higher amount can execute the decree; other decree satisfaction will be recorded. The same is the case with cross claims. If there are more than one DHR, payment to one is not a valid discharge unless the other DHRs also accept the payment. For recording payment or adjustment in satisfaction of decree 30 days is the time. If payment is not recognized suit must be filed.
Whether DHR can proceed both against property and person?No, however, with the permission of the court on both he can proceed.

 

Part-II Preliminary:

What are various modes of executing decree?(a) by delivery of any property specifically decreed;(b) by attachment and sale or by the sale without attachment of any property; (c) by arrest and detention in prison(d) by appointing a receiver; or(e) in such other manner as the nature of the relief granted may require.

 

Arrest and Detention in Civil Prison 

Difference between money decree and other decrees1) In money decree Woman shall not be arrested in execution of a decree (S.56).

2) In money decree before making an order for detention the court shall issue a show cause notice to the judgment debtor. After hearing his objection, if any, then only court can order detention. But in case of other decrees, no show cause notice is necessary. The court can directly make an order for detention.

3) In money decrees, Judgment debtor can’t detained in civil prison if he has no sufficient means to pay decretal amount. And for this purpose, there shall be means inquiry to be conducted by court.

4) In money decree, if JDR pays money to the officer, JDR shall at once be released

5) If money decree is payment of money exceeding Rs.5000/- he shall not be detained for more than three months and in case of an amount exceeding Rs.2000/- but not exceeding Rs.5000/- period of detention is six weeks only (S.58)

6) In money decrees execution application shall be accompanied by an affidavit stating that the judgment debtor has sufficient means and that he is neglecting and refusing to pay the decretal amount.

7) JDR of money decree can also request to the court to allow him to apply for filing insolvent petition before competent forum. The court can by fixing the time can allow him to file insolvent petition.

8)  Though, person once arrested can’t be rearrested, it does not exempt him from payment of money under decree and it can be executed against his properties.

Circumstances under which JDR can be arrestedGenerally, in money decree JDR can’t be arrested without notice, but following factual situations the court may issue warrant for arrest instead of show cause of notice (S.51CPC and Order. 21 R.11A)a) Likely to abscond or leave the local limits of the court.b) After institution of the suit JDR dishonestly transferred, concealed or removed any part of his property.c) The JDR from the date of decree though posses mean to pay the decretal amount refuses or neglects to pay the same.d) The JDR is liable to pay the some in a fiduciary capacity.

e) After filing of the execution petition the notice will be sent to the JDR.If he comes enquiry would go on. If he does not turn-up he would be arrested and brought before the court.

f) If he gives the proper bond enquiry could go on by releasing him. If the enquiry discloses that his liable to be arrested and committed to civil pressure the court shall commit him to civil prison.

General rules relating to arrest in any decree1. As per S.55 JDR may be arrested in execution of a decree at any hour and on any day, and shall, as soon as practicable, be brought before the Court, and his detention may be in the civil prison of the district in which the Court ordering the detention is situate.

2. To make arrest for making arrest, no dwelling-house shall be entered after sunset and before sunrise (S.55).

3. Generally, no outer door of a dwelling-house shall be broken open. However, if the JDR is in the occupation of such dwelling house and he refuses or in any way prevents access thereto, he break open the door. Further, Court officer authorised to arrest who gained entrance into house can break open the door of any room in which he has reason to believe the judgment-debtor is to be found.

4. Person arrested and committed to civil prison shall not be re-arrested and detained.

5. DHR shall bear expenses towards food and other things of JDR while he is Civil Prison. It is called as subsistence allowance. This must be deposited in court before committing JDR to Civil prison. S.57 says it is the duty of the State Government to fix scales, according to rank, race and nationality, of monthly allowances payable for the subsistence or judgment-debtors

list out grounds for releasing the detained JDR:

(1) Serious illness.

(2) Not in a fit state of health to be detained in the civil prison.

(3) JDR is suffering from infectious or contagious disease, or suffering from any serious illness. If the JDR is released on these grounds he may be re-arrested, but the period of his detention in the civil prison shall not exceed time period as mentioned above.

Attachment 

What is attachment?It is taking legal custody or control over property.  Attachment of property either movable or immovable is one of the modes of execution.  The effect of attachment is that JDR losses rights of alienation over that item or thing or property. The purpose of attachment realisation and enforcement of decree but not alienation of property attachment. Sale is a last resort.
Properties liable for attachment? S.60 list out properties liable for attachment and sale in execution of money decree. They are: Lands, houses or other buildings, goods, money, bank notes, cheques, bills of exchange, hundis, promissory notes, Government securities, bonds or other securities for money, debts, shares in corporation and, save as hereinafter mentioned, all other saleable property, movable or immovable, belonging to the judgment-debtor, or over which, or the profits of which, he has a disposing power which he may exercise for his own benefit, whether the same be held in the name of the judgment-debtor or by another person in trust for him or on his behalf.
Properties exempted from attachmentS.60 list out properties not liable for attachment or salein execution of money decree. For details see S.60.
Consequence of private sale made while property is under attachmentPrivate alienation or deliver or transfer of interest of property after attachment is  void (64).Further, any payment to the JDR of any debt, dividend or other monies contrary to such attachment, shall be void as against all claims enforceable under the attachment. It includes claims for the rateable distribution of assets. This rule doesn’t apply if there was a registered agreement or contract regarding the alienation of such property by sale or otherwise, before the order of attachment.
General rules relating to attachment1.For attaching movable property, no dwelling-house shall be entered after sunset and before sunrise (S.62 (1)).2. Generally, no outer door of a dwelling-house shall be broken open. However, if the JDR is in the occupation of such dwelling house and he refuses or in any way prevents access thereto, he break open the door.  Further, Court officer authorised to arrest who gained entrance into house can break open the door of any room in which he has reason to believe the judgment-debtor is to be found(S.62(2)).If a room in a dwelling-house is in the actual occupancy of a woman who, according to the customs of the country, does not appear in public, the person executing the process shall give notice to such woman that she is at liberty to withdraw; and, after allowing reasonable time for her to withdraw and giving her reasonable facility for withdrawing he may enter such room for the purpose of seizing the property, using at the same time every precaution, consistent with these provisions, to prevent its clandestine removal. (S.62 (3)).If Property is attached in execution of decrees by several Courts, amongst various courts, superior court attachment shall prevail. In case of courts of same grade, the attachment made by first court will prevail (S.63).
GarnisheeGarnishee means person who is holding amount of judgment which is payable to him. Thus, he is Judgement debtor’s debtor (O.21 R.46A to I).  
 PreceptPrecept is an order issued by court which passed the decree to another court upon the application of the decree-holder to the Court to attach any property belonging to the judgment-debtor and specified in the precept. It continues to be in force for two months unless DHR applies for the sale of such property (S.46CPC).

 

SALE OF   PROPERTY:

What is Sale? It is alienation of property by court. It can be done either with or without attachment. Sale doesn’t mean sale of entire property. The court while making sale, shall see that only such portion of property which is sufficient to satisfy the decree should be sold.
What is the mode of Sale?The mode of sale must be by way of public auction. It must given wide publication including by way of news paper.  The notice of sale shall be given to JDR even if he is set exparty.If sale was conducted without notice to the judgment debtor, such sale will be void and nullity.After notice to the decree holder and JDR and after taking in to consideration their opinions, sale proclamation will be drawn by the court.The proclamation should contain full particulars and information regarding the priority to be sold. In case of immovable property the exact extent of the property with boundaries should be mentioned.The market value of the property to be sold should be mentioned. The value estimation given by the JDR, DHR shall be given. If there is any encumbrance over property shall be mentioned.

There shall be time gap between date of proclamation and actual date of sale. It shall be fifteen days in case immovable property and seven days in case of movable property.

If there is no sufficient bidder at the time of court auction, the court may stop the sale and adjourn the same to some other day, at the request of the decree holder. It can be done at the application of the JDR or court suo-moto. Even sale is conducted by officer of the court, he can adjourn the sale by recording reason. The court while adjourning the sale shall specify the next date of sale, time and palce. If the sale is adjourned beyond 30 days, a fresh proclamation is necessary. Whereas in case of agriculture produce, sale can be adjourned only for the next day and sale should be conducted at any cost.

The sale can be stopped even while the auction is in progress if the judgement debtor pays the amount before the lot is finally knocked in favopur of the auction purchased. This is the last opportunity for the JDR to save his property from public auction.

The decree holder can participate in the auction by obtaining the leave of court.  The court in such case given notice to judgment debtor, otherwise sale becomes void, illegal. The same rules apply decree obtained by mortgagee.

Normally in case of sale of immovable properties the person declared as auction purchaser shall deposit 25% of the purchase price immediately after sale. The reaming balance shall be paid within 15 days. If it is not paid property will resold.

Whether auction purchaser of property sold become owner of the same and when property vests on him?If immovable property is sold in execution of a decree and such sale has become absolute, the property shall be deemed to have vested in the purchaser from the time when the property is sold and not from the time when the sale becomes absolute (S.65).
Rateable DistributionUpon selling property attached by court, the amount received shall be distributed as per rules laid down under S.73 CPC,1908, if there is more than one claimant. It says the following is the process:

1)      Costs of the realization for selling the attached property

2)      first, in defraying the expenses of the sale;

3)      secondly, in discharging the amount due under the decree;

4)      thirdly, in discharging the interest and principal monies due on subsequent incumbrances (if any); and,

5)      forthly, rateably among the holders of decrees for the payment of money against the judgment-debtor, who have, prior to the sale of the property, applied to the Court which passed the decree ordering such sale for execution of such decrees, and have not obtained satisfaction thereof.

(2) Where all or any of the assets liable to be rateably distributed under this section are paid to a person not entitled to receive the same, any person so entitled may sue such person to compel him to refund the assets.

(3) Nothing in this section affects any right of the Government

 

 

MISCELLANEOUS:

 

Claim Petition: O21 Rule 58 CPCIf any person who has an interest or right or title in the attached property, he may raise objection to the same by way of filing claim petition before the court which passed the attachment order. Claim petition should be filed only before the sale of attached property. Further, no claim petition shall be filed unless there is an attachment. The petition shall be filed within reasonable time. It was held by High court of Andhra Pradesh that the scope of rule 58 is so wide enough that it covers the enquiry relating to the question of right and title to the attached property. Thus, R.58 abates claimant to file a fresh suit to establish and protect his right in the property attached.  The court pending inquiry of claim petition can stop the sale.
Obstruction for delivery of possession to the DHR :O21 Rule 97 CPCIf JDR or any person on his behalf resisted or refused to obey decree passed without any just cause, he may be detained in the civil prison for a term which may extend to thirty days and may further direct that the decree-holder or purchaser be put into possession of the property.

 

A.P. BUILDINGS (Lease, Rent & Eviction) CONTROL ACT

A.P. BUILDINGS (Lease, Rent & Eviction) CONTROL ACT:

 It’s a complete code that deals with substantive as well as procedure law relating to lease, rent & eviction of building in A.P. Another feature of this law is that prior notice for evicting tenant as mandated under S. 106 of Transfer of Property Act is not necessary so as to file a petition u/S.10 of the Act.

Scheme of this Act:  There are 35 Sections. The Act provides following nine definitions. They are:

1) Andhra Area         2) Authorized officer      3) Building        4) Controller      5) Government                                            6) Land lord         7)Prescribed       8) Telangana Area       9)Tenant

(3)’Building’ means any house or hut or part of a house or hut, let or to be let separately for residential or non- residential purposes and includes:

(a) the gardens, grounds, garages and out-houses if any, appurtenant to such house, hut or part of such house or hut and let or to be let along with such house or hut or part of such house or hut;

(b) any furniture supplied or any fittings affixed by the landlord for use in such house or hut or part of a house or hut, but does not include a room in a hotel or boarding house;

(4)’Controller’ means any person not below the rank of a Tahsildar appointed by the Government to perform the functions of a Controller under this Act;

Comment: As per S.2(6) of the Act  Judges (Jr.Civil Judge) is appointed to perform the functions of the Controllers, in their respective jurisdictions. They have powers to deal with all Sections except the following: S.3, 18, and S.4,5 and 6 of the Act in relation to the Buildings allotted by the authorized officers under S. 3 (6) of the Act.  As to the function to be performed under S. 18 of the Act, Deputy Secretary to Government (GAD) is appointed as Controller in respect of twin cities of Hyderabad and Secunderabad by way of issuing G.O.Ms.No.528 dt.26.3.1966.

The Judges who are acting as Rent Controllers got nothing to do with the cases arose in respect of the provisions of either S. 3 or 18 of the Act.

(6)’Landlord’ means the owner of a building and includes a person who is receiving or is entitled to receive the rent of a building, whether on his own account or on behalf of another person or on behalf of himself and others or as an agent, trustee, executor, administrator, receiver or guardian or who would so receive the rent or be entitled to receive the rent, if the building were let to a tenant.


Explanation: – A tenant who sub-lets a building shall be deemed to be a landlord within the meaning of this Act in relation to the sub-tenant;

 (ix)‘Tenant’ means any person by whom or on whose account rent is payable for a building and includes the surviving spouse, or any son or daughter, of a deceased tenant who had been living with the tenant in the building as a member of tenant’s family up to the death of the tenant and a person continuing in possession after the termination of the tenancy in his favour, but does not include a person placed in occupation of a building, by its tenant or a person to whom the collection of rents or fees in a public market, cart-stand or slaughter-house or of rents for shops has been farmed out or leased by a local authority.

S.3 talks about Notice of Vacancy: The Land lord shall within ten days after the building becomes vacant to the authorized officer in this behalf.  It is irrelevant how such vacancy arises:

a) by his ceasing to occupy it,

b) by the termination of a tenancy,

c) eviction of the tenant,

d) release from requisition.

Fair Rent: Sections 4, 5, 6 and 7 of the Act, all form part of a scheme regarding fixation of fair rent.  S. 4 deals with fixation of fair rent.  It must be noted that fair rent once fixed is final and exceptions are dealt under S. 5 and 6.

S.4 Determinaiton of fair rent: The controller shall on application by the tenant or landlord of a building fix the fair rent for such building after holding such enquiry as the controller thinks fit.  This S. gives certain guide lines for fixing the fair rent both for residential and nonresidential purposes

 As per S.5 fair rent once fixed can’t be increased except there are some improvements are carried at the request of tenant by landlord by incurring expense.  Rent can also be decrease if there is diminish of value or utility.

The dispute between landlord and tenant in regard to increase or decrease of rent shall be decided by controller.

As per S.6 if there is increase of taxes or cess of any building by any local authority land lord is entitled to claim half of such excess from the tenant in addition to the rent payable for the building.

 7 gives a mandate that landlord cannot claim or receive anything in excess of agreed rent or fair rent fixed, except for one month’s agreed rent or fair rent fixed as the case may be, as advance. It also provides that any sum paid in excess of such amount either in consideration of the grant, continued or renewal of tenancy of the building, after commencement of this Act, shall be refunded by the landlord to the person by whom it was paid or at the option of such person it shall otherwise be adjusted by the landlord. Even if the tenant fails to make any specific request, the landlord shall give automatic adjustment of such amount towards arrears of rent.

 

Permission to deposit rents to the credit of Rent Controller(S.8 &9):

These two Sections deal with the cases where the tenant can seek for permission to deposit rental amounts to the credit of the Rent Controller.

8 of the Act gives rise to a right to the tenant to insist for issuance of receipt for rent or advance paid by him to the landlord.

Further it gives a right to him to file an application seeking for permission to deposit rents to the credit of the Rent Controller, after following the procedure laid down in this Section in case the landlord refusing to receive rents tendered to him (tenant).

In every case where landlord refuses to receive rents, it is not mandatory for the tenant to follow the procedure laid down in the Section scrupulously. But, if he intends to invoke S.8 (5) of the Act and file a rent control case, he shall scrupulously follow the said procedure.

 

S.8 lays down Procedure of deposit rent in the event of refusal by land lord:

First step:  Tenant if the rent becomes due shall by notice in writing request the landlord within ten days furnish the bank account into which the rent may be deposited by the tenant to the credit of the landlord.  That bank must situate in the city where building is situated or if there is bank within three miles from the village.

If the landlord specifies a bank, tenant shall deposit rents into the said bank and shall continue to do so in respect of future rents whenever they become due.

Second step:   If landlord does not specify the bank, tenant shall remit the rent to the landlord by money order, after deducting the money order commission and shall continue to remit the rent so, for the subsequent period in respect of the building, in the same manner until the landlord signifies by written notice to the tenant, his willingness to accept the rent or specifies a bank into which the rents can be deposited.

Third step:  If the landlord refuses to receive the rent remitted by money order, the tenant may deposit rent before the Rent Controller seeking permission from the Rent Controller. The permission can be sought after deposit is made. The amount so deposited may be withdrawn by the person, who is held by the Rent Controller, as entitled to receive the same, on application made by such person to the Rent Controller.

It is the duty of the tenant in order to ensure that he would not be branded as willful defaulter shall deposit the rent in the manner prescribed by law.

 

S.9: If the address of the landlord or his authorized agent is not known to the tenant, he can file rent case invoking this provision of law and deposit rents to the credit of the Rent Controller with permission, until he can secure such address.    Further, in case of the tenant entertaining a bonafide doubt as to the person who is entitled to receive rents due to existence of any dispute or otherwise, he can invoke the provisions of S. 9 and file a rent case seeking for permission to deposit rents to the credit of the Rent Controller.

Until the bonafide doubt entertained by the tenant, as to, who is the person who is entitled to receive rents is removed or the dispute regarding the same is settled by the decision of a competent court or by settlement between the parties, the tenant can be permitted to deposit rents to the credit of Rent Controller.

If it is found that there are no bonafides in the doubt entertained by the tenant, the Rent Controller shall forthwith order payment of the amount deposited, to the landlord and if there is dispute as to who is to receive such amount, the person who is declared as entitled to receive the same, after removal of the doubt regarding the same either by way of a decision from competent court or a settlement between the parties, he should be permitted to withdraw the rents deposited to the credit of the Rent Controller.

Rent Case: For a rent case to be filed there shall be a building, landlord and tenant, apart from the Rent Controller and there shall be lease. Lease is not defined in this Act. So with this regard S. 105 of Transfer of Property Act is to be resorted to.  In connection with the lease of the building, rent case can be filed before Rent Controller either by landlord or by tenant.

 

JURISDICTION (S.1 & 32):

Territorial Rights:   S.1 of the Act deals with territorial application of this Act. It is applicable to all Municipal Corporations and Municipalities in the State of A.P. and also to certain Gram Panchayats, as well.  Tenancy rights are of suits of civil nature. As Rent control occupies the filed civil court jurisdiction is barred in view of S.9 CPC.  Otherwise, previously this jurisdiction is in the hands of civil court only.

S.32:  It says this law not applies to following building:

1) Any building belonging to either State Government or Central Government or Cantonment Board or any local authority.

2) If 15 years time is not lapsed from the date of completion of the construction of the building, Rent Controller has no jurisdiction to entertain a case relating to the said building. The same is the case with the date of substantial renovation of the said building. Rent Controller has no jurisdiction to entertain a case relating to the said building.  Cases regarding such buildings are to be dealt with only by Civil Courts.

3) Any building the rent of which exceeds Rs.3500/- per month in the areas covered by Municipal Corporations in the State and Rs.2000/- in the other areas, this Act got no application.  That means, maximum rent limit or outer limit, is fixed for entertaining Rent Control Cases.

 

Filing of Rent Control cases, filing of documents and disposal of rent control cases: The relevant Sections and rules which provide for the requirements for filing a rent control case, summoning the parties, filing of documents, summoning of witnesses and documents, enquiry, disposal and execution of rent control case are dealt under Rule 7 of the rules framed under this Act.  They talk about the following:

S. Summons and Notices: 25 and Rule 20 deals with issuance of summons either to the third party witnesses to give evidence before the court or to produce documents and to give evidence regarding the said document as the case may be.

Resjudicata:   provides that decisions, which have been become final, cannot be reopened.  This provision is almost akin to S. 11 CPC (Resjudicata)

As per  orders are to be pronounced by the Controller, appellate and revisional authority in open court after hearing the matter.

 21 provide authority to award costs while rendering orders. It is also an appealable order.

 Appeal: The persons aggrieved by the orders of the Rent Controllers can prefer appeal challenging the said order invoking S. 20 of the Act.

  Revision:      The parties aggrieved by the Judgments of the appellate authority can challenge the same before Hon’ble High Court of A.P. by way of filing revision.  Further, the orders passed in execution under S. 15 of the Act by the Rent Controller are also revisable orders only, but not appealable orders.

Transfer of Cases:  Rule 9 empowers the appellate authority to transfer the case from the file of one Controller to that of other Controller within his jurisdiction. The Controller himself can seek for transfer if he is personally interested in any case pending before him.

 

Execution: S.15 provides authority to the Rent Controller to execute the orders passed by him.

 

Rule 23: provides for the mode of filing of execution petitions.  It is akin to several of the provisions of order 21 CPC. It deals with the way in which the Rent Controller has to order for assistance in case of premises being found under lock and key and when there is resistance for execution of warrant etc. and also for filing claim petitions by third parties if they are in possession of the property etc.

Limitation for execution of orders passed by the Rent Controller is specifically prescribed in Rule 23. Six months from the date of order is the time stipulated for execution of the Rent Controllers order, as per Rule 23(1).  But there is a proviso to Rule 23(1) prescribing, that an application filed after the specified period also can be admitted, if the applicant satisfies the Controller that he has sufficient cause for not preferring the execution application within the prescribed period.

 Claim Petition:   Both the decree holder as well as the third party/claim petitioner can invoke Rule 23(7) for removal of obstruction and for making out third parties claim, as the case may be.

 

Eviction of Tenant:  S.s 10,12 and 13 of the Act deal with eviction of tenants. Unless, a case fall under any of the grounds provided under these S.s, landlord cannot seek for eviction of the tenant from the building.

1) Denial of title of landlord and plea of permanent tenancy:

2) Willful default in payment of rents

3) If tenant sub-leases the property contrary to agreement or there is a change of user without written consent of the landlord.          

4)  If tenant commits acts of waste, which are likely to impair materially, the value and utility of the building, it is a ground for eviction.

5) If tenant is guilty of such acts and conduct which is nuisance to the occupiers of other portions in the same building or buildings in the neighbourhood.

6) If tenant secured alternative building or ceased to occupy the tenanted building for a continuous period of four months without reasonable cause.

7)   Bonafide personal requirement. Ex: In case of a premises being meant for garage and the landlord requiring the same for such use.

8)  A purchaser of premises which is under lease requires the premises for his bonafide personal use, he can seek for eviction of tenant but he can do so only after expiry of three months from the date on which the sale deed registered in his favour as proviso to S. 10(3)(a) of the Act.    Once landlord obtains possession of a residential building invoking this provision he cannot seek for possession of another residential building again invoking this section. The Same is the case with a non-residential building also.

If the landlord of the building is religious, charitable educational or other public institution and the building is required for the use of the said institution, a petition can be filed by the institution subject to the provisions of S. 10(3) (b) of the Act.

9)  As per S. 10(3) (c ) of the Act, if landlord is in occupation of only a part of a building whether residential or non-residential, may notwithstanding anything contained in S. 10(3)(a) of the Act, can apply for an order directing the tenant occupying whole or any portion of remaining part of the building to put the landlord in possession thereof, if he requires additional accommodation either for residential purpose or for the purpose of business which is carrying on as the case may be.  But he can do so only after the expiry of lease period if it is specified in the lease agreement as per S. 10(3)(d) of the Act.

10)   Whereas S. 10(3)(e) of the Act specifies that in case of the Rent Controller being satisfied that the personal requirement pleaded by the landlord is bonafide he is to order the tenant to put the landlord in possession of the building specifying the date for doing so and the time granted for the same is to be provided not exceeding three months in aggregate.   Further, it is provided that in case of the application under S. 10(3)(c), the Rent Controller is to reject the application if he is satisfied that the hardship which may cause to the tenant by granting eviction to the landlord will outweigh the advantage to the landlord.  This proviso applies only to the cases where eviction is sought for invoking S. 10(3)(c ) but not the other clauses.

Employees of essential services:  There are certain exemptions given in S. 10(4), to certain category of people from eviction, invoking S. 10(3)   of the Act. If tenant is engaged in an Employment or class of employment notified by the Government as an essential service unless, landlord himself engaged in any such service the tenant cannot be evicted under S. 10(3) of the Act.  Judges of High Court, all Central and State Government employees, employees of Indian Airlines etc. are notified as members of essential services.  Further, if the building is being used or has been left for use of an Educational Institution recognized by the Government or any authority empowered by them in his behalf, the tenant cannot be evicted from the said building, so long as such recognition continues, by invoking S. 10(3) of the Act.

 

 Restoration of possession of building to the tenant:  S. 10 (5) is giving a right to the tenant to seek for restoration of possession of the building from which he is evicted on the ground of personal requirement pleaded by the landlord under certain circumstances.  If landlord fails to occupy the building for the purpose specified in the order within one month after obtaining possession, or having occupied it, vacates it without reasonable cause, within six months of such date, the evicted tenant, can seek for restoration of possession of the property to him, by making an application, within one month from the date on which, the right to make such application, accrued to him.

  1. 10(6) provides that if the Controller is satisfied that any application filed by the landlord or tenant is frivolous or vexatious he can direct that compensation not exceeding Rs.50/- to be paid to the adverse party.
  2. 10(7) provides that in case of the Controller rejecting the application filed under sub-S. 2 or sub-S. 3 of S. 10 the tenancy shall be deemed to be continued on the same terms and conditions as before.
  3. 10(8) provides that a person who is receiving or is entitled to receive rent for a building as an agent of the landlord can file eviction petition only with the previous written consent of the landlord, not otherwise.

 

Right to recovery of immediate possession of tenanted premises: S.s 10(a), 10(b) and 10(c) are the newly inserted provisions into this Act, by Act 17/2005, where rights are created respectively for retired person from armed force who is the landlord and the members of his family, retired employee of State or Central Government who is a landlord and the members of his family and a widow of the landlord, to seek for recovery of immediate possession of the premises under the occupation of the tenant.

Recovery of possession of the building by landlord for effecting repairs, alterations or additions or for reconstruction:    In case of the landlord bonafidely intending to effect repairs, alterations or additions to the existing building and the same are required to be carried on and cannot be carried on, without the building being vacated, he can seek for eviction of the tenant invoking S. 12(1)(a) of the Act.   If the landlord intends to demolish the existing structure consisting of not more than two floors and the said building is bonafidely required for demolition for the purpose of erecting new building on the site of the building, he can invoke S. 12(1)(b) of the Act.  But no order of recovery of possession under this Section shall be passed unless the landlord gives an undertaking, that on completion of the repairs, alterations or additions or the new building, the same will be offered to the tenant who delivered possession of the building in pursuance of the order under sub-s(1) of this Section for his occupation, before the expiry of such period, as may be specified by the Rent Controller in this regard.  This is a mandatory provision made in S. 12 (2) of the Act.

  1. 13 deals with recovery of possession of a building by the landlord for effecting repairs, alterations or additions or for reconstruction of the building, in respect of which Government shall be deemed to be the tenant. In all other respects, this S. is similar to the provisions of S. 12 discussed above. Except for the provisions of S. 10, 12 and 13 of the Act, under no other provision, landlord can seek for eviction of tenant, under this Act.

 

S.14:  Amenities:  Landlord shall not interfere with amenities enjoyed by the tenant, without just or sufficient cause. The amenities generally be enjoyed by the tenant in a lease hold premises are water supply, electric energy supply, passage, stair cases, light, lavatories, lifts and conservancy or sanitary services. If the landlord unjustly interferes with these amenities, tenant can make an application before the Rent Controller seeking for restoration of the same.  During the pendency of such case, tenant can file interlocutory application seeking for an interim order of restoration of amenity, without even notice to the landlord.  If the amenities enjoyed by the tenant are stopped by any person other than the landlord, by reason of the landlords failure to pay taxes or other charges tenant may pay such taxes or other charges, and have the amenities restored and can deduct the said amount from the tenant payable by him to the landlord, as per S. 14(5).   S. 14(6) prescribes authority to the Controller to award compensation in his discretion not exceeding Rs.50/- to be paid to the landlord by the tenant vice-versa, if the litigation launched are frivolous or vexatious or the amenities are withheld, frivolously and vexatiously, as the case may be.

 

Repairs to the Building:   S. 19 deals with failure by the landlord to make necessary repairs. In case of the landlord failing to effect repairs to the leasehold premises within reasonable time after notice is given by the tenant, tenant can approach the Rent Controller seeking for direction to the landlord to effect the repairs invoking S. 19 of this Act.   In case of Rent Controller giving a finding that the repairs are to be effected by the landlord, a direction can be given to the landlord to do so.  As per this provision, if the landlord fails to effect the repairs, inspite of the direction given him to do so, tenant can be given liberty to get the said repairs effected at his expense and deduct the amount spent for the rents payable by him. But such expenses shall not exceed in any one year  1/12th of the rent payable in respect of the building for that year from the rent payable.    Just because it is provided in S. 19 that the tenant can proceed with effecting repairs to the building and can deduct the expenses incurred by him from out of the rents payable to the landlord, he cannot resort to do so on his own without filing of application invoking S. 19 and securing permission from the Rent Controller in this regard.

 A clear distinction is to be drawn in between the right to recover arrears and the right to lay an action for eviction on the ground of wilful default.  The former is governed by the common law and the latter is obviously within the realm of Rent Legislation.

No limitation is prescribed for filing eviction petitions.  There is nothing in S. 11 to indicate or suggest that a landlord will not be entitled to ask for deposit of rent due to him beyond a period of three years.  Article 137 of Limitation Act is not applicable and it cannot be claimed that rent beyond the period of three years is not legally recoverable.

Deposit and withdrawal of Rental amounts in pursuance of orders rendered under S. 8, 9 and 11 of the Act:           The above discussed provisions of Rent Control Act provide for certain instances requiring deposit of rents to the credit of the Rent Controller by the tenant.  They are, the deposits of rents permitted under S. 8, 9 and 11 of the Act. These S.s themselves provide for the permission for the person, who is entitled to receive the said amounts, to withdraw the same also.

Penal Provisions:  Contravention of S. 14(4) and S. 21 punishable conduct. Some of the clauses which the Rent Controller frequently comes across while dealing with Rent Control Cases.

“Rent Controller’s Court is not a civil Court and application of the provisions of CPC is not automatic and is only limited.”  

A.P. BUILDINGS (Lease, Rent & Eviction) CONTROL ACT:

Purpose of the ActIt’s a complete code that deals with substantive as well as procedure law relating to lease, rent & eviction of building in A.P.
Principal Characters in the ActRent Controller, Authorized officer, Land lord, Tenant.
Building & its importance under this ActThe aim of this Act is ensure shelter to tenant in a safe and secured manner and therefore it is important to understand the definition given to the term building.
Jurisdictional limitsTerritorial Limits: This Act applicable to all Municipal Corporations and Municipalities in the State of A.P. and also to certain notified Gram Panchayats only.S.32:  It says this law not applies to following building: 1) Any building belonging to either State Government or Central Government or Cantonment Board or any local authority.2) If 15 years time is not lapsed from the date of completion of the construction of the building, Rent Controller has no jurisdiction to entertain a case relating to the said building. The same is the case with the date of substantial renovation of the said building. Rent Controller has no jurisdiction to entertain a case relating to the said building.  Cases regarding such buildings are to be dealt with only by Civil Courts.3) Any building the rent of which exceeds Rs.3500/- per month in the areas covered by Municipal Corporations in the State and Rs.2000/- in the other areas, this Act got no application.  That means, maximum rent limit or outer limit, is fixed for entertaining Rent Control Cases.
Rights of Tenant1) Fixation of fair rent(section 4,) 2) Demand for receipt for rent paid and in the event of refusal demand for bank account, sent through MO(section 8&9)  3) To make necessary to repairs for buildings and in the event of refusal right of tenant to repair(section 19) 4) Restoration of possession of building even after termination of tenancy under certain circumstances(section 10(5))
Duties of Tenant1) Tenant shall not be willful -defaulter , 2) Not to deny the title of the land lord 3)Not to sub-lease the building  4) Not to commit any act of waste5) Not to diminish the value and utility of building 6) Not to cause nuisance to neighbors  5) Return possession of building for repairs, alterations, addition, reconstruction under section 10,12 and 13.
Rights of Land lord1) Right to demand to enhance Fair rent under section 5 and 6. (2) Demand for eviction of tenant under section 10(a) to (c), 3) Recover possession of building for repairs, alterations, addition, reconstruction under section 10,12 and 13.  4) Demand resumption of possession for bonafide reason 5) If the land lord is the government servant he has right to resume possession
Duties of Land lord1) To give receipt for rent paid 2) Not to interrupt the amenities enjoyed by the tenant. 3) If the building is rented for religious or charitable or educational or other public institutions not to seek for eviction until the completion of academic year 4) If the tenant secured alternative accommodation, landlord can seek for restoration of possession. 5) Duty to repair building on request of tenant.
Powers of Rent ControllerUnder the Jr.Civil Judge is designated as Rent controller.The controller shall on application by the tenant or landlord of a building fix the fair rent for such building after holding such enquiry as the controller thinks fit.  S.4 gives certain guide lines for fixing the fair rent both for residential and nonresidential purposes.S.8 &9 of the Act permits Rent controller to permit the tenant to deposit rental amounts to the credit of the Rent Controller.Similar, rent controller has power to adjudicate all legal claims of tenant and landlord aroused out of this Act.
Mode of Enforcement The orders passed by Rent controller are executed as per O.21 CPC, 1908. In the express provision under this Act, CPC, 1908 would apply. Appeal lies to Sub-ordinate Civil Judge court.  Revision lies to High court.